Patterson Rental

PATTERSON
RENTAL TOOLS
ADMINSTRATIVE OFFICE EXECUTIVE OFFICE

8032 Main Street 15015 Vickery Drive
Houma, LA Houston, TX
(985) 851-5541 (281) 875-4006
SALES LOCATIONS STORE LOCATIONS
NEW ORLEANS, LA HOUMA, LA

1010 Common Street 1982 South Van Ave.
Suite 1720 (985) 879-1593
(504) 581-2083
LAFAYETTE, LA
LAFAYETTE, LA 1751 S.E. Evangeline Thruway
1751 S.E. Evangeline Thruway (337) 232-8501
(337) 232-5333
MORGAN CITY, LA
HOUSTON, TX Hwy 90E, Greenwood Overpass
15015 Vickery Drive (985) 384-1542
(713) 751-0066
ELK CITY, OK
915 South Merritt Road
ARLINGTON, TX (580) 243-0055
520 Ave H East
Suite 111 HOUSTON, TX
(817) 684-0069 6119 Cunningham Rd.
(713) 466-1800
ALICE, TX
1208 Airport Drive
(361) 668-8231
PRICES FOR INSPECTION OF TUBULARS ETC.
AS PER
PATTERSON TUBULAR INSPECTION SERVICE
PRICE BOOK
USED DRILL PIPE AND/OR TUBING INSPECTION

Drill Pipe, Tubing, Pup Joints, Test Joints, Etc. 3/4" - 2-1/16" 2-3/8" - 4-1/2" 5" - 5-1/2"
Translog Inspection $11.61 $15.40 $16.45
Magnetic Particle Inspection of
Tool Joints $ 8.45 $10.95 $10.95
TOTAL Price Per Length $20.06 $26.35 $27.40

Translog and MPI of Tool Jts.
w/ Internal Magnetic Particle
Inspect. of End Areas (SPECIAL) $32.50 $33.60
Item 2-7/8" - 7" 7-1/4" - Larger

Drill Collar, Hevi-Wate Magnetic Particle Inspection
End Areas Only $25.00 $30.00
Miscellaneous SUBS Including:
Nubbins, Test Plugs, Retrieving Tools
End Areas Only $26.75 $33.60
Kelly's, Kelly cocks, Valves, Boot Baskets,
TIW's, Casing Scrapers, Cup Testers, Junk Baskets, Mule
Shoes, Mills, Etc.
Full Length Inspection $60.00 $70.00
Elevators A.C. Yoke Inspection $17.50 $17.50
MPI of Misc. Items Full Length Inspection $80.00 Per/Hour $80.00 Per/Hour
Excess and/or Extra Charges for Services performed by Inspection Companies other than Drill Stem
Inspection Services will be charged to the customer as per invoice of company providing the inspection
services.
Patterson Services Charges for the following services:
Refacing $10.75 Each Connection
Straightening $10.00 Each Connection
PATTERSON
RENTAL
TOOLS
REFERENCE
INFORMATION
INFORMATION IS FOR REFERENCE MATERIAL ONLY
2005
10
Ram-Type and Annular BOPs
Cameron developed the TL and UM ram-type BOPs based on the highly Body Styles: Single, double
successful U BOP design to meet today’s demand for reduced weight, Pressure-Energized Rams: Yes
lower height and easier maintenance. Cameron also makes the DL Bonnet Seal Carrier: Available
Annular BOP which features a lightweight, low profile design available Hydromechanical Lock: Wedgelocks (with pressure balance
in single or double body styles. chambers)
Hydraulically Opening Bonnets: Yes
TL™ BOP
The TL BOP integrates all of the design features of Cameron’s popular UM™ BOP
T and U BOPs into a lightweight unit. The TL offers side ram removal The UM BOP is a lightweight BOP designed for easy maintenance and
and other features which reduce maintenance and rig time. long life. The UM complements the existing line of U preventers and
includes bonnets which can be installed on any comparable size U BOP.
Application: Surface and subsea
Bore Sizes and Application: Surface, subsea, snubbing
Working Pressures: 18-3/4" 5000, 10,000, 15,000 psi; (7-1/16" only)
13-5/8" 10,000 psi Bore Sizes and
Body Styles: Single, double, triple Working Pressures: 7-1/16" and 11" 3000–15,000 psi
Pressure-Energized Rams: Yes Body Styles: Single, double
Bonnet Seal Carrier: Standard Pressure-Energized Rams: Yes
Hydromechanical Lock: RamLocks (5000, 10,000, 15,000 psi Bonnet Seal Carrier: Available
WP); ST Lock (10,000, 15,000 psi Hydromechanical Lock: Wedgelocks
WP); Wedgelocks (5000 psi WP) Hydraulically Opening Bonnets: Yes
Hydraulically Opening Bonnets: Yes Bonnet Studs Instead of Bolts: Yes
Bonnet Studs Instead of Bolts: Yes
DL™ Annular BOP
™
U BOP The Cameron DL annular preventer features a quick-release top for quick
The Cameron U BOP is the most widely used ram-type BOP in the world packer change-out. It is shorter in height than comparable annulars.
and offers the widest range of sizes of any Cameron ram-type BOP. Application: Surface and subsea
Application: Surface and subsea Bore Sizes and
Bore Sizes and Working Pressures: 7-1/16" to 21-1/4" 2000–20,000 psi
Working Pressures: 7-1/16", 11", 13-5/8" 3000–15,000 Body Styles: Single, dual
psi; 16-3/4" 3000–10,000 psi; Packer: High performance CAMULAR™
18-3/4" 10,000 psi; 20-3/4" 3000 psi;
21-1/4" 2000, 5000, 10,000 psi;
26-3/4" 3000 psi
TL Blowout Preventer UM Blowout Preventer

(shown with RamLocks)
DL Annular
Blowout Preventer
U Blowout Preventer
© CAMERON, P.O. BOX 1212, HOUSTON TX, 77251-1212, TEL: 713.939.2211, FAX: 713.939.2620, WWW.CAMERONDIV.COM
U BOP
The Cameron U BOP is the most widely used ram-type BOP for land, platform and subsea applications
worldwide and offers the widest range of sizes of any Cameron ram-type BOP. Like all other Cameron
preventers, the rams in the U BOP are pressure-energized. Well bore pressure acts on the rams to in-
crease the sealing force and maintain the seal in case of hydraulic pressure loss. Seal integrity is actu-
ally improved by increased well bore pressure.
Other features of the U BOP include:
• Bonnet seal carrier is available to eliminate the need for high makeup torque on bonnet bolts
and nuts. The new 13-5/8” bodies have a bore seal. Therefore you can add the seal carrier
without additional re-work. All other sizes require modification to accept the seal carrier.
• Hydraulically operated locking mechanisms, wedgelocks, lock the ram hydraulically and hold
the rams mechanically closed even when actuating pressure is released. The operating system
can be interlocked using sequence caps to ensure that the wedgelock is retracted before
pressure is applied to open the BOP.
• For subsea applications, a pressure balance chamber is used with the wedgelocks to eliminate
the possibility of the wedgelock becoming unlocked due to hydrostatic pressure.
• Retrofit to UM Bonnet is available to provide more shearing force without the need for shear
bonnets, large bore bonnets, or tandem boosters.
Other features include hydraulically opening bonnets, forged body and a wide selection of rams to
meet all applications. See page 43 for rams available to fit the U BOP.
Wedgelock Assembly
SD 034598
U Blowout Preventer
TC1001
Table of Contents 11 © 2002 Cooper Cameron, Cameron Division
U BOP Hydraulic Control System
The U blowout preventer is designed so that hydraulic pressure opens and closes the rams and provides the
means for quick ram change-out.
Ram closing pressure closes the rams. When the bonnet bolts are removed, closing pressure opens the bonnet.
After the bonnet has moved to the fully extended position, the ram is clear of the body. An eyebolt can be in-
stalled in the top of each ram to lift it out of the preventer.
Ram opening pressure opens the rams. Following ram change-out, this pressure closes the bonnets. The rams are
pulled outward, near the bonnets, before the bonnets begin moving toward the preventer body. This assures
that the rams never obstruct the bore or interfere with the pipe in the hole. Hydraulic pressure draws the bon-
nets tightly against the preventer body and the bonnet bolts are reinstalled to hold the bonnets closed.
U BOP Operating Data and Fluid Requirements Large Bore Shear Bonnet Operating Data and Fluid Requirements
Gals to
Gals to Locking Gals to
Bore Size and Close Bore Size and Gals to Open Locking
Open Screw Closing Opening Close Closing Opening
Working Pipe Working Pipe Rams Screw Turns
Pipe Rams Turns Ratio Ratio Pipe Rams Ratio Ratio
Pressure Rams Pressure (1 Set) (Each End)
(1 Set) (Each End) (1 Set)
(1 Set)
7-1/16” All WP 1.3 1.3 18 6.9:1 2.2:1 7-1/16” All WP - - - - -
11” Except 15,000
11” Except 15,000 psi 3.4 3.5 27 7.3:1 2.5:1 6.8 6.0 27 12.0:1 4.8:1
psi
11” 15,000 psi 5.7 5.8 32 9.8:1 2.2:1 11” 15,000 psi 8.9 9.0 32 15.2:1 3.7:1
13-5/8” Except 13-5/8” Except
5.5 5.8 32 7.0:1 2.3:1 10.5 10.9 32 10.8:1 4.5:1
15,000 psi 15,000 psi
13-5/8” 15,000 psi 13-5/8” 15,000 psi
10.4 10.6 45 10.6:1 3.6:1 16.0 16.2 45 16.2:1 6.0:1
Model B Model B
16-3/4” 3000 psi 16-3/4” 3000 psi
9.8 10.6 38 6.8:1 2.3:1 18.2 19.0 38 10.4:1 4.4:1
Model B Model B
16-3/4” 5000 psi 16-3/4” 5000 psi
9.8 10.6 38 6.8:1 2.3:1 18.2 19.0 38 10.4:1 4.4:1
Model B Model B
16-3/4” 10,000 psi 11.6 12.5 45 6.8:1 2.3:1 16-3/4” 10,000 psi 18.2 19.1 45 10.4:1 4.4:1
18-3/4” 10,000 psi 21.3 23.1 54 7.4:1 3.7:1 18-3/4” 10,000 psi - - - - -
20-3/4” 3000 psi 8.1 8.7 46 7.0:1 1.3:1 20-3/4” 3000 ps 14.3 14.9 46 10.8:1 1.7:1
21-1/4” 2000 psi 9.0 8.7 46 7.0:1 1.3:1 21-1/4” 2000 psi 14.3 14.9 46 10.8:1 1.7:1
21-1/4” 5000 psi 27.3 30.0 54 7.2:1 4.0:1 21-1/4” 5000 psi - - - - -
21-1/4” 10,000 psi 24.5 26.9 51 7.2:1 4.0:1 21-1/4” 10,000 psi - - - - -
26-3/4” 3000 psi 10.1 10.8 58 7.0:1 1.0:1 26-3/4” 3000 ps - - - - -
TC1001 12 © 2002 Cooper Cameron, Cameron Division

U BOP Specifications
The following specifications apply to typical Cameron U type BOPs. Your Cameron repre-
sentative can provide information on non-standard BOP assemblies.
• Side outlets to 4-1/16” (7-1/16” on 26-3/4” BOPs) can be provided beneath

each set of rams on either or both sides of U BOPs. Side outlets can be
studded, open-face flange or clamp hub with the same pressure rating as the
vertical run connections.
• Flanges conform to API standard 6A and/or 16A. Hubs conform to API 16A or
applicable standards. Type 6BX flanges are standard for 10,000 and 15,000 psi
working pressures and for 5000 psi for 13-5/8” and larger bore BOPs.
Hydraulic control connections for operation of rams and bonnets are 1” NPT. There are
two connections for each set of rams. Wedgelock connections are ½” NPT.
The capital letters in the following designations refer to the U BOP dimensional views
and dimensional charts shown on the following pages.
A-1 Length - bonnets closed, locking screws locked

A-2 Length - bonnets opened, locking screws unlocked
A-3 Length - bonnets closed, with wedgelocks
A-4 Length - bonnets opened, with wedgelocks
B-1 Height - flanged
B-2 Height - clamp hubs
B*** Height - added height if 30” spacing is required for double
C Width - no side outlets
D Centerline of preventer to outlet flange or hub face. This distance is variable and
must be determined per individual specifications.
E-1 Centerline of side outlet below rams to bottom flange face
E-2 Centerline of side outlet below rams to bottom hub face
F-1 Top of upper ram to top flange face
F-2 Top of upper ram to top hub face
G Height of ram
H-1 Centerline of side outlet between rams to bottom flange face
H-2 Centerline of side outlet between rams to bottom hub face
J Top of lower ram to bottom of upper ram
TC1001
U BOP Single Open Faced Flange or Clamp Hub Dimensions
Top View Single or Double U BOP
B G
Side View Single U BOP SD 034601
Pressure Vertical Approx.

Size A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 B-1 B-2 C E-1 E-2 F-1 F-2 G
Rating Bore Weight
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
(psi) (in.) (lb)
7-1/16** 3000 7-1/16 74.000 109.500 - - 24.062 - 20.250 8.750 - 7.844 - 5.50 2600
7-1/16** 5000 7-1/16 74.000 109.500 - - 27.500 25.188 20.250 10.406 9.250 9.625 8.469 5.50 2800
7-1/16 10,000 7-1/16 74.000 109.500 - - 30.562 27.188 20.625 11.062 9.375 12.031 10.344 5.50 3550
7-1/16 15,000 7-1/16 74.000 109.500 - - 31.812 - 20.625 11.688 - 12.656 - 5.50 3800
11** 3000 11 96.250 146.875 - - 29.062 - 25.125 9.812 - 10.531 - 6.75 5300
11** 5000 11 96.250 146.875 110.125 150.188 34.312 29.312 25.125 12.438 9.938 13.156 10.656 6.75 5600
11** 10,000 11 96.250 146.875 110.125 150.188 35.688 32.188 25.750 13.125 11.375 13.844 12.094 6.75 6400
11 Model 79 15,000 11 124.000 175.312 124.500 167.125 44.812 33.875 32.000 16.688 11.219 17.781 12.312 9.25 10,300
13-5/8 3000 13-5/8 112.125 171.500 122.688 166.062 31.312 - 29.250 10.312 - 11.531 - 7.50 7200
13-5/8 5000 13-5/8 112.125 171.500 122.688 166.062 33.812 31.938 29.250 11.562 10.625 12.781 11.844 7.50 7700
13-5/8 10,000 13-5/8 114.125 172.750 124.688 167.312 41.688 32.812 30.250 15.125 10.688 17.094 12.656 7.50 10,300
13-5/8 Model B** 15,000 13-5/8 139.000 214.375 152.250 205.500 53.688 42.000 39.500 21.375 15.500 22.844 17.000 8.00 23,700
16-3/4” Model B 3000 16-3/4 127.250 204.562 147.250 199.375 40.062 31.750 35.750 13.312 9.156 15.406 11.250 9.25 13,700
16-3/4 Model B 5000 16-3/4 129.250 202.125 149.250 202.250 43.062 34.938 35.750 14.812 10.750 16.906 12.844 9.25 13,750
16-3/4** 10,000 16-3/4 139.000 218.375 155.500 212.000 49.688 41.938 39.500 19.375 15.500 20.219 16.344 9.25 23,300
18-3/4 10,000 18-3/4 156.375 242.125 166.500 226.625 56.000 43.234 42.500 20.500 13.875 22.000 15.344 12.00 28,900
20-3/4 3000 20-3/4 143.688 226.812 163.938 223.875 40.562 33.312 39.516 14.312 10.688 16.281 12.656 8.00 13,650
21-1/4 2000 21-1/4 143.688 226.812 163.938 223.875 37.188 33.312 39.516 12.625 10.688 14.594 12.656 8.00 13,250
21-1/4 5000 21-1/4 164.250 247.250 180.938 239.250 50.938 46.125 42.500 17.969 17.188 18.719 14.688 13.50 30,000
21-1/4** 10,000 21-1/4 163.375 250.375 181.125 239.500 66.000 53.000 47.250 24.531 18.031 26.250 19.750 13.50 34,650
26-3/4 3000 26-3/4 169.625 275.375 - - 48.312 - 46.250 17.438 - 19.906 - 8.00 24,000
Available with stud X flange connection

Weights shown are for flange X flange top/bottom
TC1001
U BOP Double Open Faced Flange or Clamp Hub Dimensions
Top View - Single or Double U BOP
B J
G H
Side View - Double U BOP SD 034600
Press. Vert. Approx.

Size A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 B-1 B-2 B*** C E-1 E-2 F-1 F-2 G H-1 H-2 J
Rating Bore Weight
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
(psi) (in.) (lb)
7-1/16** 3000 7-1/16 74.000 109.500 - - 41.000 - 18.562 20.250 8.750 - 7.844 - 5.50 25.688 - 11.438 5000
7-1/16** 5000 7-1/16 74.000 109.500 - - 44.188 41.875 18.812 20.250 10.406 9.250 9.625 8.469 5.50 27.094 25.938 11.188 5200
7-1/16 10,000 7-1/16 74.000 109.500 - - 48.625 45.250 17.438 20.625 11.062 9.375 12.031 10.344 5.50 29.125 27.438 12.562 6400
7-1/16 15,000 7-1/16 74.000 109.500 - - 49.875 - 17.438 20.625 11.688 - 12.656 - 5.50 29.750 - 12.562 6750
11** 3000 11 96.250 146.875 - - 49.250 - 16.562 25.125 9.812 - 10.531 - 6.75 30.000 - 13.438 9900
11** 5000 11 96.250 146.875 110.125 150.188 54.500 49.500 16.562 25.125 12.438 9.938 13.156 10.656 6.75 32.625 30.125 13.438 10,200
11** 10,000 11 96.250 146.875 110.125 150.188 55.875 52.375 16.562 25.750 13.125 11.375 13.844 12.094 6.75 33.312 31.562 13.438 11,300
11 Model 79 15,000 11 124.000 175.312 124.500 167.125 69.750 58.812 14.312 32.000 16.688 11.219 17.781 12.312 9.25 41.625 36.156 15.688 18,400
13-5/8 3000 13-5/8 112.125 171.500 122.688 166.062 53.375 - 15.438 29.250 10.312 - 11.531 - 7.50 32.375 - 14.562 14,300
13-5/8 5000 13-5/8 112.125 171.500 122.688 166.062 55.875 54.000 15.438 29.250 11.562 10.625 12.781 11.844 7.50 33.625 32.688 14.562 14,800
13-5/8 10,000 13-5/8 114.125 172.750 124.688 167.312 66.625 57.750 12.562 30.250 15.125 10.688 17.094 12.656 7.50 40.062 35.625 17.438 18,400
13-5/8 Mod B** 15,000 13-5/8 139.000 214.375 152.250 205.500 81.750 70.125 9.938 39.500 21.375 15.500 22.844 17.000 8.00 49.438 43.562 20.062 43,250
16-3/4” Mod B 3000 16-3/4 127.250 204.562 147.250 199.375 65.875 57.562 13.438 35.750 13.312 9.156 15.406 11.250 9.25 39.125 34.969 16.562 26,650
16-3/4 Mod B 5000 16-3/4 129.250 202.125 149.250 202.250 68.875 60.750 13.438 35.750 14.812 10.750 16.906 12.844 9.25 40.625 36.562 16.562 26,940
16-3/4** 10,000 16-3/4 139.000 218.375 155.500 212.000 77.750 70.000 11.188 39.500 19.375 15.500 20.219 16.344 9.25 47.438 43.562 18.812 43,500
18-3/4 10,000 18-3/4 156.375 242.125 166.500 226.625 87.125 74.000 10.875 42.500 20.500 13.875 22.000 15.344 12.00 51.500 44.875 19.125 56,950
20-3/4 3000 20-3/4 143.688 226.812 163.938 223.875 66.125 58.875 12.438 39.516 14.312 10.688 16.281 12.656 8.00 39.875 36.250 17.562 25,550
21-1/4 2000 21-1/4 143.688 226.812 163.938 223.875 62.750 58.875 12.438 39.516 12.625 10.688 14.594 12.656 8.00 38.188 36.250 17.562 25,150
21-1/4 5000 21-1/4 164.250 247.250 180.938 239.250 82.375 74.000 12.375 42.500 17.969 17.188 18.719 14.688 13.50 49.031 45.000 17.625 58,000
21-1/4** 10,000 21-1/4 163.375 250.375 181.125 239.500 100.062 87.062 9.438 47.250 24.531 18.031 26.250 19.750 13.50 58.594 52.094 20.562 65,500
26-3/4 3000 26-3/4 169.625 275.375 - - 78.875 - 7.438 46.250 17.438 - 19.906 - 8.00 48.000 - 22.562 44,200
Available with stud X flange connection

Weights shown are for flange X flange top/bottom
TC1001
UM BOPs
The Cameron UM BOP is a lightweight blowout preventer designed for easy mainte-
nance and long life. The UM complements the existing line of U preventers with in-
terchangeable bonnets that can be installed on any comparable size U BOP. The
shearing capabilities of the UM BOP bonnet is comparable to a U BOP bonnet with
tandem boosters installed. The UM utilizes an internal booster that results in a re-
duced weight and length for the preventer and eliminates the need for external
plumbing. The UM replaces the UL since the UM bonnet features full stroke opera-
tion that allows for one-step ram removal.
Other features of the UM BOP include:
• Bonnet seal carrier is available to eliminate the need for high makeup torque
on bonnet bolts and nuts.
• Same bonnet used for both shear and pipe rams. The internal shear booster
can be reversed to act as a stroke-limiting device.
• Internal booster provides the force necessary for shearing pipe and at the
same time provides a reduced sealing force for long ram seal life.
• Hydraulically operated locking mechanisms, wedgelocks, are available for
subsea applications.
• Most operating system seals can be replaced with the bonnet in the
ram-change position without removing the bonnets.
• UM utilizes the same rams as the U BOP.
Other features include hydraulically opening bonnets, forged body and a wide selection
of rams to meet all applications.
UM Blowout Preventer
SD 034595
TC1001
UM BOP Operating Data and Fluid Requirements
Bore Size Gals to Open Gals to Close Gals to Close Locking Screw
Closing Area Closing Opening
and Working Pipe Rams Pipe Rams Shear Rams Turns
(Sq. inches) Ratio Ratio
Pressure (1 set) (1 set) (1 set) (Each End)
7-1/16” All
2.2 2.3 2.4 67.3 18 11.7:1 3.8:1
WP
11” Except
6.2 6.2 7.4 113.8 27 13.7:1 3.7:1
15,000 psi
11” 15,000
- - - - - - -
psi
13-5/8”
Except 7.5 7.5 8.8 110.15 32 8.7:1 2.3:1
15,000 psi
13-5/8”
15,000 psi - - - - - - -
Model B
UM BOP Tandem Booster Operating Data and Fluid Requirements*
Bore Size Gals to Open Gals to Close Locking Screw

Closing Area
and Working Shear Rams Shear Rams Turns Closing Ratio Opening Ratio
(Sq. inches)
Pressure (1 set) (1 set) (Each End)
7-1/16” All
- - - - - 3.8:1
WP
11” Except
7.4 13.1 201.8 27 24.3:1 3.7:1
15,000 psi
11” 15,000
- - - - - -
psi
13-5/8”
Except 8.8 11.72 198 32 15.6:1 2.3:1
15,000 psi
13-5/8”
15,000 psi - - - - - -
Model B
*All volumes based on shear ram configuration
TC1001
UM BOP Specifications and Dimensions
The capital letters in the following designations refer to the UM BOP dimensional views
and dimensional chart shown below .

B-2 Height - studded
D Centerline of preventer to outlet flange or hub face. This distance is variable
and must be determined per individual specifications.
E Centerline of side outlet to bottom flange face
F Top of ram to top flange face
G Height of ram
E
SD 034610
Single Open-Face Flange or Studded UM BOP Dimensions*

Pressure Approx. Approx.
Vertical Bore
Size Rating A-1 A-2 B-1 B-2 C E F G Weight (lb.) Weight (lb.)
(in)
(psi) FlgXFlg StdXStd
7-1/16” 3000 7-1/16 78.250” 116.500” 24.062” 17” 20.250” 8.750” 7.844” 5.50” 2600 2477
7-1/16” 5000 7-1/16 78.250” 116.500” 27.500” 16.75” 20.250” 10.406” 9.625” 5.50” 2652 2477
7-1/16” 10,000 7-1/16 78.250” 116.500” 30.562” 15.50” 20.625” 11.062” 12.031” 5.50” 3275 2825
7-1/16” 15,000 7-1/16 78.250” 116.500” 31.812” 15.50” 20.625” 11.688” 12.656” 5.50” 3525 2825
11” 10,000 11 96.250” 146.875” 35.688” 16.63” 25.750” 13.125” 13.844” 6.75” 6400 5900
13-5/8” 10,000 13-5/8 134.500” 201.000” 41.688” 20.26” 30.250” 15.125” 17.094” 7.50” 10,300 9650
*Available with Stud x Flange Connections
TC1001
UM BOP Specifications and Dimensions
The capital letters in the following designations refer to the UM BOP dimensional views
and dimensional chart shown below.

B-2 Height - studded
B*** Height - with 30” spacer
D Centerline of preventer to outlet flange or hub face. This distance is variable and
must be determined per individual specifications.
E Centerline of side outlet below rams to bottom flange face
F Top of upper ram to top flange face
G Height of ram
H Centerline of side outlet between rams to bottom flange face
J Top of lower ram to bottom of upper ram
J
B
E H
SD 034560
Double Open-Face Flange or Studded UM BOP Dimensions*

Pressure Approx. Approx.
Vertical Bore
Size Rating A-1 A-2 B-1 B-2 B*** C E F G H J Weight Weight
(in.)
(psi) (lb.)FlgXFlg (lb.)StdXStd
7-1/16” 3000 7-1/16 78.250” 116.500” 41.000” 34” 18.562” 20.250” 8.750” 7.844” 5.50” 25.688” 11.438” 5100 4950
7-1/16” 5000 7-1/16 78.250” 116.500” 44.188” 33.50” 18.812” 20.250” 10.406” 9.625” 5.50” 27.094” 11.188” 4904 4729
7-1/16” 10,000 7-1/16 78.250” 116.500” 48.625” 31.50” 17.438” 20.625” 11.062” 12.031” 5.50” 29.125” 12.562” 5850 5500
7-1/16” 15,000 7-1/16 78.250” 116.500” 49.875” 33.50” 17.438” 20.625” 11.688” 12.656” 5.50” 29.750” 12.562” 6100 5500
11” 10,000 11 96.250” 146.875” 55.875” 36.44” 16.562” 25.750” 13.125” 13.844” 6.75” 33.312” 13.438” 11,300 11,300
13-5/8” 10,000 13-5/8 134.500” 201.000” 66.625” 41.26” 12.562” 30.250” 15.125” 17.094” 7.50” 40.062” 17.438” 20,388 17,612
*Available with Stud x Flange Connections
TC1001
Pressure Control
Shaffer Ram BOPs
Shaffer Currently Offers Four LWS Models

Basic Models of Ram Blowout Perhaps the best known Shaffer ram
Preventers preventers, these are ideal for smaller bore,
lower working pressure applications.
NXT® Models
The newest of the Shaffer ram preventers,
they offer no-weld cavity and boltless BOP
doors. Replaceable parts to the cavity
eliminate post weld heat treatments. The
seal seat, skid plate and side pads can be
replaced upgrading the BOP cavity
tolerances to as new condition.
LWS™
Chasovoy Models
These lightweight, compact preventers
incorporate a unique design which permits
either manual or hydraulic operation and are
ideal for well servicing, workover, fracking and
NXT® low pressure drilling.
SL/SLX Models
These Shaffer field-proven ram preventers
are designed for high pressure, critical
service operations, deep land drilling and
subsea service.
Chasovoy™
66
SL/SLX™
Pressure Control
Shaffer Model LWS Specifications
LWS Dimensions
88
Single Double
LWS Dimensions
Pressure Control
Model LWS Specifications, 3,000 and 2,000 PSI

Working Pressure (PSI) 3,000 2,000
Bore (Inches) 20 3/4 20 3/4 20 3/4 11 21 1/4 21 1/4 21 1/4
Model LWS LWS LWS LWS LWS LWS LWS
Piston Size (Inches) 10 14 8 1 /2 6 1/2 10 14 8 1/2
L (Length-Inches) 117 1/8 132 1/8 — — 117 1/4 132 1/4 —
Poslock F (Inches) 41 3/8 48 — — 41 3/8 48 —
G (Inches) 67 7/8 73 3/8 — — 67 75 1/8 —
L (Length-Inches) — 161 3/4 127 1/2 72 5/8 — 161 3/4 127 1/2
Manual-
F (Inches) — 54 5/16 42 23 15/16 — 54 5/16 42
Lock
G (Inches) — 79 15/ 67 5/ 39 31/ — 79 15/16 67 5/8
16 8 32
W (Width) 41 1/4 41 1/4 41 1/4 25 15/16 40 7/8 40 7/8 40 7/8

Studded 23 1/8 23 1/8 23 1/8 14 1/2 23 1/8 23 1/8 23 1/8
Single Flanged 41 5/8 41 5/8 41 5/8 27 1/8 37 3/4 37 3/4 37 3/4
H Hubbed 35 3/8 35 3/8 35 3/8 22 34 5/8 34 5/8 34 5/8
(Height)
Inches Studded 49 1/
4 49 1/
4 49 1/
4 29 3/
8 49 1/
4 49 1/
4 44 7/16
Double Flanged 67 3/ 63 63 42 63 7/ 59 1/ 59 1/16
4 8 16
Hubbed 62 55 15/16 49 1/4 36 7/8 57 60 3/4 55 15/16

D (Inches) 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 11 9/16 17 1/4 17 1/4 17 1/4
E (Inches) 23 5/8 23 5/8 23 5/8 14 3/8 23 5/8 23 5/8 23 5/8
I (Inches) 26 1/ 21 5/ 21 5/ 14 26 1/ 26 1/ 21 5/16
2 16 16 8 8
J (Inches) 20 1/
8 20 1/
8 20 1/
8 9 1/
2 20 1/
8 20 1/
8 15 5/16
Studded 6 6 6 3 7/ 8 6 6 6
Single Flanged 15 1/4 15 1/4 15 1/4 10 3/16 13 5/16 13 5/16 13 5/16
K Hubbed — — — 7 5/ 8 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4

(Inches) Studded 6 6 6 4 5/ 6 6 6
16
Double Flanged 15 1/4 15 1/4 15 1/4 10 5/8 13 5/16 13 5/16 13 5/16

Hubbed — 11 3/4 13 8 1/16 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4
Studded 7 1/ 8 7 1/8 7 1/8 4 3/ 8 7 1/8 7 1/8 7 1/8
Single Flanged 16 3/8 16 3/8 16 3/8 10 11/16 14 7/16 14 7/16 14 7/16
M Hubbed — — — 8 1/ 8 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8

(Inches) Studded — — — 4 13/ 7 1/ 7 1/ 7 1/8
16 8 8
Double Flanged 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 11 3/ 14 7/ 14 7/ 14 7/16

86 8 8 8 16 16 16
Hubbed — — — 8 9/16 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8

N (Inches) 7 7 7 4 1/ 2 6 6 6
2-inch 25 7/8 25 7/8 25 7/8 16 3/4 25 7/8 25 7/8 25 7/8
O1 25 1/16 25 1/16 26 5/16 15 3/4 26 5/16 26 5/16 26 5/16
3-inch
(Inches)
4-inch 25 7/
16 25 7/
16 25 7/
16 16 1/
8 25 7/
16 25 7/
16 25 7/16
2-inch 25 7/8 25 7/8 25 7/8 17 3/16 25 7/8 25 7/8 25 7/8
P1 25 1/16 25 1/16 26 5/16 17 3/16 26 5/16 26 5/16 26 5/16
3-inch
(Inches)
4-inch 25 7/16 28 3/8 25 7/16 18 25 7/16 25 7/16 25 7/16
Pressure Control
Model LWS Specifications, 3,000 and 2,000 PSI (Continued)

Bore (Inches) 20 3/4 20 3/4 20 3/4 11 21 1/4 21 1/4 21 1/4
Piston Size (Inches) 10 14 8 1/2 6 1 /2 10 14 8 1/2
Studded 7,810 10,068 7,448 2,116 7,647 9,905 7,285
Total Single Flanged 8,912 11,170 8,550 2,580 8,347 10,605 7,985
Weight Hubbed 7,537 9,795 7,175 2,150 7,774 10,032 7,412
Without
Rams Studded 15,338 19,854 14,615 4,096 15,180 19,700 14,455
(Lb) Double Flanged 16,440 20,955 15,715 4,560 15,880 20,400 15,155
Hubbed 15,062 19,580 14,340 4,130 15,305 19,822 14,582
1 Ram Assembly with Holders 435 435 435 111 435 435 435
Door Assembly (1 each) 1,756 2,885 1,575 490 1,756 2,885 1,575
Studded 3,760 3,760 3,760 1,000 3,790 3,790 3,790
Weight Body
Flanged 5,400 5,400 5,400 1,600 4,835 4,835 4,835
Breakdo Single
wn (Lb) Hubbed 4,025 4,025 4,025 1,170 4,262 4,262 4,262
Studded 7,776 7,776 7,776 2,000 7,810 7,810 7,810
Body
Flanged 9,415 9,415 9,415 2,600 8,855 8,855 8,855
Double
Hubbed 8,038 8,038 8,038 2,170 8,281 8,281 8,281
Closing Ratio 8.16 16.00 5.57 5.45 8.16 16.00 5.57
Opening Ratio 1.15 2.21 0.78 1.16 1.15 2.21 0.78
Gallons to Close 7.80 14.50 5.07 1.74 7.80 14.50 5.07
Gallons to Open 6.86 13.59 4.46 1.45 6.86 13.59 4.46
Maximum Ram Size (Inches) 16 16 16 8 5/8 16 16 16
Door Screw Across Flats (Inches) 1 5/
8 1 5/
8 1 5/
8 1 1/4 1 5/ 8 1 5/8 1 5/ 8
Door Screw Torque (ft lb) 1,200 1,200 1,200 910 1,200 1,200 1,200
NOTES:
1. For flanged side outlets. Studded or hubbed side outlets are shorter.
87
Pressure Control
Model LWS Specifications, 10,000 and 5,000 PSI

Bore (Inches) 7 1/16 4 1/16 11 11 9 7 1/16 4 1/16
Piston Size (Inches) 14 6 14 8 1/2 8 1/2 6 1 /2 6
L (Length-Inches) — — 10 1/4 — — — —
Poslock F (Inches) — — 37 7/8 — — — —
G (Inches) — — 57 — — — —
L (Length-Inches) 74 3/4 42 1/4 — 89 1/4 79 1/8 58 1/4 42 1/4
Manual-
F (Inches) 26 3/4 14 1/8 — 29 3/8 27 7/16 20 3/8 14 1/8
Lock
G (Inches) 43 3/8 23 13/16 — 46 5/8 46 5/16 32 1/2 23 13/16
W (Width) 30 7/8 15 3/8 28 3/4 28 3/4 23 1/16 21 1/2 15 11/16
Studded 23 3/4 15 3/4 19 1/2 19 1/2 14 1/2 15 15 3/4
Single Flanged 39 7/ 20 3/ 37 37 30 1/ 28 1/ 20 3/4
8 4 8 4
H Hubbed — — 30 1/
16 30 1/
16 22 — —
(Height)
Inches Studded 43 1/2 — 33 33 29 1/2 26 3/4 —
Double Flanged 59 5/8 — 50 1/2 50 1/2 45 7/16 40 —
Hubbed — — 43 9/16 43 9/16 37 — —
D (Inches) 13 3/
8 6 7/
16 12 5/
8 12 5/
8 11 9 3/
16 6 7/16
E (Inches) 17 1/ 8 15/ 16 1/ 16 1/ 12 1/ 12 5/ 9 1/4
2 16 8 8 16 16
I (Inches) 21 3/4 — 15 1/2 15 1/2 15 11 3/4 —

J (Inches) 17 1/4 — 11 11 10 1/2 7 1/4 —
Studded 7 1/ 8 — 5 1/2 5 1/ 2 3 1/4 3 3/4 —
Single Flanged 15 3/16 7 1/8 14 1/4 14 1/4 11 1/16 10 3/8 —
K Hubbed — — 10 25/32 10 25/32 7 — —

(Inches) Studded 6 1/ 8 — 4 1/2 4 1/ 2 3 1/4 3 3/4 —
Double Flanged 14 3/16 7 1/8 13 1/4 13 1/4 11 1/4 10 3/8 7 1/8
Hubbed — — 9 25/32 9 25/32 7 — —
Studded 9 5/ 8 5 7/16 7 7 5 5 3 7/8
Single Flanged 17 3/4 8 7/8 15 3/4 15 3/4 12 3/16 11 5/8 8 7/8
M Hubbed — — 12 9/
32 12 9/
32 8 3/
4 — —
(Inches) Studded 8 5/ 8 — 6 6 5 5 —
Double Flanged 16 3/4 — 14 3/4 14 3/4 12 13/16 11 5/8 —
84 Hubbed — — 11 9/32 11 9/32 8 3/4 — —
N (Inches) 4 1/
2 3 4 1/
2 4 1/
2 4 1/
2 4 1/
2 3
2-inch 20 5/8 9 5/8 20 1/16 20 1/16 18 7/16 14 1/2 12 9/16
O1 21 13/16 21 11/16 21 11/16 20 1/16 14 3/4
3-inch — —
(Inches)
4-inch 22 3/8 — 20 1/16 20 1/16 — 14 1/2 —
2-inch 20 5/8 12 9/16 19 13/16 19 13/16 18 7/16 15 1/16 9 5/8
P1 21 13/16 21 7/16 21 7/16 20 1/16 16 1/16
3-inch — —
(Inches)
4-inch 22 3/
8 — 19 13/
16 19 13/
16 — 18 7/8 —
Pressure Control
Model LWS Specifications, 10,000 and 5,000 PSI (Continued)

Bore (Inches) 7 1/16 4 1/16 11 11 9 7 1/16 4 1/16
Piston Size (Inches) 14 6 14 8 1 /2 8 1/2 6 1/2 6
Studded 6,130 830 6,000 4,150 2,870 1,385 830
Total Single Flanged 6,665 975 6,670 4,820 3,230 1,585 975
Weight Hubbed 6,295 — 6,250 4,400 2,820 — —
Without
Rams Studded 11,905 — — 7,725 5,750 2,504 —
(Lbs.) Double Flanged 12,435 — — 8,385 6,110 2,706 —
Hubbed 12,066 — — 7,975 5,700 — —
1 Ram Assembly with Holders 64 30 130 130 76 64 30
Door Assembly (1 each) 1,854 200 1,871 946 785 301 200
Studded 2,286 430 1,995 1,995 1,125 670 430
Weight Body
Flanged 2,955 575 2,925 2,925 1,660 980 575
Breakdo Single
wn (Lbs.) Hubbed 2,586 — 2,245 2,245 1,250 — —
Studded 4,350 — 3,674 3,674 2,436 1,190 —
Body
Flanged 5,018 — 4,600 4,600 2,970 1,502 —
Double
Hubbed 4,650 — 3,917 3,917 2,560 — —
Closing Ratio 10.63 8.45 16.00 5.57 5.57 5.45 8.45
Opening Ratio 15.22 4.74 3.41 2.09 3.00 1.93 4.74
Gallons to Close 5.18 0.59 9.50 2.98 2.58 1.45 0.59
Gallons to Open 5.25 0.52 8.90 2.62 2.27 1.18 0.52
Maximum Ram Size (Inches) 5 9/16 2 7/ 8 8 5/8 8 5/8 7 5 9/16 2 7/ 8
Door Screw Across Flats (Inches) 2 3/16 1 7/ 8 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 5/ 8 1 1/4 1 7/ 8
Door Screw Torque (ft lbs) 3,100 500 1,500 1,500 1,500 910 500
NOTES:
1. For flanged side outlets. Studded or hubbed side outlets are shorter.
85
Pressure Control
Shaffer LWS Ram BOP Operation
Model LWS blowout preventers have been the Model LWS Poslock System
most popular Shaffer Ram Preventers and LWS Preventers equipped with Poslock
have met the demanding pressure control pistons are locked automatically in the closed
requirements of the drilling industry for more position each time they are closed. The
than 20 years. Many of the features preventers will remain locked in the closed
incorporated in the most advanced SL models position even if closing pressure is removed.
are included in the LWS design. Opening hydraulic pressure is required to
Special Features reopen the pistons.
■ Rams are available which will support a The hydraulics required to operate the Poslock
600,000 pound drill string load when a tool are provided through opening and closing
joint is lowered onto the closed rams. These operating ports. Operation of the Poslock
rams conform to H2S requirements. requires no additional hydraulic functions,
■ Secondary ram shaft seals are furnished on such as are required in some competitive ram
all LWS preventers except 4 1/16” 5,000 and locking systems.
10,000 psi; 7 1/16” 5,000 psi; and 11” 3,000
psi BOPs.
■ Rams are easily replaced. They slide
horizontally onto the ram shaft except on
the
4 1/16” 10,000 psi BOP where the ram
mounts onto the ram shaft from above.
■ Poslock operators are available on the
4 1/16” 5,000 and 10,000 psi, 20 3/4” 3,000
psi and 21 1/4” 2,000 psi LWS BOPs.
■ Manual-lock operators are furnished on all
LWS BOPs not equipped with Poslock
operators.
■ Maximum ram hardness is Rc22 to insure
H2S compatibility of pipe and blind rams.
Shear rams have some harder components.
Model LWS Hydraulic System

The hydraulic pressure required to close an
LWS BOP is below 1,500 psi with rated well
pressure in the bore. Any standard 1,500 psi
oil field accumulator system can be used to
actuate these BOPs.
External hydraulic manifold pipes conduct the
fluid between the hinges on all sizes except
the 4 1/16” 5,000 and 10,000 psi,
20 3/4” 3,000 psi and 21 1/4” 2,000 psi LWS
BOPs.
73
Pressure Control
Model LWS Manual-Lock

System
Manual-lock pistons move inward and close
the rams when closing hydraulic pressure is
applied. If desired, the rams can be
manually locked in the closed position by
turning each locking shaft to the right until
it shoulders against the cylinder head.
Should hydraulic pressure fail, the rams can
be manually closed and locked. They
cannot be manually reopened.
The manual locking shafts are visible from
outside and provide a convenient ram LWS Manual Lock, closed and locked
position indicator. Threads on the manual
locking shaft are enclosed in the hydraulic
fluid and are not exposed to corrosion from
mud and salt water or to freezing.
Rams are opened by first turning both
locking shafts to their unlocked position,
then applying opening hydraulic pressure to
the pistons, which move outward and pull
the rams out of the well bore.
LWS Manual Lock, open
74
T3 MODEL 6012 PARTS
Single and Double Blowout Preventer Dimensions and Weights

MODEL 6012
BLOWOUT PREVENTER
Pressure
Vertical A B C-1 C-2 D E F G Est. Avg.
Size Rating
Bore (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) Weight
(psi)
7-1/16 Single 3000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 24.06 19.322 8.75 - 5.50 - 2,600
7-1/16 Double 3000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 41.00 37.38 8.75 25.69 5.50 11.44 5,000 T3 Energy Services
7-1/16 Single 5000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 27.50 21.12 10.41 - 5.50 - 2,800 Pressure Control Equipment Service Center
7-1/16 Double 5000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 44.19 37.80 10.41 27.09 5.50 11.19 5,200
103 Venture Blvd.
Houma, LA 70360
7-1/16 Single 10,000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 30.56 23.50 11.06 - 5.50 - 3,550
Phone: (985) 851-3160 Fax: (985) 851-5102
7-1/16 Double 10,000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 48.62 41.57 11.06 29.12 5.50 12.56 6,400
E-Mail: pcgsales@t3energy.com
7-1/16 Single 15,000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 31.81 24.12 11.69 - 5.50 - 3,800
T3 Energy Services
7-1/16 Double 15,000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 49.88 42.19 11.69 29.75 5.50 12.56 6,750
Pressure Control Equipment Manufacturing Center
11 Single 3000 11 96.25 146.88 29.06 23.24 9.81 - 6.75 - 5,400 9768 East Main St.
11 Double 3000 11 96.25 146.88 49.25 43.19 9.81 30.00 6.75 13.44 10,300 Houma, LA 70363
11 Single 5000 11 96.25 146.88 34.31 25.86 12.44 - 6.75 - 5,900 Phone: (985) 851-2020 Fax: (985) 868-5913
11 Double 5000 11 96.25 146.88 54.50 46.05 12.44 32.62 6.75 13.44 10,800 E-Mail: pcgsales@t3energy.com
11 Single 10,000 11 96.25 146.88 35.69 26.63 13.12 - 6.75 - 6,400 T3 Energy Services
11 Double 10,000 11 96.25 146.88 55.88 46.82 13.12 33.31 6.75 13.44 11,300 Pressure Control Equipment Service Center
11 Single 15,000 11 124.00 175.31 44.81 33.43 16.69 - 9.25 - 10,300 14710 Cypress N. Houston
11 Double 15,000 11 124.00 175.31 69.75 58.37 16.69 41.62 9.25 15.69 18,400 Cypress, TX 77429
Phone: (832) 237-0561 Fax: (832) 237-0546
13-5/8 Single 3000 13-5/8 112.12 171.50 31.31 24.87 10.31 - 7.50 - 9,700
13-5/8 Double 3000 13-5/8 112.12 171.50 53.38 46.94 10.31 32.38 7.50 14.56 17,400
13-5/8 Single 5000 13-5/8 112.12 171.50 33.71 26.03 11.56 - 7.50 - 10,000
T3 Energy Services
Pressure Control Equipment Manufacturing & Service Center
13-5/8 Double 5000 13-5/8 112.12 171.50 55.88 48.20 11.56 33.62 7.50 14.56 17,900
119 E. Interstate Drive
13-5/8 Single 10,000 13-5/8 114.12 172.75 41.69 31.31 15.12 - 7.50 - 10,300
Jennings, LA 70546
13-5/8 Double 10,000 13-5/8 114.12 172.75 66.62 56.25 15.12 40.06 7.50 17.44 18,400 Phone: (337) 824-6000 Fax: (337) 824-7042
13-5/8 Single 15,000 13-5/8 139.00 214.38 53.69 41.13 21.38 - 8.00 - 23,700 E-Mail: pcgsales@t3energy.com
13-5/8 Double 15,000 13-5/8 139.00 214.38 81.75 69.19 21.38 49.44 8.00 20.06 43,250 T3 Oilco Energy Services
16-3/4 Single 3000 16-3/4 127.25 204.56 40.06 32.88 13.31 - 9.25 - 13,200 Pressure Control Equipment Manufacturing & Service Center
16-3/4 Double 3000 16-3/4 127.25 204.56 65.88 58.70 13.31 39.12 9.25 16.56 26,100 2303A 8th Street
16-3/4 Single 5000 16-3/4 129.25 202.12 43.06 34.17 14.81 - 9.25 - 13,750 Nisku, Alberta T9E 7Z3
16-3/4 Double 5000 16-3/4 129.25 202.12 68.88 59.99 14.81 40.62 9.25 16.56 26,650 Phone: 780-955-2210 Fax: 780-955-7504
16-3/4 Single 10,000 16-3/4 139.00 218.38 49.69 39.31 19.38 - 9.25 - 23,300
16-3/4 Double 10,000 16-3/4 139.00 218.38 77.75 67.37 19.38 47.44 9.25 18.81 43,500
18-3/4 Single 10,000 18-3/4 156.38 242.12 56.00 42.72 20.50 - 12.00 - 28,900
18-3/4 Double 10,000 18-3/4 156.38 242.12 87.12 76.10 20.50 51.00 12.00 19.12 56,950
20-3/4 Single 3000 20-3/4 143.69 226.81 40.56 31.81 14.31 - 8.00 - 13,601
20-3/4 Double 3000 20-3/4 143.69 226.81 66.12 57.38 14.31 39.88 8.00 17.56 25,500
21-1/4 Single 2000 21-1/4 143.69 226.81 37.19 30.07 12.62 - 8.00 - 13,100
21-1/4 Double 2000 21-1/4 143.69 226.81 62.75 57.25 12.62 38.19 8.00 17.56 25,200
21-1/4 Single 5000 21-1/4 164.25 247.25 50.94 39.82 17.97 - 13.50 - 31,150
21-1/4 Double 5000 21-1/4 164.25 247.25 82.38 71.26 17.97 49.03 13.50 17.62 58,850
21-1/4 Single 10,000 21-1/4 163.38 250.38 66.00 51.50 24.53 - 13.50 - 35,000
21-1/4 Double 10,000 21-1/4 163.38 250.38 100.06 85.56 24.53 59.59 13.50 20.56 65,300
26-3/4 Single 3000 26-3/4 196.62 275.38 48.31 37.97 17.44 - 8.00 - 24,600
26-3/4 Double 3000 26-3/4 169.62 275.38 78.88 68.54 17.44 48.00 8.00 22.56 44,300
MODEL 6012 MODEL 6012 MODEL 6012 MODEL 6012
HYDRAULIC FLUID CONTROL SYSTEM PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION AND INFORMATION
MODEL 6012 All T3 Model 6012 ram type blowout preventers are supplied with clearly labeled “CLOSE” and “OPEN” ports locat-
ed on the body of the blowout preventer. The connections to the hydraulic operating system of the blowout preven-
The following information applies to typical T3 Model 6012 ram type blowout preventers. Blowout preventers
with unique features for special applications are available. For minimum blowout preventer stack height, flanged
BLOWOUT PREVENTER
ter are 1” NPT. Customer specified hydraulic connections can be provided upon request. Suitable hydraulic operat- bottom and studded top end connections are optimum and standard. Studded side outlets are also standard.
ing fluids are 10 weight hydraulic oil or passivated water based blowout preventer operating fluid. In low tempera- Flange by flange and hub by hub end connections and outlets are available upon request. Corrosion resistant
ture operation anti-freeze must be added to water based fluids. ring grooves are standard.
The T3 Model 6012 is a ram type blowout preventer suitable for sur- Blowout preventers that are taken out of service should be filled with long-term storage hydraulic fluid.
face drilling and well intervention, designed and manufactured to the Dimensions shown in the following diagram are in inches and are approximate.
requirements of API Specification 16A.
A - Length - bonnets closed, locking screws locked
T3 can supply severe service Model 6012 blowout preventers to meet
Standard Pipe Bonnet Operating Data and Field Requirements B - Length - bonnets opened, locking screws unlocked
our customer’s specific requirements including qualified ram packers, GALS TO GALS TO LOCKING SCREW C1 - Height - top flange face to bottom flange face
BORE SIZE AND CLOSING OPENING
top seals, and bonnet seal kits for extreme service conditions, high or OPEN RAMS CLOSE RAMS TURNS C2 - Height - top studded face to bottom flange face
WORKING PRESSURE RATIO RATIO
low temperature, and harsh chemical environments. (1 SET) (1 SET) (EACH END) D - Height - bottom flange face to bottom outlet center
7-1/16” All WP 1.3 1.3 18 6.9:1 2.2:1 E - Height - bottom flange face to top outlet center
Ease of integration. All components with dynamic sealing surfaces in 11” Except 5,000 psi 3.4 3.5 27 7.3:1 2.5:1 F - Height - ram bore
the bonnet assembly can be replaced in the field. All combinations of 11” 15,000 psi 5.7 5.8 32 9.8:1 2.2:1 G - Height - bottom of top ram bore to top of bottom ram bore
industry standard end connections and side outlets are available for 13-5/8” Except 15,000 psi 5.5 5.8 32 7.0:1 2.3:1 H - Distance between outlets is based on customer requirements.
13-5/8” 15,000 psi 10.4 10.6 45 10.6:1 3.6:1
ease of integration into a blowout preventer stack. Many bore and
16-3/4” 3,000 & 5,000 psi 9.8 10.6 38 6.8:1 2.3:1
working pressure sizes of Model 6012 blowout preventers can be fit-
16-3/4” 10,000 psi 11.6 12.5 45 6.8:1 2.3:1
ted with T3 large bore shear bonnet assemblies and T3 tandem boost-
18-3/4” 10,000 psi 21.3 23.1 54 7.4:1 3.7:1
ers to meet the ever rising pipe shearing challenges.Wellbore fluid wet- 20-3/4” 3,000 psi 8.1 8.7 46 7.0:1 1.3:1
ted dynamic sealing surfaces are hard faced, providing durable sealing 21-1/4” 2,000 psi 9.0 8.7 46 7.0:1 1.3:1
surfaces that protect the integrity of the low alloy steel structure even 21-1/4” 5,000 psi 27.3 30.0 54 7.2:1 4.0:1
after minor marring of the hard facing. The hydraulic fluid wetted 21-1/4” 10,000 psi 24.5 26.9 51 7.2:1 4.0:1
dynamic sealing surfaces are either hard chrome plated or hard faced 26-3/4” 3,000 psi 10.1 10.8 58 7.0:1 1.0:1
assuring maximum performance. A mechanical locking system is fit-
ted on each bonnet assembly or tandem booster to assure that the Large Bore Shear Bonnet Operating Data and Fluid Requirements
blowout preventer will remain closed in case of loss of hydraulic clos- GALS TO OPEN LOCKING
ing pressure. A hydraulically actuated mechanical locking system is BORE SIZE AND GALS TO CLOSE CLOSING OPENING
RAMS SCREW TURNS
available for drilling situations that do not allow access to manual WORKING PRESSURE RAMS (1 SET) RATIO RATIO
(1 SET) (EACH END)
locking systems. The component parts of a Model 6012 blowout pre- 11” Except 5,000 psi 6.8 6.0 27 1209:1 4.8:1
venter are suitable for use as replacement parts for most U style ram
11” 15,000 psi 8.9 9.0 32 15.2:1 3.7:1
type blowout preventers. The same manufacturing standards and
13-5/8” Except 15,000 psi 10.5 10.9 32 10.8:1 4.5:1
extreme service packers and seals that are employed to produce the T3
Model 6012 ram type blowout preventer are used in T3’s remanufac- 13-5/8” 15,000 psi 16.0 16.2 45 16.2:1 6.0:1
turing operations of ram type blowout preventers. 16-3/4” 3,000 & 5,000 psi 18.2 19.0 38 10.4:1 4.4:1
16-3/4” 10,000 psi 18.2 19.1 45 10.4:1 4.4:1
20-3/4” 3,000 psi 14.3 14.9 46 10.8:1 1.7:1
21-1/4” 2,000 psi 14.3 14.9 46 10.8:1 1.7:1
T3 MODEL 6012 PARTS
Single and Double Blowout Preventer Dimensions and Weights

MODEL 6012
BLOWOUT PREVENTER
Pressure
Vertical A B C-1 C-2 D E F G Est. Avg.
Size Rating
Bore (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) Weight
(psi)
7-1/16 Single 3000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 24.06 19.322 8.75 - 5.50 - 2,600
7-1/16 Double 3000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 41.00 37.38 8.75 25.69 5.50 11.44 5,000 T3 Energy Services
7-1/16 Single 5000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 27.50 21.12 10.41 - 5.50 - 2,800 Pressure Control Equipment Service Center
7-1/16 Double 5000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 44.19 37.80 10.41 27.09 5.50 11.19 5,200
103 Venture Blvd.
Houma, LA 70360
7-1/16 Single 10,000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 30.56 23.50 11.06 - 5.50 - 3,550
Phone: (985) 851-3160 Fax: (985) 851-5102
7-1/16 Double 10,000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 48.62 41.57 11.06 29.12 5.50 12.56 6,400
7-1/16 Single 15,000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 31.81 24.12 11.69 - 5.50 - 3,800
T3 Energy Services
7-1/16 Double 15,000 7-1/16 74.00 109.50 49.88 42.19 11.69 29.75 5.50 12.56 6,750
Pressure Control Equipment Manufacturing Center
11 Single 3000 11 96.25 146.88 29.06 23.24 9.81 - 6.75 - 5,400 9768 East Main St.
11 Double 3000 11 96.25 146.88 49.25 43.19 9.81 30.00 6.75 13.44 10,300 Houma, LA 70363
11 Single 5000 11 96.25 146.88 34.31 25.86 12.44 - 6.75 - 5,900 Phone: (985) 851-2020 Fax: (985) 868-5913
11 Double 5000 11 96.25 146.88 54.50 46.05 12.44 32.62 6.75 13.44 10,800 E-Mail: pcgsales@t3energy.com
11 Single 10,000 11 96.25 146.88 35.69 26.63 13.12 - 6.75 - 6,400 T3 Energy Services
11 Double 10,000 11 96.25 146.88 55.88 46.82 13.12 33.31 6.75 13.44 11,300 Pressure Control Equipment Service Center
11 Single 15,000 11 124.00 175.31 44.81 33.43 16.69 - 9.25 - 10,300 14710 Cypress N. Houston
11 Double 15,000 11 124.00 175.31 69.75 58.37 16.69 41.62 9.25 15.69 18,400 Cypress, TX 77429
Phone: (832) 237-0561 Fax: (832) 237-0546
13-5/8 Single 3000 13-5/8 112.12 171.50 31.31 24.87 10.31 - 7.50 - 9,700
13-5/8 Double 3000 13-5/8 112.12 171.50 53.38 46.94 10.31 32.38 7.50 14.56 17,400
13-5/8 Single 5000 13-5/8 112.12 171.50 33.71 26.03 11.56 - 7.50 - 10,000
T3 Energy Services
Pressure Control Equipment Manufacturing & Service Center
13-5/8 Double 5000 13-5/8 112.12 171.50 55.88 48.20 11.56 33.62 7.50 14.56 17,900
119 E. Interstate Drive
13-5/8 Single 10,000 13-5/8 114.12 172.75 41.69 31.31 15.12 - 7.50 - 10,300
Jennings, LA 70546
13-5/8 Double 10,000 13-5/8 114.12 172.75 66.62 56.25 15.12 40.06 7.50 17.44 18,400 Phone: (337) 824-6000 Fax: (337) 824-7042
13-5/8 Single 15,000 13-5/8 139.00 214.38 53.69 41.13 21.38 - 8.00 - 23,700 E-Mail: pcgsales@t3energy.com
13-5/8 Double 15,000 13-5/8 139.00 214.38 81.75 69.19 21.38 49.44 8.00 20.06 43,250 T3 Oilco Energy Services
16-3/4 Single 3000 16-3/4 127.25 204.56 40.06 32.88 13.31 - 9.25 - 13,200 Pressure Control Equipment Manufacturing & Service Center
16-3/4 Double 3000 16-3/4 127.25 204.56 65.88 58.70 13.31 39.12 9.25 16.56 26,100 2303A 8th Street
16-3/4 Single 5000 16-3/4 129.25 202.12 43.06 34.17 14.81 - 9.25 - 13,750 Nisku, Alberta T9E 7Z3
16-3/4 Double 5000 16-3/4 129.25 202.12 68.88 59.99 14.81 40.62 9.25 16.56 26,650 Phone: 780-955-2210 Fax: 780-955-7504
16-3/4 Single 10,000 16-3/4 139.00 218.38 49.69 39.31 19.38 - 9.25 - 23,300
16-3/4 Double 10,000 16-3/4 139.00 218.38 77.75 67.37 19.38 47.44 9.25 18.81 43,500
18-3/4 Single 10,000 18-3/4 156.38 242.12 56.00 42.72 20.50 - 12.00 - 28,900
18-3/4 Double 10,000 18-3/4 156.38 242.12 87.12 76.10 20.50 51.00 12.00 19.12 56,950
20-3/4 Single 3000 20-3/4 143.69 226.81 40.56 31.81 14.31 - 8.00 - 13,601
20-3/4 Double 3000 20-3/4 143.69 226.81 66.12 57.38 14.31 39.88 8.00 17.56 25,500
21-1/4 Single 2000 21-1/4 143.69 226.81 37.19 30.07 12.62 - 8.00 - 13,100
21-1/4 Double 2000 21-1/4 143.69 226.81 62.75 57.25 12.62 38.19 8.00 17.56 25,200
21-1/4 Single 5000 21-1/4 164.25 247.25 50.94 39.82 17.97 - 13.50 - 31,150
21-1/4 Double 5000 21-1/4 164.25 247.25 82.38 71.26 17.97 49.03 13.50 17.62 58,850
21-1/4 Single 10,000 21-1/4 163.38 250.38 66.00 51.50 24.53 - 13.50 - 35,000
21-1/4 Double 10,000 21-1/4 163.38 250.38 100.06 85.56 24.53 59.59 13.50 20.56 65,300
26-3/4 Single 3000 26-3/4 196.62 275.38 48.31 37.97 17.44 - 8.00 - 24,600
26-3/4 Double 3000 26-3/4 169.62 275.38 78.88 68.54 17.44 48.00 8.00 22.56 44,300
BLOWOUT PREVENTER
13-5/8” 15,000 psi 10.4 10.6 45 10.6:1 3.6:1
16-3/4” 3,000 & 5,000 psi 9.8 10.6 38 6.8:1 2.3:1
16-3/4” 10,000 psi 11.6 12.5 45 6.8:1 2.3:1
18-3/4” 10,000 psi 21.3 23.1 54 7.4:1 3.7:1
RAMS SCREW TURNS
(1 SET) (EACH END)
11” 15,000 psi 8.9 9.0 32 15.2:1 3.7:1
13-5/8” Except 15,000 psi 10.5 10.9 32 10.8:1 4.5:1
16-3/4” 10,000 psi 18.2 19.1 45 10.4:1 4.4:1
20-3/4” 3,000 psi 14.3 14.9 46 10.8:1 1.7:1
21-1/4” 2,000 psi 14.3 14.9 46 10.8:1 1.7:1
BLOWOUT PREVENTER
13-5/8” 15,000 psi 10.4 10.6 45 10.6:1 3.6:1
16-3/4” 3,000 & 5,000 psi 9.8 10.6 38 6.8:1 2.3:1
16-3/4” 10,000 psi 11.6 12.5 45 6.8:1 2.3:1
18-3/4” 10,000 psi 21.3 23.1 54 7.4:1 3.7:1
RAMS SCREW TURNS
(1 SET) (EACH END)
11” 15,000 psi 8.9 9.0 32 15.2:1 3.7:1
13-5/8” Except 15,000 psi 10.5 10.9 32 10.8:1 4.5:1
16-3/4” 10,000 psi 18.2 19.1 45 10.4:1 4.4:1
20-3/4” 3,000 psi 14.3 14.9 46 10.8:1 1.7:1
21-1/4” 2,000 psi 14.3 14.9 46 10.8:1 1.7:1
GX 13 5/8-10,000 psi
Annular BOP
Hydril GK
5000 psi Screwed Head BOP
Hydril MSP 21 1/4

2000 psi Latched Head BOP
SIZES AND PRESSURE RATINGS OF ANNULAR BLOWOUT PREVENTERS
Bore Size Working Pressure Ratings (psi)

(inches) 500 2,000 3,000 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000
7-1/6 – MSP GK GK GK GK GK
9 – MSP GK GK – – –
11 – MSP GK GK GX GX –
13-5/8 – – GK GX/GK GX GX –
16-3/4 – – – GK – – –
18-3/4 – – – – GX – –
21-1/4 – MSP – – – – –
29-1/2 MSP – – – – – –
5
GK ENGINEERING AND DIMENSIONAL DATA
BORE SIZE (inches) 7-1/16 7-1/16 7-1/16 7-1/16 7-1/16 †9 †9 9 11 11 11 11

WORKING PRESSURE (psi) 3,000 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 3,000 5,000 10,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000
HEAD TYPE SCREWED SCREWED SCREWED SCREWED SCREWED SCREWED SCREWED SCREWED SCREWED SCREWED LATCHED SCREWED
OLD NOMINAL SIZE 6" 6" – – – 8" 8" – 10 10 10 –
SHELL TEST PRESSURE Factory Only 6000 10,000 15,000 22,500 30,000 6000 10,000 15,000 6000 10,000 10,000 15,000
OPERATING CHAMBER TEST PRESSURE Factory Only 3000 5000 10,000 15,000 20,000 3000 5000 10,000 3000 5000 5000 10,000
• OPERATING
CHAMBER CLOSING 2.85 3.86 9.42 11.2 10.9 4.33 6.84 15.90 7.43 9.81 9.81 25.10
VOLUME (Gal.) OPENING 2.24 3.30 7.08 7.50 7.20 3.41 5.80 11.95 5.54 7.98 7.98 18.97
(For Full Piston Stroke)
FULL PISTON STROKE (inches) 4-1/8 4-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-3/4 6-1/8 7-1/8 7-1/8 8
BODY DIAMETER (inches) 26 29-1/4 43-3/4 50 55 28 34 50-1/2 33-3/4 37-1/2 42-1/4 56-1/2
CLEARANCE DIAMETER (inches) 32-1/4 35-3/4 49-1/2 61 58 34-1/2 41 56-3/4 40 44-1/4 44-1/4 61-1/2
FLANGED BOTTOM 32 36-7/8 10M:48-1/8 54-1/8 59 37-7/8 41-3/4 55-3/4 39-3/4 5M:47-13/16 5M:48-1/4 10M:63-1/2
15M:48-3/4 10M:48-9/16 10M:49 15M:65-13/16
**HEIGHT (inches) STUDDED BOTTOM 27-3/4 30-3/4 • 45-7/8 48-5/8 32-3/4 34-3/4 48-1/2 34-3/8 5M:39-5/8 5M:40-1/16 10M:55
10M:40-1/4 10M:40-11/16
CIW HUB BOTTOM 31-1/8 34-7/8 10M:47-1/8 • – 5M:36-7/8 • – 38-1/8 5M:44-7/8 45-5/16 10M:61-1/8
15M• 10M• – 15M:61
FLANGED BOTTOM 2715 4000 12200 14250 23000 3500 6000 18540 5500 5M:8200 • 10M:26140
10M• 15M•
**WEIGHT (lbs.) STUDDED BOTTOM 2585 3785 • • 22000 3300 5700 18340 5140 5M:7750 • 25460
10M•
approximate CIW HUB BOTTOM 2505 3850 11900 • – 5M:3450 • – 5350 5M:7920 • 10M:26000
10M• 15M:26100
FLANGED RX45 RX46 10M:BX156 BX156 BX156 RX49 RX50 BX157 RX53 5M:RX54 5M:RX54 10M:BX158
15M:BX156 10M:BX158 10M:BX158 15M:BX158
STANDARD RING GROOVE STUDDED RX45 RX46 – BX156 BX156 RX49 RX50 BX157 RX53 5M:RX54 5M:RX54 10M:BX158
10M:BX158 10M:BX158
CIW HUB RX45 BX156 BX156 – – RX49 • – RX53 5M:RX53 5M:RX53 10M:BX158
15M:BX158
BORE SIZE (inches) 11❍ 11❍ 13-5/8 13-5/8 13-5/8 13-5/8 HL 13-5/8 13-5/8❍ 13-5/8❍ 16-3/4▲ 16-3/4▲ 16-3/4 16-3/4
WORKING PRESSURE (psi) 10,000 *10/15,000 3000 3000 5000 5000 5000 10,000 10,000 2000 3000 5000 5000
HEAD TYPE LATCHED LATCHED SCREWED LATCHED SCREWED LATCHED SCREWED SCREWED LATCHED SCREWED SCREWEDSCREWEDLATCHED
OLD NOMINAL SIZE – – 12 12 – – – – – 16 16 – –
SHELL TEST PRESSURE Factory Only 15,000 22,600 6000 6000 10,000 10,000 7500 15,000 15,000 3000 45000 10,000 10,000
OPERATING CHAMBER TEST PRESSURE Factory Only 10,000 10,000 3000 3000 5000 5000 3000 10,000 10,000 3000 3000 5000 5000
• OPERATING
CHAMBER CLOSING 25.10 26.67 11.36 11.36 17.98 17.98 17.98 ††37.18 ††37.18 17.46 21.02 28.70 28.70
VOLUME (Gal.) OPENING 18.97 20.45 8.94 8.94 14.16 14.16 ††26.50 ††26.50 12.59 15.80 15.80 19.93 19.93
FULL PISTON STROKE (inches) 8 8-1/2 7-1/8 7-1/8 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 ††10-1/2 ††10-1/2 8-1/2 9 10-1/2 10-1/2
BODY DIAMETER (inches) 58 64-3/4 40-1/2 45-1/4 45-1/2 47-3/4 44 61 63-1/2 46-1/4 48-1/2 53-1/2 54-1/2
CLEARANCE DIAMETER (inches) 60-3/4 69-3/4 47-1/2 47-1/2 52-1/4 52-1/4 48-1/2 68-1/8 68-1/8 53-1/4 55-1/2 59-1/2 59-1/2
FLANGED BOTTOM 10M:63-3/8 72-15/16 45-1/4 45-1/4 5M:54-1/8 5M:54-1/2 – 71-3/8 71-5/16 49-1/2 53-7/8 61-1/4 61-19/64
15M• 10M:56-3/16 10M:59-9/16
**HEIGHT (inches) STUDDED BOTTOM 10M:54-7/8 60-7/8 39-3/8 39-3/8 5M:46-1/2 5M• – 60-5/8 61-1/8 43-3/4 47-1/4 53 53-27/64
15M 10M:46-1/2 10M•
CIW HUB BOTTOM 10M:61 67-7/8 43 43 5M:51-1/2 5M:51-7/8 46 66-7/8 66-13/16 46-1/2 – 59-7/8 59-59/64
15M:60-1/4 10M:51-1/2 10M:51-7/8
FLANGED BOTTOM • • 8784 • 5M:13,800 5M:13,250 – 33,525 • 11,417 14,868 20,835 21,230
10M:14,500 10M:13,900
**WEIGHT (lbs.) STUDDED BOTTOM • 35,350 8522 • 5M:13,100 • – 32850 • 11,100 14,470 20,000 20,400
10M:
approximate CIW HUB BOTTOM • • 8650 • • • 9400 32,785 33,377 11,317 – 20,545 20.950
FLANGED 10M:BX158 BX158 RX57 RX57 5M:BX160 5M:BX160 – BX159 BX159 RX65 RX66 BX162 BX162
15M:BX158 10M:X159 10M:BX159
STANDARD RING GROOVE STUDDED 10M:BX158 BX158 RX57 RX57 5M:BX160 5M:BX160 – BX159 BX159 RX65 RX66 BX162 –
10M:BX159 10M:BX159
CIW HUB 10M:BX158 BX158 RX57 RX57 5M::BX160 5M:BX160 BX160 BX159 BX159 RX65 – BX162 BX162
15M:BX158 10M:BX159 10M:BX159
*15,000 psi Shell w/10,000 psi Packing Unit ▼ 1" NPT hydraulic connections are standard, 1-1/4" or -1 1/2" available on request.
▲ Information Only †Older models may have 8-5/16" bore
• Available on Request ††Older models have 9-3/4" piston stroke with 34.53 gallon closing chamber volume and 24.66 opening chamber volume
**With standard studded top connection rated to BOP working Pressure ❍ Reference only replaced by GX
WEIGHT (Lbs.) OF GK 2000, 3000 and 5000 PSI

TYPE GK BLOWOUT PREVENTERS
GK* GK* GK GK GK GK GK GK GK GK GK GK GK GK GK GK
7-1/16 7-1/16 9 9 11 11 11 13-5/8 13-5/8 13-5/8 13-5/8 13-5/8 16-3/4 16-3/4 16-3/4 16-3/4
3000 5000 3000 5000 3000 5000 5000 3000 3000 5000 5000 5000 2000 3000 5000 5000
Screwed Screwed Screwed Screwed Screwed Screwed Latched Screwed Latched Screwed Latched HL* Screwed Screwed Screwed Latched
Head Head Head Head Head Head Head▼ Head Head▼ Head Head Head Head Head Head
BOP Assembly FLANGED 2715 4000 3560 6000 5300 8250 8784 9550 13800 13250 9400 11417 14868 20830 –
STUDDED 2580 3830 3420 5740 5140 7800 8522 – 13100 – – 11100 14470 2000 –
BOP Head 546 1080 803 1308 1220 1835 2305 2160 3455 2585 2990 4064 5210 6641 3698
PACKING UNIT Natural Rubber 109 135 125 198 206 305 305 355 355 470 470 470 530 560 675 675
Nitrile Rubber 111 138 131 205 213 311 311 361 361 480 480 480 540 572 685 685
Piston 610 793 610 1054 1042 1380 1380 1680 1680 2455 2455 2060 2460 2878 3300 3300
BOP Body FLANGED 1240 2060 1855 3620 2600 4645 4135 4840 7120 7120 3983 5250 7146 9710 –
STUDDED 1000 1925 1710 2990 2400 4112 3910 – – – – 4860 6980 – –
Slotted Body Sleeve – – – – – – 180 180 230 230 190 – – 311 311
*Compact Model ▼ Available on Request
12
PARTS LIST / SPECIFICATIONS
Comparison Chart between Standard GK and Compact GK

Standard Compact Standard Compact Standard Compact Standard Compact
GK 7 1/16-3000 GK 7 1/16-3000 GK 7 1/16-5000 GK 7 1/16-5000 GK 13 5/8-3000 GK 13 5/8-3000 GK 13 5/8-5000 GK 13 5/8-5000
Overall Height 32" 31.9" 36.88 33.66" 45.25" 41.4 54 1/8 49.83
Body Diameter 26" 25.25" 29.25" 26" 40.5" 41" 45.25" 43.88"
Weight - lbs 2715 2600 4000 3000 8784 7300 13800 11200
Close Volume - gal 2.85 2.86 3.86 2.86 11.36 11.36 17.98 17.98
Open Volume - gal 2.24 2.25 3.3 2.25 8.94 8.94 14.16 14.16
H B G
F
A
C
E
7 1/16" - 3,000 7 1/16" - 5,000 13 5/8" - 3,000 13 5/8" - 5,000

Bore 7 1/16 in 179.4 mm 7 1/16 in 179.4 mm 13 5/8 in 346 mm 13 5/8 in 346 mm
Working Pressure 3000 psi 207 bar 5000 psi 345 bar 3000 psi 207 bar 5000 psi 345 bar
Operator Pressure 3000 psi 207 bar 3000 psi 207 bar 3000 psi 207 bar 3000 psi 207 bar
Volume to Close 2.86 gal 10.8 liter 2.86 gal 10.8 liter 11.36 gal 43 liter 17.98 gal 68.1 liter
Volume to Open 2.25 gal 8.52 liter 2.25 gal 8.52 liter 8.94 gal 33.8 liter 14.16 gal 53.6 liter
Operating Data
BOP Assembly 2,600 lb 1,180 kg 3,000 lb 1,361 kg 7,300 lb 3,313 kg 11,200 lb 5,083 kg
Weight Head 450 lb 209 kg 550 lb 250 kg 2,200 lb 998 kg 2,200 lb 998 kg
Piston 595 lb 270 kg 595 lb 270 kg 1,320 lb 599 kg 3,000 lb 1,362 kg
Hydraulic Shell Test Pressure (Factory Test Only) 6,000 psi 414 bar 10,000 psi 690 bar 6,000 psi 414 bar 10,000 psi 690 bar
Hydrostatic Chamber Test Pressure (Factory Test Only) 5,000 psi 345 bar 5,000 psi 345 bar 4,500 psi 310 bar 5,000 psi 345 bar
Top & Bottom Connection Ring Groove X-45 - X-46 - R-57 - BX-160 -
Hydraulic Connection, Open & Close 1-in NPT - 1-in NPT - 1-in NPT - 1-in NPT -
Lift Eye Safe Working Load Per Shackle 5,000 lb 2.27 tonne 5,000 lb 2.27 tonne 8,000 lb 3.63 tonne 15,000 lb 6.81 tonne
Packing Unit Closure Range (CSO to in/mm) 7 1/16 in 179.4 mm 7 1/16 in 179.4 mm 13 5/8 in 346 mm 13 5/8 in 346 mm
A - Height 31.19 in 792 mm 33.66 in 855 mm 41.40 in 1,052 mm 49.83 in 1,266 mm

B - Width 25.25 in 641 mm 26.00 in 660 mm 41.00 in 1,041 mm 43.88 in 1,115 mm
C - Bottom to Center Raduis Hoist Ring 21.25 in 540 mm 23.26 in 591 mm 29.33 in 745 mm 33.19 in 843 mm
Dimensions
D - Top to Center Hoist Ring 9.94 in 252 mm 10.40 in 264 mm 12.07 in 307 mm 16.64 in 423 mm
E - Bottom to Center Close Port 14.13 in 359 mm 16.13 in 410 mm 18.75 in 476 mm 22.70 in 577 mm
F - Center Close port to Center Open Port 8.44 in 214 mm 8.44 in 214 mm 10.13 in 257 mm 12.00 in 305 mm
G - Piston Stroke 4.125 in 105 mm 4.125 in 105 mm 7.12 in 181 mm 8.50 in 216 mm
H - Center Radius to Center Radius Hoist Rings 35.44 in 900 mm 36.19 in 919 mm 35.44 in 900 mm 36.19 in 919 mm
15
HYDRIL MSP ™
DIVERTERS/BLOWOUT PREVENTERS
Hydril MSP-2000 psi Hydril MSP 29-1/2-500 psi

The MSP Annular Blowout Preventer is applicable to subsea The MSP 29-1/2"-500 psi, developed for use on surface
or surface installations requiring a 2000 psi universal installations, is a large bore annular type diverter whose
blowout preventer. As proven by its many field installations, 29-1/2" bore permits hole to be drilled full bore with diverter
it will deliver long, dependable service life. This BOP will protection. Its large bore permits the setting of large size
seal off drill pipe, kelly, tool joints or tubing and wireline or surface casing without removing the diverter. Thus it is
completely shut off the open hole to full rated pressure. always ready for venting gas flows. Utilizing computerized
The following outstanding features of the MSP BOP make finite element techniques, the original design of the MSP
it qualified to meet the industry's need for simple and reliable 29-1/2"-500 has been revamped to provide a unit made up
blowout protection. A helicopter lift model of the MSP of fewer parts to reduce cost. This unit may be ordered for
21-1/4–2000 is also available. use in standard service (temperate climates) or for use in
The Screwed Head Design of the MSP BOP is a simple, cold environments such as the North Sea, Siberia, and
efficient, and strong method of connecting the head to the Alaska where low temperature metallurgy may be required.
body for safe operation with no loose parts to be lost down
the hole or overboard. This MSP provides an effective means of rerouting the flow
The Latched Head Design which is optional on the MSP of shallow, low-pressure gas. The MSP 29-1/2"-500 can be
21-1/4–2000 BOP provides fast, positive access to the used either as a diverter or a 500 psi annular BOP.
packing unit and seals for minimum maintenance time.
Only Two Moving Parts (piston and packing unit) on the
Only Two Moving Parts (piston and packing unit) on the
Hydril Annular Diverter mean few surfaces are subjected to
Hydril Annular BOP mean few areas are subjected to wear.
wear. The Diverter is thus a safer and simpler mechanism
The BOP is thus a safer and more efficient mechanism
requiring less maintenance and less downtime.
requiring less maintenance and less downtime.
Back to Front Feedable Rubber on the Packing Unit
Back to Front Feedable Rubber on the Packing Unit
enables the packing unit to close and seal on almost any
enables the packing unit to close and seal on almost any
shape in the drillstring or close off the open bore and to strip
shape in the drillstring or close off the open bore and strip
tool joints under pressure. This safety feature permits confi-
tool joints under pressure. This safety feature permits
dent closure of the BOP at the initial indication of a kick with-
confident closure of the MSP-29-1/2"-500 at the initial indica-
out the delay of locating the tool joint.
tion of kick without the delay of locating the tool joint.
The Conical Bowl Design of the Piston provides a simple
and efficient method of closing the packing unit. With the The Conical Bowl Design of the Piston provides a simple
piston serving as a sealing surface against the rubber and efficient method of closing the packing unit. With the
packing unit, there is no metal-to-metal wear on the sealing piston serving as a sealing surface against the rubber
surface and thus longer equipment life results. packing unit, there is no metal-to-metal wear on the sealing
A Field Replaceable Wear Plate in the BOP Head serves surface and thus longer equipment life results.
as an upper non-sealing wear surface for the movement of
the packing unit, making field repair fast and economical.
16
OPERATION OF THE MSP ™ DIVERTER/BOP
The MSP Diverter/BOP has been developed as a simple, STRIPPING

reliable unit for moderate pressure drilling service, remedial Cylindrical pipe sections can be rotated and standard size
work, and well servicing. It can be used on surface and tool joints can be safely stripped though the closed blowout
subsea installations. MSP 21-1/4"-2000 operation requires preventer packing unit. The pressure applied to the closing
both opening and closing pressure. The MSP 29-1/2"-500 chamber should be low enough to allow a slight leakage of
requires only closing pressure. Seal off is effected by drilling fluid as the tool joint passes through the closed
hydraulic pressure applied to the closing chamber that packing unit. The drilling fluid lubricates and cools the
raises the piston, moving the packing unit radially inward packing unit, reducing wear caused by rotation or stripping
into a sealing engagement. Any normal closing unit having a of pipe. Overall packing unit life is reduced when used in
separate regulator valve for the annular BOP and sufficient stripping operations.
accumulator volume can be used to operate the MSP. The operation/maintenance manual for the specific MSP
model provides specifications and functional guidelines.
FLOW FLOW
LINE LINE
BELL
BELL NIPPLE
NIPPLE
HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC
POWER FLUID POWER FLUID
SUPPLY SUPPLY
MSP
MSP
CLOSE
OPEN
VENT
LINE DRILLING
SPOOL
FULL OPENING VALVE

(AUTOMATICALLY OPENS
DRIVE
BEFORE DIVERTER IS CLOSED) OR
DRIVE
OR CONDUCTOR
CONDUCTOR PIPE
PIPE
MSP HOOKED UP AS DIVERTER MSP HOOKED UP AS BOP
Operation as a Diverter Operation as a BOP

When using the MSP as a Diverter during top hole drilling, When using the MSP as an Annular Blowout Preventer, it
the primary purpose is to divert well flows away from the rig may be hooked up as shown (above, right). In this mode,
and personnel. This application avoids shutting in the well, well control operations can be conducted within the MSP's
but instead permits routing of the flow to a safe working pressure range
distance on the down wind side of the rig. In either mode, pressure applied to the closing chamber
In this application, the MSP is attached directly to the drive raises the piston closing the packing unit to effect the seal
or conductor pipe. Vent lines typically are installed directly between the packing unit and pipe. Well pressure or test
below the diverter. The lines should be sized in accordance pressure also acts on the MSP 21-1/4"-2000 piston below
with API standards to prevent excessive well bore back the sealed off packing unit and further increases the closing
pressure buildup. This may be accomplished by using a force acting on the packing unit. The MSP 29-1/2"-500 is
Hydril drilling spool between the diverter and the conductor not wellbore assisted.
pipe.
The Hydril SXV Spool, described on page 38 of this
catalog provides integral venting without external valves.
If valves are to be used in the diverter system, standards
set forth in API RP64 (Recommended Practice for Diverter
Systems Equipment and Operation) should be followed.
17
PARTS LIST AND WEIGHTS–MSP 29-1/2"-500
DIVERTER
Approx.
Item No. Net Weight
No. Part Name Req'd. Lbs.
– Diverter Assembly 1 24.010

1 Head 1 47100
▼2 Packing Unit - Natural
Nitrile 1 2145
Neoprene
3 Piston 1 3611
**4 Double U-Seal, Outer 1 12.5
**5 U-Seal, Inner 2 2.5
6 Body 1 11.050
**7 U-Seal Piston 2
8 Pipe Plug 2
9 Lock Ring – Square 6 16
10 Lock Ring – Beveled 6 17
11 Hex Head Cap Screw 12 31
12 Lever Assembly – not shown 1
13 Pointer Assembly – not shown 1
14 Cap Screw – not shown 1
15 Washer – not shown 1
16 Pipe Plug – not shown 1
*17 3-Piece Lock Ring Set – not shown 1
18 Welded Body Sleeve – not shown 1 1205
**19 O-Ring, Body Sleeve – not shown 1
20 Non-Extrusion Ring, Outer 2
21 O-Ring, Head 1 1.5
▼– Seal Set – Complete – 11.5
ACCESSORIES
– Lifting Ear – Piston 2 2.25
– Cap Screw 2 .44
– Eyebolt – Head 2 2.25
– Head Assembly Tool 1
consisting of:
Beam, Upper 1 100
Beam, Lower 1 100
Pulldown Studs, Long 2 9
Pulldown Studs, Short 2 6.2
Pulldown Nut 4 .81
Washer 4 .10
▼ Recommended Spares for One Year Foreign Service, quantity 1 each.

* Older model diverters may have 3-piece lock ring.
** Included in Seal Kit.
MSS* RING JOINT FLANGE CONNECTIONS FOR MSP 29-1/2”-500
STUD BOLTS
Bolting is in accordance with API 16A. Bolting material
shall be of a quality and strength not less than specified
by ASTM A-193. Grade B7. Nuts shall be of a quality
not less than ASTM A-194. Grade 2H.
BOLTS & STUDS

Max FLANGE SEAL RING *LENGTH Bolt
FLANGE Nominal Bore Service Size Stud Circle
TYPE* Size Dia. Pressure O.D. Thickness Pitch Dia. API No. Thread Bolts Studs Dia.
Inches Inches Rating Inches Inches “C” Inches Ring No. Required Form “A" “B” Inches
30”-300 MSS 30” 29 1/2” 720 WOG 43” 4 1/8” 33-3/4” R-95 28 1-3/4”-8 UN 12-7/8” 9-1/2” 39-1/4”
30”-600 MSS 30” 30” 1440 WOG 44-1/2” 5” 33-3/4” R-95 28 2”-8 UN 15-3/4” 10-1/2” 40-1/4”
Manufacturer’s Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry.
20
HYDRIL MSP™ BLOWOUT
PREVENTERS
MSP ENGINEERING DIMENSIONAL DATA
HL
BORE SIZE (inches) 7-1/16 †9 11 *20-3/4 *20-3/4 21-1/4 21-1/4 21-1/4 29-1/2
WORKING PRESSURE (psi) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 500
HEAD TYPE SCREWED SCREWED SCREWED SCREWED LATCHED SCREWED LATCHED SCREWED LOCKRING
OLD NOMINAL SIZE 6” 8” 10” 20” 20” 20” 20” 20” 29-1/2”
SHELL TEST PRESSURE Factory Only 4000 4000 4000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 800
OPERATING CHAMBER TEST PRESSURE Factory Only 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 2275
• OPERATING
CHAMBER CLOSING 2.85 4.57 7.43 31.05 31.05 31.05 31.05 31.75 60
VOLUME (Gal.) OPENING 1.98 2.95 5.23 18.93 18.93 18.93 18.93 19.25 –
FULL PISTON STROKE (inches) 4-1/8 5-3/4 6-1/8 11-1/4 11-1/4 11-1/4 11-1/4 11-1/2 13-9/16
BODY DIAMETER (inches) 25-3/8 27-1/2 32-3/4 52-3/4 56-5/8 52-3/4 56-5/8 52-1/2 75
CLEARANCE DIAMETER (inches) 29-/78 32 37-1/4 58-3/4 58-3/4 58-3/4 58-3/4 61-1/4 82.5
FLANGED BOTTOM 25-3/4 30-1/4 31-3/4 3M: 54-1/4 3M: ▲ 52 1/2 52 1/2 48 –
**HEIGHT (inches) STUDDED BOTTOM – – – – – ▲ 46 – –
CIW HUB BOTTOM – – – 3M: 50-1/2 3M: ▲ 51 ▲ 48 –
FLANGED BOTTOM 1850 2450 3520 ▲ ▲ 15100 16320 – 24500
**WEIGHT (lbs.)
STUDDED BOTTOM – – – – – ▲ 15290 – –
approximate
CIW HUB BOTTOM – – – ▲ ▲ 15000 ▲ 12700 –
FLANGED RX-45 RX-49 RX-53 3M: RX-74 3M: RX-74 RX-73 RX-73 – R-95
STANDARD RING GROOVE STUDDED – – – – – ▲ RX-73 – –
CIW HUB – – – 3M: RX-73 3M: RX-73 RX-73 ▲ RX-73 –
* 21-1/4-2000 BOP w/3000 psi Bottom ▲ Available on request. *MSP 29-1/2”-500 Blowout Preventers are furnished with 11/4” NPT Closing Ports. 1-1/2” NPT ports are
** With Standard Studded Top Connection rated to working pressure of BOP. available on special request.
• 1” NPT Hydraulic Connections are standard, 1-1/4” NPT & 1-1/2” NPT available on request. † Older models have 8-15/16” bore.
INITIAL CLOSING PRESSURE (PSI)

REQUIRED FOR MSP 29-1/2”-500 BOP/DIVERTER
Closing Pressure 500 psi Wellbore
12” Pipe 5” Pipe CSO
950 psi 1350 psi 1500 psi
AVERAGE CLOSING PRESSURE (PSI)

REQUIRED TO ESTABLISH INITIAL SEAL OFF IN MSP-2000 FOR A SURFACE INSTALLATION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE
BOP Size 5-1/2” 4-1/2” 3-1/2” 2-7/8” 2-3/8” 1.90” 1.65” Complete Shut Off
7-1/16”-2000 – 350 400 *400 500 600 700 1,000
9”-2000 – 400 *500 550 650 750 850 1,050
11”-2000 350 450 *550 650 750 850 850 1,150
21-1/4”-2000 500 *700 600 650 700 800 900 1,100
*Recommended test pipe size for maximum packing unit life.
19
Pressure Control
Shaffer Spherical™ Blowout Preventers
Wedge Type SBOP
Shaffer Spherical™ blowout preventers are ■ Suitable for H2S service. Standard models
compact, annular type BOPs which seal are suitable for internal H2S service, and
reliably on almost any shape or size — kellys, simple bolt and lifting shackle changes
drill pipe, tool joints, drill collars, casing or convert them for external H2S service.
wireline. Sphericals also provide positive ■ Servicing is easy. Element can be changed
pressure control for stripping drill pipe into without getting mud or grit into the hydraulic
and out of the hole. They are available in system.
bolted cover, wedge cover, dual wedge cover ■ Steel segments reinforce sealing element but
and NXT models. do not protrude into well bore when element
is open.
■ Rugged, reliable sealing element provides ■ Element design provides long stripping life.
positive seal after hundreds of tests to full
working pressure.
■ Strong, simple construction — only five
major parts.
■ Compact body saves space. Height is 15 to
20% less than height of some other annular
BOPs.
■ Simple hydraulic system. Only two hydraulic
connections are needed.
■ Wear rings on moving parts prevent metal-
100 to-metal contact. This feature prolongs
preventer life.
Pressure Control
Space Saving Design Protection Against Wear

Sphericals are generally 15 to 20% shorter Wear rings prolong the life of the piston and the
than comparable annular preventers — a piston seals by eliminating metal-to-metal
big advantage when installation space is contact between the piston and the lower
limited. housing of the preventer.
The NXT design further reduces weight and Wiper seals are used in places where debris
height by eliminating the flange connection might accumulate between metal parts and
below the annular and connecting bolts accelerate wear. Wide clearances allow any
through the base of the annular directly to debris to flow off the wiper seals without
the ram body. damaging metal sealing surfaces.
For applications that require two All dynamic seals are lip type, specially made to
Sphericals, dual wedge cover preventers seal against moving parts with minimum wear.
incorporate two sealing elements, adapter
Suitable for H2S and Arctic Service
rings and pistons into one housing. Each
sealing assembly operates independently of Shaffer standard Sphericals meet all applicable
the other, yet the dual preventer is up to American Petroleum Institute (API) and
20% shorter than two singles stacked one National Association of Corrosion Engineers
on top of the other. (NACE) requirements for internal H2S service.
Low Operating Pressure Field conversion for external H2S service
involves changing only the studs, nuts and
All Shaffer Sphericals operate at 1,500 psi, lifting shackles.
whereas some competitive units require
much higher pressures, thus increasing Arctic models which meet API 16A
accumulator size and cost to meet code specifications for low temperature service also
requirements. are available.
Upper Housing
Element
Adapter Ring Upper Housing
Piston Element
Adapter Ring
Lower Housing
Piston
Wedge Cover Spherical BOP

Lower Housing
Simple Hydraulic System
Bolted Cover Spherical BOP
102 Shaffer Sphericals require only two
hydraulic connections — one for opening
and one for closing. On some of the larger
models, additional ports are provided for
convenience when attaching hydraulic
lines.
Pressure Control
Easy Servicing Smooth, Dependable Action

Servicing a Shaffer Spherical preventer in the Stripping is smooth with a Shaffer Spherical
field is simple. The upper housing lifts off for because the element opens and closes so
easy access to all internal components. easily. The steel segments molded into the
rubber make metal-to-metal sliding contact
The adapter ring protects the piston and with the sphere of the housing. This provides
hydraulic chamber from mud and grit while a much lower coefficient of friction than
the element is being changed. Only one seal rubber-to-metal contact. Well pressure assists
is disturbed. This is not true of some other will not cause it to overseal, since the
annular preventers. element’s design and method of energization
Steel Segments Reinforce counteract the well bore pressure acting on
Sealing Element the piston.
Steel segments molded into the element During stripping out, well pressure and pipe
partially close over the rubber to prevent movements are in the same direction. Rubber
excessive extrusion when sealing under high compresses firmly against the steel segments
pressures. These segments always move out at the top of the element, but rubber at the
of the well bore when the element returns to bottom is only lightly compressed. This
the open position, even when the element is creates a “funnel effect” that makes it easy for
worn far beyond normal replacement a tool joint to enter the sealing element.
condition. Hydraulic pressure bleeds off, allowing the
element to expand and accommodate the
Long Stripping Life larger O.D. of the tool joint.
Stripping operations are undoubtedly the When stripping in, well pressure and pipe
most severe application for any preventer movement oppose each other. Well pressure
because of the wear the sealing element is compresses the rubber portion of the element
exposed to as the drill string is moved against the steel segments as the tool joint
through the preventer under pressure. moves down into the Spherical.
Only the top portion of the rubber in the
Shaffer Spherical’s sealing element contacts
the drill string or kelly. Most of the rubber is
held in reserve for sealing only as abrasion
makes it necessary. This large reservoir of
rubber makes it possible to strip into or out of
a deep hole without replacing the element
during the trip.
Long stripping life is especially valuable in
offshore use because an annular preventer
closed on drill pipe from a floating vessel is
constantly stripping due to vessel motion.
Typically, Shaffer Spherical element life in
offshore service averages more than a year -
a real tribute to its durability and sealing
power. 103
Pressure Control
Spherical BOP Specifications — Bolted and Wedge Cover Models

3,000, 2,000 and 1,000 PSI
Working Pressure (PSI) 3,000 2,000 1,000
Bore (Inches) 20 3/4 13 5/8 11 9 7 1/16 21 1/4 30
Cover Configuration Bolted Bolted Bolted Bolted Bolted Bolted Bolted
A (Inches) 54 1/8 46 3/8 39 7/8 35 1/2 29 49 71
B (Inches) 39 1/
4 31 1/
2 26 1/
2 24 19 1/4 39 1/4 49 3/4
C (Inches) — — — — — — —
D (Inches) 21 3/16 16 1/8 13 7/16 13 5/8 11 5/8 20 9/16 24 3/4
E (Inches) 3 3/ 4 3 3/ 4 2 1/16 1 7/ 8 2 5/ 8 3 1/ 8 4 1/ 4
F (Inches) 14 7/32 10 7/8 10 1/8 10 1/4 7 3/ 4 15 13/16 17 1/2
G (Inches) 21 13/32 19 5/8 14 3/4 14 9/16 13 3/4 21 1/16 34 7/16
H (Inches) 8 6 1/ 4 5 4 7/ 8 4 8 9
I (Inches) 3 2 5/ 8 1 7/ 8 1 15/16 2 3 3
J (Inches) — — — — — — —
K (Inches x 45°) 5/ 1 1 3/ 1/ 5/ 1 1/ 2
8 4 2 8
L (Inches) — — — — — — —
M (Inches) — — — — — — —
Flanged Bottom 9 6 7/16 5 15/16 5 13/16 5 7 3/ 8 9 1/ 2
N (Inches) Studded Bottom — 1/ 3/ 3/ 1 13/ 1
4 8 8 16
Hubbed Bottom — 3 1/ 2 3 3/ 4 — — 5 1/ 2 —
Hydraulic Conn.: NPT (Qty.) 1 1/2 (2) 11/2 (2) 1 (2) 1 (2) 1 (2) 1 1/2 (2) 2 (4)
Close 43.4 23.50 11.00 7.23 4.92 32.59 122.00
Hydraulic Fluid (Gallons)
Open 26.9 14.67 6.78 5.03 3.43 16.92 55
Maximum Operating psi 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500
No. Lifting Shackles 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Capacity (Lbs.) 100,000 68,000 34,000 34,000 19,000 100,000 100,000
Flanged Height (Inches) 48 7/16 40 11/16 32 7/8 32 1/2 29 1/8 46 1/8 65 5/8
Bottom Weight (Lbs.) 14,600 9,500 5,825 4,775 2,900 10,850 28,750
Studded Height (Inches) — 34 1/2 27 1/16 27 1/16 25 3/8 — 57 1/8
Bottom Weight (Lbs.) — 8,850 5,675 4,675 2,850 10,150 28,025
Hubbed Height (Inches) — 37 3/4 30 11/16 — — 44 1/4 —
Bottom Weight (Lbs.) — 9,325 5,683 — — 10,200 —
107
Pressure Control
Spherical BOP Specifications — Bolted and Wedge Cover Models

3,000, 2,000 and 1,000 PSI (Continued)
Working Pressure (PSI) 3,000 2,000 1,000
Bore (Inches) 20 3/4 13 5/8 11 9 7 1/16 21 1/4 30
Cover Configuration Bolted Bolted Bolted Bolted Bolted Bolted Bolted
Clamp No. — 11 9 — — 18 —
Element 950 550 325 275 125 950 2,875
Piston 2,485 1,225 950 625 425 2,485 5,025
Adapter Ring 840 425 250 275 125 475 1,050
Upper Housing1 3,660 2,850 1,575 1,350 775 3,050 6,575
Wt. (Lbs.)
Flanged Lower Housing2 6,745 3,775 2,475 2,125 1,325 4,725 9,850
Studded Lower Housing — 3,525 2,325 2,025 1,275 4,025 9,125
Hubbed Lower Housing — 3,600 2,350 — — 4,075 —
Miscellaneous3 400 275 250 125 125 275 900
Seal Ring R-74 RX-57 RX-53 RX-49 RX-45 RX-73 R-95
Bonnet Nut – Across Flats (In.) 3 1/8 2 15/16 2 3/4 2 3/8 2 2 9/16 3 1/2
Stud Torque (Ft Lbs.) 2,200 1,800 1,500 900 500 1,200 3,100
NOTES:
1. Bolted cover includes top studs, nuts and shackles. Wedge cover includes top studs and nuts.
2. Bolted cover does not include top studs and nuts. Wedge cover includes shackles.
3. Bolted cover: bonnet studs/nuts, seals.
Wedge cover: locking ring, locking studs/nuts, locking segments, jack screws, nuts, seals.
108 Bolted-Cover Spherical BOP Wedge-Cover Spherical BOP

Pressure Control
Spherical BOP Specifications -- Bolted and Wedge Cover Models

10,000 and 5,000 PSI
Working Pressure
10,000 5,000
(PSI)
Bore (Inches) 18 4 13 8 3/
11 5/
7 16 4 16 21 4 18 4 16 4 13 5/8 1/ 1/ 1/ 3/ 3/ 11 9 7 1/16
Cover Configuration Wedge Wedge Wedge Bolted Bolted Wedge Wedge Wedge Bolted Bolted Bolted Bolted
A (Inches) 76 1/4 64 1/2 57 43 23 71 66 1/4 60 50 44 3/4 40 29
B (Inches) 70 7/8 59 5/8 53 1/4 28 7/8 16 9/16 66 5/8 62 1/4 56 1/4 34 1/8 29 1/4 25 19 3/4
C (Inches) 72 59 53 — — 69 1/2 64 5/8 56 3/4 — — — —
D (Inches) 38 22 7/
8 21 1/
8 17 7/
8 9 3/
4 32 1/
4 28 7/
8 23 7/16 18 1/2 17 1/8 14 13/16 11 3/4
E (Inches) 8 1/2 6 5/8 6 4 1/ 2 2 3/8 5 1/2 7 4 3/4 4 1/2 2 3/4 2 13/16 2 3/ 4
F (Inches) 18 5/8 14 9/16 12 7/8 11 1/8 6 22 3/16 18 7/8 16 12 12 5/8 10 1/4 7 3/ 4
G (Inches) 27 11/16 21 15/16 20 1/4 19 5/16 11 3/8 22 11/16 18 3/8 15 3/4 20 5/8 17 11/16 16 13 3/4
H (Inches) 4 7/16 4 1/2 4 3/ 8 9 1/ 4 6 1/4 4 1/8 4 3/4 6 5/16 8 6 7/8 7 1/ 8 6 5/16
I (Inches) 9/ 3/ 5/ 2 3/ 1 1/ 15/ 1/ 1 5/ 2 11/ 2 9/ 2 5/ 1 7/ 8
16 8 8 4 2 16 4 16 16 16 16
J (Inches) 40 30 15 — — 15 15 15 — — — —
K (Inches x 45°) 3 2 1 1/ 2 1 1/ 2 1/
2 3 2 1 3/4 1 1/4 1 1 1/
2
L (Inches) 66 53 3/8 47 1/2 — — 61 3/8 57 51 — — — —

M (Inches) 15 15 1/2 10 1/2 — — 15 3/8 12 1/4 7 — — — —
Flanged
13 11/16 10 3/4 9 1/ 2 7 5/16 5 3/4 11 1/2 11 9 1/8 7 13/16 8 7/16 7 7/16 6 5/ 8
Bottom
N Studded
1 1 9/16 2 13/
16 1 1 1/2 2 13/
16
1/
2 1 1/16 7/
16 1 1/ 4
(Inches) Bottom
Hubbed
8 6 1/2 5 3/ 4 4 1/16 3 1/4 8 8 6 1/2 5 5/8 4 1/2 3 7/ 8 3 3/ 4
Bottom
Hydraulic Conn.: NPT
2 (4) 2 (4) 2 (2) 1 1/4 (2) 3/4 (2) 2 (4) 2 (4) 2 (2) 1 1/2 (2) 1 1/4 (2) 1 1/4 (2) 1 (2)
(Qty.)
Hydraulic Fluid Close 85.0 40.16 30.58 17.20 2.38 61.37 48.16 33.26 23.58 18.67 11.05 4.57
(Gallons) Open 66.0 32.64 24.67 13.95 1.95 47.76 37.61 25.61 17.41 14.59 8.72 3.21
Maximum Operating
1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500
psi
No. Lifting Shackles 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 2 2 2 2
Capacity (Lbs.) 280,000 280,000 280,000 100,000 19,000 280,000 280,000 280,000 100,000 68,000 48,000 26,000
Height
72 3/4 58 3/8 53 42 1/4 25 1/2 66 60 51 15/16 44 15/16 41 1/2 36 1/2 30 7/8
Flanged (Inches)
Bottom Weight
57,050 32,475 23,000 10,600 1,850 44,500 36,100 22,900 13,650 9,550 6,800 3,175
(Lbs.)
Height
60 3/4 49 3/16 45 1/2 35 3/4 20 3/4 55 51 43 5/8 37 5/8 33 13/16 29 1/2 25 1/2
Studded (Inches)
Bottom Weight 105
54,950 31,175 22,375 10,275 1,800 42,500 34,750 22,000 13,100 9,275 6,500 3,075
(Lbs.)
Height
67 1/16 54 1/8 49 1/4 39 23 63 1/2 57 49 5/16 42 3/4 37 9/16 32 15/16 28
Hubbed (Inches)
Bottom Weight
50,075 31,575 22,550 10,400 1,800 43,200 35,400 22,525 13,250 9,300 6,625 3,125
(Lbs.)
Pressure Control
Spherical BOP Specifications -- Bolted and Wedge Cover Models

10,000 and 5,000 PSI (Continued)
Working Pressure
10,000 5,000
(PSI)
Bore (Inches) 18 3/4 13 5/8 11 7 1/16 4 1/16 21 1/4 18 3/4 16 3/4 13 5/8 11 9 7 1/16
Cover Configuration Wedge Wedge Wedge Bolted Bolted Wedge Wedge Wedge Bolted Bolted Bolted Bolted
Clamp No. 27 15 22 10 6 26 27 19 13 10 8 7
Element 1,525 675 525 250 35 1,450 1,250 825 550 450 275 125
Piston 4,625 2,650 1,950 1,100 150 4,500 3,400 2,250 1,675 1,150 900 425
Adapter Ring 3,525 1,875 1,175 700 125 2,400 1,900 1,050 800 600 450 135
Upper
11,625 7,175 5,600 3,550 650 8,800 6,500 4,375 3,800 2,600 2,000 975
Housing1
Flanged
Lower 31,875 18,300 11,400 4,550 800 25,500 21,250 13,325 6,350 4,425 2,900 1,375
Wt. Housing2
(Lbs.)
Studded
Lower 29,775 17,000 10,775 4,225 750 23,500 19,200 12,425 5,800 4,150 2,600 1,275
Housing
Hubbed
Lower 29,900 17,400 10,950 4,350 750 24,300 20,550 12,950 5,950 4,175 2,725 1,325
Housing
Miscellaneou
3,875 1,800 2,350 450 90 1,850 1,800 1,075 475 325 275 140
s3
Seal Ring BX-164 BX-159 BX-158 BX-156 BX-155 BX-165 BX-163 BX-162 BX-160 RX-54 RX-50 RX-46
Bonnet Nut – Across 2 1 5/8 1 5/8 2 2 1 5/8
3 1/
2 2 3/
8 3 1/
2 3 1/
8 2 3/
4 2 3/8
Flats (In.) Note4 Note4 Note4 Note4 Note4 Note4
260 260 500 500 260
Stud Torque (Ft Lbs.) 1,500 3,100 900 3,100 2,200 1,500 900
Note4 Note4 Note4 Note4 Note4
NOTES:
1. Bolted cover includes top studs, nuts and shackles. Wedge cover includes top studs and nuts.
2. Bolted cover does not include top studs and nuts. Wedge cover includes shackles.
3. Bolted cover: bonnet studs/nuts, seals. Wedge cover: locking ring, locking studs/nuts, locking segments, jack screws, nuts, seals.
4. Locking ring nuts.
106
HEAVY DUTY BLOWOUT PREVENTERS
Instruction Manual 8505
Heavy Duty Blowout Preventers for Wireline and Tubing
One Company Unlimited Solutions

General Description for an extended period. These are kept All Bowen Heavy Duty Blowout Prevent-
Bowen Heavy Duty Blowout Prevent- open during normal operation. ers are equipped with a specially
ers give protection against blowouts designed flush type Equalizer Valve, as
when operating with wireline or small The Manual Operated type Bowen Blow-
standard equipment. The presence of
tubing in well service work. These out Preventer has only the mechanically
this valve allows the operator to equalize
devices are light in weight in comparison operated Systems to open and close the
existing well pressure with lubricator
to other preventers, yet are able to with- Rams. The Manual type is recommended
pressure, to assist in backing off the
stand high well pressures. where the opening and closing of the
rams prior to pulling tools past the rams
Rams will be infrequent and in pressure
The preventers are furnished for hydro- and into the lubricator. (Never move rams
ranges up to 5,000 psi.
gen sulfide (H2S) and standard service. without equalizing pressure.)
There are two styles available for The Manual type has the advantage of
Relief Valves are available as optional
hydraulic or manual operation. less weight and less expense. The
accessories. These valves are flush type,
Hydraulic type lends itself far better to
The manual preventer is not considered similar in construction to the equalizer
jobs requiring frequent actuation; where
safe for H2S service and is not recom- valve. This valve allows the operator to
higher well pressures are present on the
mended. relieve any pressure and bleed off fluid
well, allowing safe remote operation; and
from the lubricator above the Blowout
When H2S service is required, the for much greater convenience.
Preventer after the rams are closed.
hydraulic preventer should be used. All Bowen Blowout Preventers, Hydraulic
This allows the preventer to open or Bowen Heavy Duty Blowout Preventers
or Manual, insure shut-in of a well, by the
close from a remote safe location. are available in most sizes, in either a
action of a set of two opposed Rams
Single or a Twin type. In cases where two
The Bowen Hydraulic Actuated Blowout against the wire line or tubing.
sets of rams are to be used in tandem,
Preventer is usually employed where Both Hydraulic and Manual Bowen the Twin is used. This eliminates the
frequent actuation is anticipated or Blowout Preventers are available in a full need for two separate blowout prevent-
where remote operation is desired. range of sizes and working pressure ers. This saves cost, weight and space.
The Hydraulic Actuated type has manu- ratings. Sizes range from 2-1/2" through Twin Blowout Preventers are commonly
ally operated auxiliary ram stems to allow 6.538" bore size. Working pressures dressed with one set of line size rams
closing in the event of a hydraulic power range from 3,000 psi to 10,000 psi. and one set of blind rams.
source failure, or to lock the Rams Sizes other than standard will be
closed when they are to be left closed furnished on special order.
Bowen Single Hydraulic

Heavy Duty Blowout Preventer
(Flanged Connections)
3
Use High Temperature resistant seal Packing for a specific size wire line or pipe, so
Bowen Heavy Duty Blowout Preventers Sets, also rated at 450°F are also avail- that a separate set is required for each
are used in conjunction with lubricator able. size which is to be packed off. Therefore,
assemblies, whenever danger of a blow- if the Preventer is to be used to pack off
out exists, or when operations under Construction several sizes of wire line and/or several
pressure must be performed. They are Hydraulic Actuated Type
sizes of pipe, a set for each (and spares)
usually employed in conjunction with Bowen Heavy Duty Blowout Preventers
should be ordered.
other lubricator components such as are composed essentially of a Body,
Control Heads, Line Wipers, Risers, Ram Assembly, Adapter Cylinder, Piston, Each set of two Rams is identical, except
Tool Traps, Unions, and Stuffing Boxes. End Cap, Stem, and the necessary that where Ram Guides are required, one
During operations, Bowen Blowout seals, connections, couplings and ports Ram Guide is at the top of one Ram, and
Preventers (one or more), are usually required for operation. See illustrations the mating Ram Guide is at the bottom
located near the bottom of the lubricator on pages 3 and 4. of the second Ram. Thus, Rams must be
assembly. While a line wiper, stuffing box maintained and ordered in Assemblies
The forged steel BODY is as compact
or control head will effectively pack off (of Two).
and light as possible, consistent with the
around a wire line to contain well fluid rated pressure and safe design. Stan- Each Ram Assembly is composed of two
pressure, each is limited in its capabili- dard connections are threaded for all Rams. Each of these Rams consists of a
ties to contain a blowing well. The Preventers of 5,000 psi working pressure BODY, OUTER SEAL, INNER SEAL, 2
presence of a Bowen Heavy Duty or less. Buttweld connections are INNER SEAL SCREWS, RAM GUIDE, 2
Blowout Preventer in the system allows standard for those of 10,000 psi working RAM GUIDE SCREWS, KEY and KEY
the well to be shut in if required. pressure or greater. See specifications SCREW. Some are equipped with curved
Bowen Heavy Duty Blowout Preventers on pages 19, 21, 23, 25, and 27 for guides and some with flat guides.
are as effective in sealing off small pipe specific assemblies. Exploded views of these sub-assemblies
and tubing as for sealing off wire line, as well as views of two sets of assem-
Standard RAM ASSEMBLIES consist of
and are very often employed for this bled Rams, may be found on pages 9
two mating Rams, of the REPLACEABLE
purpose. They are used for such special and 10.
SEAL type. Each Ram assembly is bored
services as snubbing small pipe under
pressure.
Bowen Single Hydraulic

(Flanged Connections)
4
The RAM BODY is made of steel. The High-Temperature Inner Ram Seals and
inner seal is fitted into the large slot Outer Ram Seals are available as option-
which is cut into the face of the Ram. al equipment. These Seals are suitable
This Seal is maintained in position by two for all general well fluids, and are rated
Inner Seal Screws. Two narrower slots at 450° F for continuous service.
are located in the face of the Ram. Into
For complete listing of optional equip-
one of these slots is assembled a Ram
ment, please refer to the specification
Guide, which is maintained in position by
tables beginning on page 19.
two Ram Guide Screws. The second slot
provides a space into which the mating The ADAPTER CYLINDER is assembled The END CAP forms a closure for the
Ram Guide slides when the Rams are directly to the Body. It contains the Piston outboard end of the Adapter Cylinder,
closed. which operates the Ram when hydraulic and maintains the manually operated
pressure is applied against the Piston. Stem in position for use when it is
The Outer Seal is fitted into a saddle
The End Cap and Stem are fitted in the needed.
shaped slot in the top and sides of the
end opposite the ram end. The Adapter
Ram Body. This slot communicates with The STEM is primarily for the purpose of
Cylinder has two ports for the admission
the inner seal slot, forming a continuous assuring that the rams may be closed
of hydraulic fluid for operation; one near
seal between the wire line or pipe and when required, even though the actuat-
each end.
the Preventer Body. ing hydraulic system may have failed for
The PISTON has an integral rod which some reason. These Stems will not
A suitable KEY is assembled into the
has a Piston Thrust Nut attached. This retract the rams from the closed position;
bottom of the Ram, to keep the Ram
Thrust Nut is engaged with the Ram to this must be done hydraulically. Their
from rotating, maintaining proper orien-
actuate it back and forth. The large end function is entirely one of emergency
tation of the inner seal groove and Ram
of the Piston as well as the rod, has a closing.
Guide, with the wire line or pipe to be
smooth finish to allow sliding through
sealed. This Key is held in place by a Hydraulic Hand Pump
seals and the fine finish of the Adapter
RAM KEY SCREW. Assemblies
Cylinder bore. The large end of the
Bowen Hydraulic Blowout Preventers
A rugged “T” slot is cut in the rear of piston is fitted with the patented Bowen
may be operated by any suitable source
each Ram, into which is inserted the High Pressure Seal Assembly to assure
of hydraulic power, provided that it is
Piston Thrust Nut (or Stem), to close and leakproof service.
adequate, clean and may be properly
open the Ram.
controlled.
Bowen Hydraulic Hand Pump Assem-

blies are highly recommended for this
purpose. They are well matched in cap-
acity, are dependable and easy to oper-
ate. They eliminate the need for other
sources of power, making it practical
to operate in remote locations where no
other source of power is available.
Bowen Hydraulic Hand Pump Assem-

blies are self contained units which
include all necessary valves, gages,
hoses, fittings and couplings required
Bowen Hydraulic Hand Pump Assembly to attach to the Blowout Preventer and
Assembly No. 22223 (18" Hoses)
Assembly No. 35088 (22" Hoses)
5
operate it. The design of the pump Operation
Hydraulic Actuated Type
allows pressure to be maintained on the
Prior to operation, the Blowout Preventer
discharge line by closure of an integral
should be checked to assure that it is in
valve. Pressure may be maintained for
good working order, and assembled with
an indefinite period of time.
the correct (Line) size Rams for the
When operating a twin Blowout Prevent- operation. Proper assembly is described Bowen Single Manual
er, two Hydraulic Hand Pump Assem- under “Assembly” on page 12.
blies are required. The two Hand Pump
The size of Rams may be checked
assemblies may also be employed
directly by closing the rams on a piece
separately on single Blowout Preventers.
of the line to be sealed, or a rod of
Thus, several Blowout Preventers may be
the same size. If none is available, the
serviced by a pair of Hand Pumps under
Adapter Cylinder may be removed.
certain conditions.
The Ram will be removed with it. Once
Repair Kits for Hand Pumps are avail- removed, the wire line groove in the
able, as well as quick-disconnect coup- face of the Ram may be measured.
ling Packing sets and spare parts. Bowen Twin Manual
Functioning of the Rams may be Hydraulic Blowout Preventer
Hydraulic Hand Pump Assemblies and checked by running both Rams to the
their replacement parts are shown on closed position by use of the manual
pages 16 – 18 and listed on pages 20, Stems. The Stems should be retracted
22, and 28. by turning them to the left until they
“bottom” lightly against the End Caps.
Construction
Manual Operated Type Hook up the Hydraulic Hand Pump
Bowen Manual Operated Blowout assembly, and apply 100–200 psi.
Preventers are constructed of a Body, pressure to the Pistons in the “closed”
Bowen Single Manual
two opposed Rams, Stems, End Caps position. Caution: Do not apply any Heavy Duty Blowout Preventer
and Handles. pressure to the Rams without line in
place. A piece of line or rod should be in
Right hand rotation of the Stems drives
position when pressure is applied.
the molded rubber inner seals of the
Do not use excessive pressure when
Rams, flowing the rubber around the wire
checking; this causes needless rubber
line, effecting a seal. Ram Keys prevent
extrusion.
the Ram from rotating, while Ram Guides
guide the wire line into proper sealing After assuring that closure is effected
position assuring that the line is aligned normally, reposition the 4-way valve to
in the groove at the face of the Rams. the “open” position. Pump the Rams
Bowen Twin Hydraulic
open. Look into the bore of the Blowout
The Rams are opened by rotating the Heavy Duty Blowout Preventer
Preventer to assure that both Rams have with High Pressure Union Connections
Stems to the left.
been fully retracted by the Pistons.
Removal of the End Caps and Stems
Where a twin Blowout Preventer is used,
permits withdrawal of the Rams from the
both sets of rams should be checked.
Body for replacement when worn or
Since the ram sets are checked sepa-
damaged, or for changing to a different
rately, one hand pump assembly may be
line size.
used.
6
Flush Type Relief Valve Flush Type Equalizer Valve
(See Parts List on Page 27) (See Parts List on Page 27)
Assemble the Bowen Blowout Preventer After the well has stabilized, open the Open the shut-off valve on the Hand
on the wellhead. rams part of the way cautiously. When it Pump, relieving the pressure on the
is determined that the well is under rams.
CAUTION: Be sure to assemble the Blowout
Preventer with the wellhead end down. The control again, open the rams again
Set the 4-way valve to the “open” posi-
Body will have the words “Wellhead this completely and resume operations.
tion, close the shut-off valve and pump
end” and an arrow, stenciled or in relief, on Caution: Be sure the rams are fully open
pressure into the Blowout Preventer
one side. If the Blowout Preventer is assem- before operations are resumed, to avoid
adapter cylinders, opening the rams.
bled upside-down on the well head, it will damage to the faces or the guides.
Continue to pump until approximately
not seal.
To Operate the Bowen Heavy Duty 25 psi pressure is registered on the
Some provision for killing the well must Blowout Preventer with a Bowen gage. This will assure that the rams are
be provided to assure complete safety. Hydraulic Hand Pump Assembly: fully retracted. The shut-off valve on the
This may be in the form of a “Kill Nipple” pump may then be opened.
Check the pump reservoir by removing
or other safety equipment, located below
the fill plug in top of the reservoir. Be sure If the Blowout Preventer is to be left open
the Blowout Preventer.
the reservoir is full of hydraulic fluid. If for a considerable period of time
If the well “Kicks” or flows to the point fluid must be added, use a clean, good unattended, one stem should be tagged
that it is not being safely retained by the grade industrial hydraulic fluid, turbine “Rams are open”. The hydraulic hand
line wiper (indicated by excessive spray grade oil, or if necessary a good grade, pump assembly may then be discon-
from the line wiper), stop any travel of the light weight lubricating oil. After filling the nected.
wire line, and close the Blowout Prevent- reservoir, set the 4-way valve to neutral
In cases where the Blowout Preventer is
er Rams. The rams should be closed position and pump the fluid through the
to be closed and left closed for a consid-
tight enough to seal, but not excessively. valve a few minutes to circulate out any
erable period of time, the rams should be
After the rams have been closed, wait for accumulated air bubbles.
closed and afterward the stems should
the well to equalize and settle. During
To open the Blowout Preventer rams, be screwed in by using the right-hand
this waiting time the line wiper, stuffing
open the equalizer valve on the side of rotation. Tighten them as much as pos-
box or control head may be examined,
the Blowout Preventer. This will equalize sible by hand only. The hydraulic hand
and worn line rubbers replaced as
any differential pressure above and pump may then be secured and dis-
required. Additional mud or fluid may be
below the rams. Forcing the rams open connected.
pumped into the well below the Blowout
without equalization can cause damage
Preventer to control the well during this
to the ram assembly.
time.
7
Once a Bowen Hydraulic Blowout After the well has stabilized, open the Dropping the tubing collar (or tools)
Preventer is closed and the hand pump rams cautiously part of the way by on the rams, even a foot or two, may
assembly removed, due consideration rotating the stems to the left. As soon as result in severe damage to the rams
should be given to having a pump the well is again under control, open the (or ram guides), rendering them inop-
assembly available to open the rams. rams completely and resume operation. erable. In no case should a weight of
Stems provide for emergency closing more than 1,000 lbs. be applied to a
and safety after closing. The Blowout Special Notes set of rams, and only very gradually.
Preventer cannot be opened by the 1. When operating any Bowen Blowout
Preventer with tubing size rams, 5. Caution should be exercised to com-
stems, however. They can only be
special care should be taken that rams pletely remove any residual or accu-
opened by hydraulic pressure.
are completely open when collars are mulated pressure existing on lubricator
When a Twin Blowout Preventer is being passed through them. The impact of a equipment above a Blowout Preventer
operated, two Hydraulic Hand Pump collar striking a ram may damage the before disconnecting the lubricator.
assemblies are required; one for each ram to such an extent that the ram will This may be done by any suitable
Blowout Preventer. This allows both no longer seal, or prevent it from being valve located above the Blowout
Blowout Preventers to be operated fully opened. Preventer, or by use of the Relief
individually or simultaneously. Both Hand (Bleed-off) Valve on the Blowout
Pump assemblies will be identical and 2. On occasion the operator may find it Preventer. These Relief Valves are
will be assembled identically on the necessary to pick up the tubing string available as optional equipment for
Blowout Preventer; one to the upper set to which the Blowout Preventer is all Bowen Blowout Preventers. They
of rams and one to the lower set of rams. attached. Lifting the string with Blow- will effectively bleed off any light fluid
out Preventer is not recommended. accumulation or pressure, and are
Operation If the weight of the string must be recommended in all cases where the
Manual Operated Type carried by the Blowout Preventer, care Blowout Preventer is to be used with
Prior to assembly to the well head, the should be taken not to apply any side lubricator equipment located above
Bowen Blowout Preventer should be load to the connections, and not to the Blowout Preventer.
checked for operation by fully closing overload the connections. Any appre-
the rams (rotate the stems to the right). ciable side load could rupture the 6. Hydraulic hose ends used with Bowen
The rams should open and close freely connection and result in great damage Hydraulic Blowout Preventers should
without any binding or undue friction. to the string and the tools as well never be allowed to drop in dirt or grit,
Make sure the Blowout Preventer is as the Blowout Preventer. The tensile or otherwise become contaminated
dressed with the correct line size rams. strength of the connections on the with foreign matter. Any dirt or grit
Blowout Preventer are in general as introduced into the Blowout Preventer
Assemble the Blowout Preventer on the
high as any other connection in the (or Hand Pump) can damage the
well head. Be sure the connection
string, provided that it is not the equipment. If a hose end becomes
marked “Well Head This End” is con-
smallest. dirty, it should be thoroughly cleaned
nected to the well head.
by washing with solvent and dried.
The Blowout Preventer should be placed 3. Never apply pull, compression, or
pressure to the Blowout Preventer Only clean hydraulic fluid should be
on the well head or above the “Kill
unless the connections are fully tight- utilized to operate the Blowout Pre-
Nipple” if one is being used.
ened. venter. The use of mixed types, dirty or
If during operation, the well “kicks” or very old fluid of unknown origin should
flows unsafely, stop any travel of the wire 4. The practice of resting the weight of not be used. When one of these
line. Close the rams by rotating the the running string on the rams is detri- conditions is known or suspected, the
stems to the right until the rams seal off mental and is not recommended when hydraulic system should be flushed
around the wire line. Wait for the well to running tubing. If this becomes abso- with solvent and the hydraulic fluid
equalize and settle. During this time line lutely necessary, the rams should be replaced.
wiper rubbers may be replaced, mud or closed lightly against the tubing and
fluid may be injected into the well below the tubing gently set on the rams.
the Blowout Preventer to control the well.
8
Ram Body
Ram Guide
Outer Seal
Ram Key
Ram Guide
Screws
Inner Seal Screws
NOTE: In 4" and 4-1/2" sizes,

Ram Key Screw
these screws go all the way
through.
Inner Seal
Exploded View
Bowen Heavy Duty Ram Components
(Wireline Size with Curved Guides)
Bowen Standard Heavy Duty

Blowout Preventer Ram Assembly
(Wireline Size with Curved Guides)
9
Ram Guide
Ram Body
Ram Key
Ram Guide Screws
Outer Seal
Inner Seal
Inner Seal Screws
Ram Key Screw
Exploded View
Bowen Heavy Duty Ram Components
(Wireline Size with Flat Guides)
Bowen Standard Heavy Duty

Blowout Preventer Ram Assembly
(Wireline Size with Flat Guides)
10
Maintenance 9. Remove the Seals, Seal Protector Disassembly
Maintenance of Bowen Blowout Rings and Seal Non-Extrusion Rings of Equalizer Valve
Preventers is relatively simple, but very from the I.D. and O.D. of the End 1. Remove the Valve Retainer Screw.
important. After each use the Blowout Cap. 2. Using a socket head wrench, remove
Preventer should be completely disas-
10. Push the Piston into the Adapter the Valve Stem.
sembled, thoroughly cleaned, repaired,
and reassembled. Cylinder until it “bottoms.” This will 3. Loosen the Valve Body and By-Pass
extend the Ram away from the Adap- Body with an open end wrench. Back
Complete Disassembly of
Hydraulic Blowout Preventer ter Cylinder end. Use a hammer out and remove these two bodies
Complete disassembly of a Bowen handle or similar piece of hardwood. simultaneously.
Hydraulic Blowout Preventer should 11. Slide the Ram off the Piston Thrust 4. Remove the Connector Tube from the
follow this sequence: Nut. two Outer Rings.
1. Clamp the Body in a suitable vise. 12. Remove the headless Thrust Nut Set 5. Slip off the Outer Rings from the By-
Do not clamp on the threaded Screw, using a (hexagon) socket Pass Body and the Valve Body.
connections. wrench.
6. Remove all seals and back-up rings
2. Remove the four hydraulic hose con- 13. Using a brass or hardwood rod, push from the Outer Rings, Stem and
nections (eight for twins), from the the Piston out of the Adapter Cylinder. Connector Tube. Discard these seals;
Adapter Cylinders. Drain the oil in a Do not allow the Piston to drop out on they should never be re-used. The
receptacle. a rough floor, as it may damage the back-up rings may be re-used if they
3. Remove the Handle Nuts. finished seal surfaces, and do not are in good condition.
wrench on these surfaces.
4. Remove the Handles. 7. Thoroughly clean and inspect all
14. Remove the Seal, Seal Protector parts for any advanced wear or
Note: Steps 3 and 4 will not be necessary Rings and Seal Non-Extrusion Rings
when disassembling twin Blowout damage.
from the Piston.
Preventers that utilize the push-on socket 8. Oil all parts before they are reas-
type Handle, since they are not secured 15. Remove the Ram Key Screw from the sembled.
with a nut. Ram Key.
5. Unscrew and remove the Adapter 16. Remove the Ram Key. It may be Disassembly of Relief Valve
Cylinders. Take care to support the necessary to tap on the end of the 1. Remove the Retainer Screw.
Adapter Cylinder as it is withdrawn Key with a screwdriver or small brass 2. Using a socket head wrench, remove
from the Body. The Ram is attached rod to loosen it, since it is a close the Valve Stem.
to the Piston and in turn to the Adap- fitting key.
ter Cylinder. If the weight of the 3. Remove the Valve body, using an
Adapter Cylinder is supported, it will 17. Remove the two Inner Seal Screws, open end wrench.
keep the ram from binding while it is and slide out the Inner Seal.
4. Slip the Outer Ring off the Valve
being withdrawn. 18. Remove the Outer Seal by “peeling” it Body.
6. After both Adapter Cylinders have out of its slot. If it is hard to remove, a
screwdriver may be used to pry with. 5. Remove all seals and back-up rings
been removed, unclamp the Body
Care should be exercised not to nick from the Outer Ring, Stem and Valve
and set it aside.
or cut the Seal. Body. Discard the seals. They should
7. Clamp one of the Adapter Cylinders never be re-used.
in the vise, being careful not to clamp 19. Remove the two headless Ram
Guide Screws with a (hexagon) set 6. Thoroughly clean and inspect all
tightly on the hydraulic ports.
screw wrench, and slide outthe Ram parts for any advanced wear or
8. Unscrew the End Cap and slide it off Guide. damage. Replace any that cannot be
the Stem. used or repaired.
7. Thoroughly oil all parts before

reassembly.
11
Complete Disassembly of the 12. Clean and inspect all parts for any 5. Remove all O-ring seals and back-up
Manual Blowout Preventer sign of advanced wear or damage. rings from the Valve Stem and Outer
Complete disassembly of a Bowen Release any worn or damaged parts, Ring. Discard the seals; they should
Manual Blowout Preventer should and thoroughly grease or oil all parts never be re-used. The back-rings
processed as follows: before they are re-assembled. may be used if they are in good
1. Clamp the Body in a suitable vise. condition.
The main disassembly may now be
Do not clamp on the threaded con- resumed. 6. Thoroughly clean and inspect all
nection. parts for any advanced wear or
13. Slide the Ram off the Thrust Nut.
2. Back the Stems out (to the full open damaged parts.
position), as far as they will travel. 14. Remove the two Inner Seal Screws
7. Oil all parts thoroughly before
from the Ram Body and slide out the
3. Remove the Handle Nuts. reassembling them.
Inner Seal. Remove the Outer Seal.
4. Remove the Handles. Pry it out at the ends if necessary, Complete Assembly of the
using care not to nick or cut it. Hydraulic Blowout Preventer
5. Loosen and remove the two End
15. Loosen and remove the two Ram Before actual assembly, all parts should
Caps.
Guide Screws, if Ram Guides are be thoroughly cleaned, inspected and
CAUTION: The Rams will necessarily be assembled, then slide out the applied with a coat of good quality light
removed with the End Caps. Take care to weight grease or oil.
Ram Guide.
not drop the entire subassembly as it is
withdrawn from the ram bore. Lay these 16. Remove the Ram Key Screw. Begin assembly with the Piston, Adapter
sub-assemblies aside temporarily. While Cylinder, End Cap and Stem.
the Body is in a vise, the Equalizer Valve 17. Remove the Ram Key. It may be
necessary to use the thin blade of a 1. Assemble the Seal, Back-up Rings
assembly should be disassembled.
small screwdriver to pry the Key out, (and Non-Extrusion Rings where
6. Remove the Valve Retainer Screw since it is precision fit in the Ram these are used), in the small piston
from the Valve Body. Body. rod bore near the face of the Adapter
Cylinder.
7. Remove the Valve Stem from the 18. Remove the Stems from the End
Valve Body. Caps by turning them to the right 2. Assemble the Seal, (and Non-
(clockwise) until they thread them- Extrusion and Seal Protector Rings
8. Loosen the Valve Body and the By-
selves through the End Caps. where these are used), on the
Pass Body. Remove both bodies
outside of the threaded end of the
simultaneously. When the Relief Valve is used, it should Adapter Cylinder. Lay this Adapter
9. Slip the Valve Body and the By-Pass be disassembled from the Body as Cylinder aside.
Body off the Connector Tube. follows:
3. Assemble the Seal, Non-Extrusion
10. Remove the two Outer Rings from the 1. Remove the Retainer Screw. Rings and Seal Protector Rings on
Valve Body and By-Pass Body. 2. Using a socket head wrench, remove the Piston.
11. Remove the O-Ring seals and back- the Valve Stem. 4. Slide the Piston rod end into the bore
up rings from the Valve Body, By- 3. Loosen and remove the Valve Body, of the Adapter Cylinder and through
Pass Body and Valve Stem. Discard with an open-end wrench. the small bore.
these used O-Ring seals. They
4. Slide the Outer Ring off the Valve CAUTION: Do not damage the piston Seal or
should not be re-used. The back-up
Back-up Rings. Push the Piston all the way
rings may safely be re-used, if they Body.
in the bore of the Adapter Cylinder until it
are in good condition. bottoms.
12
5. Screw the Piston Thrust Nut onto the 12. Slip the Stem through the seal in the Assembly of the
Piston rod end. End Cap and thread it through the Equalizer Valve
End Cap by using right hand rotation. 1. Assemble the Seals and back-up
6. Insert the Thrust Nut Screw into the rings in the Outer Rings.
Piston Thrust Nut, and tighten. Avoid 13. Insert the End Cap and its Stem into
overtightening this screw. the Adapter Cylinder. Screw it all the 2. Assemble the Seals and back-up
way in and tighten it with a moderate rings on the Connector Tube.
7. Assemble the Outer Seal into the
sized wrench. Do not overtighten. 3. Insert the Valve Body and the By-
saddle shaped groove, beginning the
assembly at the crown of the groove, 14. Pick up the entire sub-assembly Pass Body into the Outer Rings.
and progressively pushing the seal composed of Adapter Cylinder and 4. Insert the Connector Tube into the
into the groove. Ram, and assemble it into the ram two Outer Rings in the two holes
bore of the Body. The Key at the provided.
8. Slide the Inner Seal into the slot
bottom of the Ram must be aligned
provided in the face of the Ram, with 5. Screw the By-Pass Body and Valve
as it enters the bore of the Body. This
the two shallow slots in the Seal face Body into the Blowout Preventer
may be done by working the key from
alligned with the Inner Seal Screw Body, taking care to get the By-Pass
side to side. Tighten the Adapter
holes in the Ram Body and secure Body in the upper port (above the
Cylinder in the Body.
with screws. ram bore) and the Valve Body in the
15. Assemble the hydraulic connections lower position. Screw both bodies in
CAUTION: Be sure the Inner Seal is of the
proper wire line or tubing size. and quick-disconnect half in the two place simultaneously, and make them
hydraulic ports of each Adapter tight.
9. Assemble the Ram Guide if one is Cylinder.
required. Slide the Guide into the slot 6. Assemble the Seal and back-up ring
NOTE: Bowen Single Hydraulic Blowout on the Valve Stem, and insert the
provided, and secure it with the two
Preventers have the Adapter Cylinder timed
headless Ram Guide Screws. In a set Valve Stem into the Valve Body. Using
so that when it is made up in position, the
of two Rams, one Ram will have the a socket wrench, screw the Valve
two hydraulic connection ports will land
Guide at the top of the Body, and the approximately 45° from lower dead center. Stem in until it seats.
mating Ram will have the Guide at This is the best angle to lead in the 7. Screw the Retainer Screw into the
the bottom of the Body. The second hydraulic hoses, allowing them to hang Valve Body until it is snug.
slot in each Ram is to provide space naturally and be easily attached.
for the mating Guide to slide into as
Bowen Twin Hydraulic Blowout Prevent- Assembly of the Relief Valve
the Rams are closed.
ers have three holes at 1200 intervals for 1. Insert the Seals and back-up rings in
It should be noted that Rams bored the closing ports, and three for the the Outer Ring.
for small pipe or tubing do not require opening port. Two of each group will be
2. Assemble the Valve Stem into the
Guides when the bore in the face of plugged with a standard socket head
Outer Ring.
the Ram is more than half as large as pipe plug; the third will be available to
the bore in the Blowout Preventer. attach the hoses to. Some of the older 3. Assemble the Seal and back-up ring
model single Bowen Blowout Preventers on the Valve Stem.
10. Slip the Ram over the Piston Thrust
also have this multiple plug arrangement.
Nut. 4. Screw the Valve Stem into the Valve
This allows the operator to choose the
Body, until it seats.
11. Assemble the Seals, Back-up Rings most convenient pair of ports, when
(and Non-Extrusion Rings) in the End attaching the hoses, and is especially 5. Screw the Retainer Screw into the
Cap bore and O.D. helpful on twin blowout preventers. Valve Body until it is snug.
16. Socket the handles on the Stems and

secure them with the Stem Nuts.
This completes assembly of the basic

Blowout Preventer.
13
Complete Assembly of the 5. Insert the Stem into the End Cap from Testing
Manual Blowout Preventer the Seal end. Run the Stem in far Any desired test to the full rated test
Thoroughly clean and inspect all parts to enough to start the threads. pressure should be conducted with the
assure they are in good condition. Apply Rams open to prevent unnecessary
a coat of good grade light weight grease 6. Slide the Ram onto the (Stem) Thrust damage to the Ram Seal.
or oil to all parts. Nut.
Testing with the Rams closed and sealed
1. Assemble the Ram Guides on the 7. Insert the Rams into the ram bore of should not be conducted above the
pair of Rams. Be sure the Rams have the Body. Slide it in far enough to rated working pressure of the Blowout
the proper size line groove. start the threads of the End Cap in Preventer. (See table on page 15). It is
the Body. usually best to close the Rams on a solid
2. Assemble the seals in the Ram
8. Assemble the Handles on the Stems rod of the correct size rather than
Bodies.
and Screw the Handle Nuts in place. attempting to use stranded line when
3. Assemble the Ram Key and Ram Key testing. A line will often leak through the
Screw. 9. Partially close the Rams to allow the strands and give the impression that the
End Caps to be completely screwed preventer is not sealing properly.
4. Assemble the Seals, Seal Protector in. Tighten the End Caps.
Rings and Non-Extrusion Rings in the
End Cap. 10. Assemble the Equalizer Valve and
Relief Valve as described above.
Bowen Twin Hydraulic

Low alloy steels in these products should be welded by a skilled welder following
recognized procedures, particularly with regard to preheating and postheating.
National Oilwell is not responsible for the quality of welds performed by others.
14
Ram Type Blowout Preventers – Closing Volumes & Pressures
MODEL B.O.P VERTICAL HYDRAULIC GALS. GALS.
OR BORE SIZE WORKING BORE OPERATOR TO TO CLOSE*
TYPE INCHES PRESSURE INCHES P.S.I. CLOSE OPEN RATIO
51922 2-1/2 Single 6,000 2-1/2 1,000 0.17 0.14 8:1
51923 2-1/2 Single 10,000 2-1/2 1,600 0.26 0.18 7.9:1
51924 2-1/2 Twin 5,000 2-1/2 900 0.35 0.28 7.9:1
60701 2-1/2 Twin 10,000 2-1/2 1,600 0.52 0.36 7.9:1
51926 3" Single 5,000 3" 600 0.27 0.22 10.2:1
51927 3" Single 10,000 3" 1,200 0.27 0.22 10.8:1
51928 3" Twin 5,000 3" 600 0.53 0.43 10.8:1
51929 3" Twin 10,000 3" 1,200 0.53 0.43 10.8:1
61040 4" Single 5,000 4" 500 0.93 0.78 14.7:1
79360 4" Single 10,000 4" 1,110 0.91 0.81 15.3:1
61048 4" Twin 5,000 4" 500 1.86 1.55 14.7:1
79358 4" Twin 10,000 4" 1,110 1.81 1.62 15.3:1
61053 4-1/2 Single 3,000 4-1/2 400 0.90 0.81 15.3:1
79363 4-1/2 Single 10,000 4-1/2 1,110 0.91 0.81 15.3:1
61057 4-1/2 Twin 5,000 4-1/2 500 1.79 1.61 15.3:1
79362 4-1/2 Twin 10,000 4-1/2 1,110 1.83 1.64 15.3:1
51938 5-1/2 Single 3,000 5-1/2 240 1.51 1.37 20.8:1
66174 4-1/2 Single 5,000 4-1/2 555 1.83 1.64 15.3:1
70399 6.538 Twin 5,000 6.538 1,800 3.50 3.48 10.9:1
60615 6.538 Single 5,000 6.538 900 1.75 1.74 10.9:1
*Open ratios are not applicable. Well pressure must be equalized across rams.
15
Bowen Hydraulic Hand Pump Assembly No. 19120
ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION
NO. REQ’D.
19120 Complete Assembly
A 19121 1 70 Cu. In. VSL 1" Piston
B 145479 1 Mounting Base
D 12821 2 1/4" Close Nipple (HP)
E 19065 6 1/4" Street Ell (HP)
G 19125 1 36" x 1/4" Tubing (Return Line)
J 19128 1 2000 Lb. 1/4" Gage
K 48592 4 1/4" x 3/4" Allenhead Cap Screw
L 19248 4 1/4" Hex Nut
M 19066 2 1/4" 20' Hose W/1/4" Pipe Male Conn.
N 19067 4 Double Shut Off Couplings (Socket)
O 29481 4 Double Shut Off Couplings (Plug)
P 19249 10 1/4" Hose Couplers
16
Bowen Hydraulic Hand Pump
Assembly No. 19120
Bowen Parts List Optional Seal Spare Parts Kit For Models Listed Below
PARTS NUMBERS
19071 31662 19121 77696 79761 79759
ITEM QTY. DESCRIPTION MODEL MODEL MODEL ITEM *SEAL KIT KIT # 100-4-200 KIT # 100-6-200 KIT # 100-8-200
100-4-120 100-6-120 100-8-120 DESCRIPTION MODEL 100-4 MODEL 100-6 MODEL 100-8
1 1 Handgrip 100-8-0 100-8-0 100-8-0 1 Cotter Pin 100-27-0 100-27-0 100-27-0
2 1 Handle 100-2-0 100-2-0 100-2-0 2 Seal, Piston 100-10-4 100-10-6 100-10-8
3 1 Lever 100-1-0 100-1-0 100-1-0 3 Seal, Barrel 100-12-4 100-12-4 100-12-8
4 3 Pin 100-13-0 100-13-0 100-13-0 4 Back-Up Ring ≡ 100-11-6 100-11-8
5 3 Cotter Pin 100-27-0 100-27-0 100-27-0 5 Check Ball 100-19-4 100-19-4 100-19-4
6 2 Link 100-15-4 100-15-4 100-15-4 6 Check Ball 100-21-4 100-21-4 100-21-4
7 1 Piston 100-14-4 100-14-6 100-14-8 7 Spring 100-23-4 100-23-4 100-23-4
8 1 Seal, Piston 100-10-4 100-10-6 100-10-8 8 Snap Ring 100-22-4 100-22-4 100-22-4
8a 1 Back-Up Ring ≡ 100-11-6 100-11-8 9 Washer 100-17-4 100-17-4 100-17-4
9 1 Barrel 100-9-4 100-9-6 100-9-8 10 Seal, Valve Block ≡ ≡ ≡
10 1 Seal, Barrel 100-12-4 100-12-4 100-12-8A 11 Release Ball 100-18-0 100-18-0 100-18-0
11 1 Check Ball 100-19-4 100-19-4 100-19-4 12 Washer 100-33-0 100-33-0 100-33-0
12 1 Valve Block 100-24-4 100-24-4 100-24-8A *Kits contain parts listed above in one complete package.
13 1 Check Ball 100-21-4 100-21-4 100-21-4
14 1 Spring 100-23-4 100-23-4 100-23-4 Metallic Spare Parts Kit For Models Listed
15 1 Snap Ring 100-22-4 100-22-4 100-22-4 Below
16 1 Washer 100-17-4 100-17-4 100-17-4
79758 79762 79760
17 1 Block & Reservoir Ass’y. 100-3-4-120 100-3-4-120 100-3-8-120
*METALLIC KIT KIT #900-4-900 KIT #900-6-900 KIT #900-8-900
18 1 Release Ball 100-18-0 100-18-0 100-18-0
DESCRIPTION MODEL 100-4 MODEL 100-6 MODEL 100-8
19
Piston 100-14-4 100-14-6 100-14-8
20 1 Seal, Release Screw 100-6-0 100-6-0 100-6-0
Release Screw 100-5-0 100-5-0 100-5-0
21 1 Release Screw 100-5-0A 100-5-0A 100-5-0A
*Kits contain parts listed above in one complete package.
22 1 Seal, Valve Block ≡ ≡ ≡
23 1 Seal, Fill Plug 100-34-0 100-34-0 100-34-0
24 1 Fill Plug 100-31-0 100-31-0 100-31-0
25 1 Washer 100-33-0 100-33-0 100-33-0
26 1 Screw, Vent 100-32-0 100-32-0 100-32-0
17
Assembly Nos. 22223 & 35088

Assembly No. 22223 & 35088
ITEM PART NO. NO. REQ’D. DESCRIPTION
A 19121 1 70 Cu. In. Pine Pump 1" Piston
C 19123 1 4 Way Valve
1
D 12821 5 /4" Close Nipple (HP)
1
E 19065 8 /4" Street EII (HP)
1
F 19124 4 /4" Tee (HP)
1
H 19126 1 /4" Tubing Fitting
I 19127 1 900 Tubing Fitting
J 19128 1 2000 Lb. 1/4" Gage
1
K 19129 4 /4" x 3/4" Allen Head Cap Screw
1
M 19066 2 /4" 20' Hose W/1/4" Pipe Male Conn.
1
Q 22314 4 /4" x 1/2" Pipe Bushing
1
R 22322 4 /4" x 18" Hose MP x MP 2,500 Test
35088 Complete Assembly (All Items

the Same as 22223 except “R”)
1
R 35089 4 /4" x 22" Hose MP x MP 2,500 Test
18
Bowen Hydraulic Blowout Preventers - Heavy Duty Std.
If connections other than shown here are desired, it will change the working pressure rating. Refer to page 29 for Change in pressure rating of alternate connection.
Type Single Single Twin Twin Single Single Twin Twin Single
Internal Diameter 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 3 4
(Inches)
Working Pressure - 5,000 10,000 5,000 10,000 5,000 10,000 5,000 10,000 5,000
P.S.I.
3-1/2 OD Buttweld 3-1/2 OD Buttweld 4" OD Buttweld 4" OD Buttweld 5-1/2
Connections Non-up Non-up EUE EUE CSG Pin
Pin Pin Pin Pin
Complete Part No. 51922 51923 51924 60701 51926 51927 51928 51929 61040
Assembly Weight 170 185 243 250 181 201 361 406 449
Replacement Parts
Body Part No. 13451 26016 11911 80541 13398 30435 33174 80544 61041
Weight 38 43 64 65 39 67 95 130 90
Ram Assembly* Part No. 44153 44153 44153 44153 44095 44095 44095 44095 42209
(Set of 2) Weight 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 65
No. Req’d. 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
Part No. 11802 41817 11802 41817 13474 31893 13474 31893 61042
End Cap Weight 5-1/2 6-3/4 5-1/2 6-3/4 11-1/2 8-1/2 11-1/2 8-1/2 21
No. Req’d. 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2
Part No. 12127 41818 12127 41818 13473 13473 13473 13473 17484
Stem Weight 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 7
No. Req’d. 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2
Handle Part No. 11569 11569 11822 11822 11569 11569 11822 11822 13349
(2 Req’d.) Weight 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 3-1/2
Handle Nut Part No. 11570 11570 ≡ ≡ 11570 11570 ≡ ≡ 12836
(2 Req’d.) Weight 1/8 1/8 ≡ ≡ 1/8 1/8 ≡ ≡ 1/8
Part No. 45861 45956 50211 45956 39994 45855 39994 45855 61043
Adaptor Weight 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33
Cylinder No. Req’d. 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2
Part No. 79643 79629 79643 79629 79630 79630 79630 79630 79626
Piston Weight 5-1/2 5 4 5 6 6 6 6 16
No. Req’d. 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2
Piston Part No. 21684 45958 45958 45958 25303 25303 25303 25303 22744
Thrust Nut Weight 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 3
No. Req’d. 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2
Thrust Nut Part No. 21685 64807 64807 64807 23330 23330 23330 23330 23332
Set Screw Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/8
No. Req’d. 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2
Adapter Part No. 568235 387-13CP 568235 387-13CP 568239 2249-17.5CP 568239 2249-17.5CP 568253
Cylinder Seal Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d. 4 2 8 4 4 2 8 4 4
Part No. 568215 568215 568215 568215 568215 568215 568215 568215 568219
Stem Seal Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d. 4 4 8 8 4 4 8 8 4
Stem Seal Part No. 82-20 ≡ 82-20 ≡ 82-20 ≡ 82-20 ≡ ≡
Back-up Ring Weight 1-16 ≡ 1-16 ≡ 1-16 ≡ 1-16 ≡ ≡
No. Req’d. 8 ≡ 16. ≡ 8 ≡ 16 ≡ ≡
End Cap & Cyl. Part No. ≡ 387-13CP ≡ 387-13CP ≡ 2249-17.5CP ≡ 2249-17.5CP ≡
Non-extrusion Weight ≡ 1/8 ≡ 1/8 ≡ 1/8 ≡ 1/8 ≡
Ring No. Req’d. ≡ 2 ≡ 4 ≡ 2 ≡ 4 ≡
End Cap & Cyl. Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Seal Protector Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Ring No. Req’d. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
*See Ram Assembly parts breakdown on page 26.
Note : This manual lists standard sizes only. Optional assemblies available upon request.
19
Bowen Hydraulic Blowout Preventers - Heavy Duty Std. (Continued)
Complete Assembly Part No. 51922 51923 51924 60701 51926 51927 51928 51929 61040
Replacement Parts (Continued)

Part No. ≡ 365-20 ≡ 365-20 ≡ 365-20 ≡ 365-20 365-24
Stem Non-extrusion Ring Weight ≡ 1/16 ≡ 1/16 ≡ 1/16 ≡ 1/16 1/16
No. Req’d. ≡ 8 ≡ 16 ≡ 4 ≡ 8 8
Stem Seal Part No. ≡ 375-20 ≡ 375-20 ≡ 375-20 ≡ 375-20 375-24
Protector Ring Weight ≡ 1/16 ≡ 1/16 ≡ 1/16 ≡ 1/16 1/8
No. Req’d. ≡ 8 ≡ 16 ≡ 4 ≡ 8 8
Part No. 568334 568335 568334 568335 568339 568339 568339 568339 568426
Piston O.D. Seal Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d. 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2
Piston O.D. Part No. 227-37 227-38 227-37 227-38 227-42 227-42 227-42 227-42 8-426
Seal Protector Ring Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. 4 4 8 8 4 4 8 8 4
Equalizer Valve Part No. 20103 20103 33184 20103 55111 55111 19469 55111 50542
Assembly Weight 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Space Ring Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 22311 ≡
Cylinder Plug Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 1/8 ≡
No. Req’d. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 16 ≡
Optional
Hydraulic Hand Pump Part No. 22223 22223 22223 22223 22223 22223 22223 22223 35088
Assembly*** Weight 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 36
No. Req’d. 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
Flush Type Part No. 15834 15834 15834 15834 15834 15834 15834 15834 15834
Bleed-off Valve Weight 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Part No. 44732 145437 44734 47193 80568 47195 47196 77306 61443
Packing Set Weight 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
Hi-temp Packing Set Part No. 146539 ≡ ≡ ≡ 149012 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
(Gen. Well Fluids) Weight 1/4 ≡ ≡ ≡ 1/4 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Equivalent Light Duty Preventers & Rams

Complete Hydraulic Part No. 22766 26015 22764 25610 25305 36066 39993 ≡ 43430
Blowout Preventer Weight 165 180 238 245 176 196 256 ≡ 444
Light Duty Ram Assembly Part No. 11573-R 11573-R 11573-R 11573-R 37164 37164 37164 ≡ 38086
(Set of 2)**** Weight 10 10 10 10 14 14 14 ≡ 60
** Two Inner and Outer Seals Furnished With Each Ram Assembly; Shown for Recording.
*** For other types of pumps suitable for the same application, see Bowen Hand Pump Assembly Instruction Manual No. 5/8525.
**** See Parts Breakdown on Page 28.
How To Order: Recommended Spares:

Specify: (1) Name and Number of Assembly or Part. (1) 1 Set Rams for Each Size.
(2) Size and Type of Wireline or Pipe. (2) 4 Sets Ram Inner and Outer Seals.
(3) Connections if other than Standard. (3) 12 Packing Sets.
(4) Any Desired Spares, Extras or Optionals. (4) 12 of Each Non-Ext. and Each Seal Prot. Ring.
(5) Double Quantities for Twins.
20
Type Single Twin Twin Single Single Twin Twin Single Twin Single
Internal Diameter (Inches) 4 4 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 5-1/2 6.538 6.538
Working Pressure – P.S.I. 10,000 5,000 10,000 5,000 10,000 5,000 10,000 5,000 5,000 5,000
Buttweld 5-1/2 Buttweld 5-1/2 Buttweld 5-1/2 Buttweld 7 7-5/8 7-5/8
Connections CSG CSG CSG CSG CSG CSG
Pin Pin Pin Pin Pin Pin
Complete Assembly Part No. 79360 61048 79358 66174 79363 61057 79362 51938 70399 60615
Weight 597 613 803 355 450 672 895 492 1030 515
Replacement Parts
Body Part No. 61045 61049 61051 66175 61056 61058 61061 13341 70425 25011
Weight 177 180 350 120 220 240 440 147 590 190
Ram Assembly* Part No. 42209 42209 42209 42209 42209 42209 42209 44532 70045 60616
(Set of 2) Weight 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 72 86 83
Sets Req’d 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 1
Part No. 79339 61042 79339 61042 79339 61042 79339 13348 25015 25015
End Cap Weight 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 18-1/2 22 22
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2 4 2
Part No. 17484 17484 17484 17484 17484 17484 17484 13347 25014 25014
Stem Weight 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 10 10
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2 4 2
Handle Part No. 13349 13349 13349 13349 13349 13349 13349 13349 43599 43599
(2 Req’d.) Weight 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2
Handle Nut Part No. 12836 12836 12836 12836 12836 12836 12836 12836 12836 30324
(2 Req’d.) Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
Part No. 79357 61043 79357 61043 79357 61043 79357 45856 45857 45857
Adaptor Cylinder Weight 28 25 30 25 28 25 30 40 42 42
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2 4 2
Part No. 79626 79626 79626 79626 79626 79626 79626 79644 79660 79660
Piston Weight 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 20 20
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2 4 2
Piston Part No. 22744 22744 22744 22744 22744 22744 22744 25204 22744 22744
Thrust Nut Weight 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2 4 2
Thrust Nut Part No. 23332 23332 23332 23332 23332 23332 23332 23465 23465 23465
Set Screw Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2 4 2
Adaptor Part No. 568355 568253 568355 568253 568355 568253 568355 568258 568441 568441
Cylinder Seal Weight 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16
No. Req’d. 4 8 8 4 4 8 8 4 8 4
Part No. 568219 568219 568219 568219 568219 568219 568219 568219 568326 568326
Stem Seal Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d. 4 8 8 4 4 8 8 4 8 4
Part No. 8-355 ≡ 8-355 ≡ 8-355 ≡ 8-355 ≡ ≡ ≡
Backup Ring Weight 1/8 ≡ 1/8 ≡ 1/8 ≡ 1/8 ≡ ≡ ≡
No. Req’d. 4 ≡ 8 ≡ 4 ≡ 8 ≡ ≡ ≡
* See Ram Assembly parts breakdown on page 26.
Note: This manual lists standard sizes only. Optional assemblies available upon request.
21
Complete Assembly Part No. 79360 61048 79358 66174 79363 61057 79362 51938 70399 60615

Stem Non- Part No. 365-24 365-24 365-24 365-24 365-24 365-24 365-24 365-24 365-29 365-29
Extrusion Ring Weight 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16
No. Req’d. 8 16 16 8 8 16 16 8 16 8
Stem Seal Part No. 375-24 375-24 375-24 375-24 375-24 375-24 375-24 375-24 375-29 375-29
Protector Ring Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. 8 16 16 8 8 16 16 8 16 8
Piston Part No. 568426 568426 568426 568426 568426 568426 568426 568433 568439 568439
O.D. Seal Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2 4 2
Piston O.D. Seal Part No. 227-53 227-53 227-53 227-53 227-53 227-53 227-53 227-60 227-66 227-66
Protector Ring Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 3/16 3/16 3/16
No. Req’d. 4 8 8 4 4 8 8 4 8 4
Equalizer Valve Part No. 50542 50542 50542 50542 50542 50542 50542 60742 60742 60742
Assembly Weight 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
No. Req’d. 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 1
Space Ring Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 33224 ≡ ≡
Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 2-1/2 ≡ ≡
Plate Part No. 80807 80807 80807 80807 80807 80807 80807 66773 80807 80807
Optional
Hydraulic Hand Part No. 35088 35088 35088 35088 35088 35088 35088 35090 35090 35090
Pump Assembly Weight 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 37 37 37
No. Req’d. 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 1
Flush Type Part No. 15834 15834 15834 15834 15834 15834 15834 15834 15834 15834
Bleed-off Valve Weight 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Packing Set Part No. 79335 61443 79335 61443 79335 61443 79335 44748 44749 44749
Weight 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
Replacement Part No. 42211 42211 42211 42211 42211 42211 42211 44535 ≡ ≡
Inner Seal** Weight 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-1/4 ≡ ≡
Replacement Part No. 42213 42213 42213 42213 42213 42213 42213 44536 ≡ ≡
Outer Seal** Weight 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-1/4 ≡ ≡
Power Hose Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 22315 22315
Connection Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 4 4
Assembly No. Req’d. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 1 1
Equivalent Light Duty Preventers & Rams And Heavy Duty Replacement Rams
Complete
Hydraulic Part No. 31910 ≡ ≡ 25053 43435 ≡ ≡ 25201 ≡ ≡
Blowout Weight 592 ≡ ≡ 350 446 ≡ ≡ 487 ≡ ≡
Preventer
Light Duty Ram Part No. 38086 ≡ ≡ 38086 38086 ≡ ≡ 31019 ≡ ≡
Assy. (Set of 2)*** Weight 60 ≡ ≡ 60 60 ≡ ≡ 67 ≡ ≡.
Heavy Duty
Replacement Ram Part No. 42209 ≡ ≡ 42209 42209 ≡ ≡ 44532 ≡ ≡
Assembly (Set of 2) Weight 65 ≡ ≡ 65 65 ≡ ≡ 72 ≡ ≡
** Two Inner And Two Outer Seals Furnished With Each Ram Assembly; Shown For Reordering.
*** See Parts Breakdown On Page 28.
22
Bowen Manual Blowout Preventers – Heavy Duty
Type Single Twin Single Twin Single
Internal Diameter (Inches) 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 4
Working Pressure - P. S. I. 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000
3-1/2 3-1/2 4 4 5-1/2
Standard OD OD OD OD CSG
Connections Non-up Non-up Eue Eue Pin
Tub.pin Tub.pin Pin Pin
Complete Part No. 51647 51650 51652 51654 61062
Assembly Weight 91 144 106 209 222
Replacement Parts
Body Part No. 13451 11911 13398 33174 61041
Weight 38 64 39 95 90
Ram Assembly Part No. 44153 44153 44095 44095 42209
(Set of 2)* Weight 15 15 20 20 65
No. Req’d. 1 2 1 2 1
Part No. 11802 11802 13474 13474 61042
End Cap Weight 5-1/2 5-1/2 11-1/2 11-1/2 21
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2
Part No. 12127 12127 13473 13473 17484
Stem Weight 2 2 2 2 7
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2
Handle Part No. 11569 11822 11569 11822 13349
(2 Req’d.) Weight 8 8 8 8 3-1/2
Handle Nut Part No. 11570 ≡ 11570 ≡ 12836
(2 Req’d.) Weight 1/8 ≡ 1/8 ≡ 1/8
Part No. 568235 568235 568239 568239 568253
End Cap Seal Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/16
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2
Part No. 568215 568215 568215 568215 568219
Stem Seal Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2
Equalizer Part No. 20103 33184 55111 55111 50542
Valve Weight 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/
Assembly
Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Non-extrusion Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Ring (End Cap) No. Req’d. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
*Two Inner And Two Outer Seals Furnished With Each Ram Assembly; Shown For Reordering.
See Ram Assembly Parts Breakdown On Page 26.

(2) Size and Type of Wireline or Pipe. (2) 4 Sets Ram Iner and Outer Seals.
(3) Connections if other than Standard. (3) 12 Packing Sets.
(4) Any Desired Spares, Extras or Optionals. (4) 12 of Each Non-Ext. and Each Seal Prot. Ring.
23
Bowen Manual Blowout Preventers - Heavy Duty (Continued)
Complete Part No. 51647 51650 51652 51654 61062
Assembly

Seal Protector Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Ring (End Cap) Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
No. Req’d. . ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Non-extrusion Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 365-24
Ring (Stem) Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 1/8
No. Req’d. . ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 4
Seal Protector Part No. 82-20 82-20 82-20 82-20 375-24
Ring (Stem) Weight 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/4
No. Req’d. 4 8 4 8 4
Optional
Flush Type Part No. 15834 15834 15834 15834 15834
Bleed-off Weight 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Valve
Packing Set Part No. 79896 44735 44737 44739 61442
Weight 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
Hi-temp. Part No. 79050 44634 44636 44638 44641
Packing Set Weight 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
Replacement Part No. 62945 62945 44098 44098 42211
Inner Seal* Weight 3/4 3/4 1 1 1
Replacement Part No. 62946 62946 44099 44099 42213
Outer Seal* Weight 3/4 3/4 1 1 1
24
Bowen Hydraulic Blowout Preventer - Heavy Duty For H2s Service
Type Single Single Twin Twin Single Twin Twin Twin Single Twin Single
Internal Diameter (Inches) 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4-1/2
Working Pressure P.S.I. 5,000 10,000 5,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 10,000
3-1/2 Butt- 3-1/2 3-1/16 Butt- Butt- 4 O.D 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 Butt-
Connections O.D. Weld O.D. Flange Weld Weld EUE CSG CSG CSG Weld
Non-up Non-up Pin Pin Pin Pin
Tub.pin Tub.pin
Complete Assembly Part No. 57678 53820 63382 65500 55103 58207 80529 61074 63461 79515 79513
Weight 186 216 337 382 256 452 442 752 386 753 536
Replacement Parts
Body Part No. 16616 45953 39956 65501 53708 80553 80531 61075 61072 61390 62108
Weight 38 43 65 67 71 110 98 185 95 355 205
Ram Assembly* Part No. 44153 44153 44153 44153 44095 44095 44095 42209 42209 42209 42209
(Set of 2) Weight 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 65 65 65 65
No. Req’d. 2 2 2 2 2 2
Part No. 28427 41817 28427 41817 53709 53709 53709 61073 61073 79324 79324
End Cap Weight 6 7 6 7 8 8 9 22 22 22 22
No. Req’d. 2 2 4 4 2 4 4 4 2 4 2
Part No. 28428 41818 28428 41818 43460 43460 43460 36011 36011 36011 36011
Stem Weight 3 4 3 4 3 3 3 7 7 7 7
No. Req’d. 2 2 4 4 2 4 4 4 2 4 2
Handle Part No. 11569 11569 11822 11569 11569 11822 11822 13349 13349 13349 13349
(2 Req’d.) Weight 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2
Handle Nut Part No. 11570 11570 ≡ 11570 11570 ≡ ≡ 12836 12836 12836 12836
(2 Req’d.) Weight 1/8 1/8 ≡ 1/8 1/8 ≡ ≡ 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
Part No. 39959 45956 39959 45956 55104 55104 55104 61077 61077 79334 79334
Adapter Cylinder Weight 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33
No. Req’d. 2 2 4 4 2 4 4 4 2 4 2
Part No. 79628 79629 79628 79629 147840 147840 147840 79627 79627 79627 79627
Piston Weight 5 6 5 6 7 7 7 16 16 16 16
No. Req’d. 2 2 4 4 2 4 4 4 2 4 2
Part No. 28880 45958 28880 45958 147841 147841 147841 22744 22744 22744 22744
Piston Thrust Nut Weight 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
No. Req’d. 2 2 4 8 2 4 4 4 2 4 2
Thrust Nut Part No. 64807 64807 64807 64807 64222 64222 64222 64808 64808 64808 64808
Set Screw Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
No. Req’d. 2 2 4 4 2 4 4 4 2 4 2
Part No. 568235 ≡ 568235 387-13CP 2249- ≡ ≡ 568253 568253 568-355 568-355
End Cap Seal Weight 1/32 ≡ 1/32 1/32 17.5CP ≡ ≡ 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16
No. Req’d. 4 ≡ 8 8 4-1/8 ≡ ≡ 8 4 8 4
Part No. 568215 568215 568215 568215 568215 568215 568215 568219 568219 568219 568219
Stem Seal Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16
No. Req’d. 4 4 8 8 4 8 8 8 4 8 4
Stem Seal Part No. 82-20 385-38 82-20 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Back-up Ring Weight 1/16 1/16 1/16 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
No. Req’d. 8 8 16 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Part No. ≡ 387-13 ≡ ≡ ≡ 2249- 2249- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
End Cap CP 17.5CP 17.5CP
And Cylinder Weight ≡ 1/8 ≡ ≡ ≡ 1/4 1/4 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Non-extrusion Ring No. Req’d. ≡ 4 ≡ ≡ ≡ 4 4 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Part No. ≡ 227-38 ≡ ≡ 82-20 2249- 2249- 227-53 227-53 227-53 227-53
End Cap And 17.5CP 17.5CP
Cylinder Seal Weight ≡ 1/8 ≡ ≡ 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
Protector Ring No. Req’d. ≡ 4 ≡ ≡ 4 4 4 8 4 8 4
Stem Non- Part No. ≡ 365-20 ≡ 365-20 365-20 365-20 365-20 365-24 365-24 365-24 365-24
Extrusion Ring Weight ≡ 1/8 ≡ 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. ≡ 8 ≡ 16 4 8 8 16 8 16 8
Stem Seal Part No. ≡ 375-20 ≡ 375-20 ≡ 375-20 375-20 375-24 375-24 375-24 375-24
Protector Ring Weight ≡ 1/8 ≡ 1/8 ≡ 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. ≡ 4 ≡ 16 ≡ 8 8 16 8 16 8
* See Ram Assembly Parts Breakdown on Page 26.
27
Bowen Hydraulic Blowout Preventer - Heavy Duty For H2s Service (Continued)
Complete Assembly Part No. 57678 53820 63382 65500 55103 58207 80529 61074 63461 79515 79513

Piston Part No. 568334 568335 568334 568335 568339 568339 568339 568426 568426 568426 568426
O.D. Seal Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/16 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 4-1/8 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. 2 2 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4
Piston O.D. Part No. 227-37 386-38 227-37 8-335 227-42 227-42 8-339 227-53 ≡ ≡ ≡
Seal Protector Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 8 1/8 ≡ ≡ ≡
Ring No. Req’d. 4 8 8 8 4 8 55111 8 ≡ ≡ ≡
Equalizer Valve Part No. 20103 20103 33184 64023 55111 55111 33184 50542 50542 50542 50542
Assembly Weight 2-1/2 2-1/2 4 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2
No. Req’d. 2 2 2
Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 8-355 8-355
Backup Ring Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. . ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 8 4
Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ 45056 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
900 Street Ell Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ 1/4 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
No. Req’d. ≡ ≡ ≡ 2 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Optional
Steel Adapter Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ 65571 ≡ ≡ ≡ 56847 ≡ ≡ ≡
Manifold Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ 3 ≡ ≡ ≡ 25 ≡ ≡ ≡
No. Req’d. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Hydraulic Hand Part No. 22223 22223 22223 22223 22223 22223 22223 35088 35088 35088 35088
Pump Assembly Weight 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 36 36 36 36
No. Req’d. 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1
Flush Type Part No. 17800 17800 17800 ≡ 17800 17800 17800 17800 17800 17800 17800
Bleed-off Valve Weight 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 ≡ 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Hi-temp Part No. 44732 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 61443 61443 79335 79335
Packing Set Weight 1/4 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
No. Req’d. . ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 2 2 2
Heavy Duty Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 51609 51609 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Ram Assembly Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 22 22 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
(For Polyurethane)
Hi-temp Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 44626 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Ram Assembly Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 23 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
(For Well Fluids)
Hi-temp Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 44629 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Ram Assembly Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 23 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
(For Steam)
Replacement Inner Part No. 62945 62945 ≡ 62945 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Seal (Low-temp.) Weight 3/4 3/4 ≡ 3/4 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Replacement Outer Part No. 62946 62946 ≡ 62946 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Seal (Low-temp.) Weight 3/4 3/4 ≡ 3/4 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Power Hose Part No. 22315 22315 22315 22315 ≡ 22315 22315 22315 22315 22315 22315
Conn. Assembly Weight 20 20 20 20 ≡ 20 20 20 20 20 20
No. Req’d. . 2 2 2
Extra
Part No. 44732 77355 44732 65519 71196 47195 47195 61443 61443 79335 79335
Packing Set Weight 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/8
No. Req’d. 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1
(2) Size and Type of Wireline or Pipe (2) 4 Sets Ram Inner and Outer Seals.
(3) Connections if other than Standard (3) 12 Packing Sets.
(4) Any Desired Spares. Extras or Optionals. (4) 12 of Each Non-Ext. and Each Seal Prot. Ring.
28
UNIVERSAL BLOWOUT PREVENTERS
Universal Blowout Preventers

General Description Stems may be manually operated to venter, when dressed with the proper
Bowen Universal Blowout Preventers assure closure of the Rams in case a size Ram Assembly, will seal off any pipe
give positive protection against blowouts hydraulic hose fails or to allow the Rams smaller than the maximum size pipe for
when operating with wire line or small to be closed and the hydraulic hoses which it was designed to seal.
tubing in well service or similar work. removed.
These units are lightweight in compari- Equalizer Valve Assemblies are avail-
son with other similar preventers, yet they Bowen Universal Blowout Preventers are able at extra cost for each Blowout
are able to withstand high well pressure. available in three standard sizes 2-9/16", Preventer. The Flush Type Equalizer Valve
4-1/16", and 7-1/16" inside diameter. allows pressure to be equalized above
All standard models are for service that They are equipped with either a flange and below the Blowout Preventer Rams.
involves hydrogen sulfide (H2S). H2S top and bottom or union connections. A This facilitates opening the Rams without
causes embrittlement of some metal full range of optional flange connections overcoming high differential pressure.
parts, and this is why a specially is available. Please refer to the specifica-
designed style is necessary. There are To avoid damage to rams, pressure must be
tions on page 12. Side outlet flanges for equalized before opening the rams, regard-
also two types available: a single, when shut-in flow, reverse circulation, or other less of pipe size or pressure.
only one set of Rams is required, and a purpose may be ordered on the Blowout
twin, when two sets of Rams are needed. Preventers at extra cost. Bowen Universal Blowout Preventers are
The choice of style and type is usually usually operated with a Bowen Hydraulic
based on the intended service. A Ram Assembly is required for each Hand Pump Assemblies. These Hand
size of wire line or pipe to be sealed off. Pump Assemblies are available at extra
Bowen Universal Blowout Preventers Ram Assemblies are available for each cost. They are well matched to the Blow-
are hydraulically actuated, allowing them Blowout Preventer to accommodate out Preventers in capacity, are depend-
to be operated from a safe, remote all sizes of wire line. The specifications able, and are easy to operate. In remote
location. They insure positive shut-in sheet on page 12 lists the maximum size locations, where no power source is
of the well by the action of a set of two pipe which may be sealed off with each available, the Hydraulic Hand Pump
opposed Rams which seal off against Blowout Preventer. Each Blowout Pre- Assemblies are quite practical.
the wire line or tubing. A set of auxiliary
Non-Extrusion Ring Seal Protector Non-Extrusion Ring

Seal Protector Ring Ring
Piston Seal End Cap Nut
Flange as Specified (Optional)
(Large) End Cap Seal (Large)
Piston Nut Race Rings
End Cap Seal (Small)
Piston Seal Protector Ring
Snap Ring
Seal Non-Extrusion Ring
Actuator Body End Cap
(Small)
Actuator Nut Stem
Body Ram Body
Outer Seal
Handle
Nut
Actuator Cylinder Stem

Side Outlet Flange Retainer Indicator
Screw Quick Disconnect
Quick Disconnect as Specified
(Optional) Inner Seal Couplings (Optional)
Couplings (Optional)
Non-Extrusion Ring
Seal Protector Ring
Actuator Body Seal (Large)
Ram Key
Ram Key Screw
Bowen Single Universal Blowout Preventer
3
Bowen Hydraulic Hand Pump Assem- Construction bore of the Body, there is a keyway into
blies are self-contained units which Bowen Universal Blowout Preventers are which slide the Ram keys to orient and
include all the necessary valves, gages, composed of a Body, a Ram Assembly, maintain the Rams in proper position
hoses, fittings, and couplings necessary Actuator Bodies, Actuator Nuts, End relative to the wellhead bore. This Ram
to attach and operate the Blowout Pre- Caps, End Cap Nuts, Actuator Cylinders, cross-bore terminates at its ends in a
venter. The Hand Pump is designed to Snap Rings, Stems, Stem Indicators, counterbore (which accepts the two
allow pressure to be maintained on its Seal Assemblies, and Handles. Actuator Bodies) and an external thread
discharge line by closing an integral The Body is fitted with appropriate top (for making up the Actuator Bodies in
valve. Pressure may thus be maintained and bottom flange connections for con- position).
for an indefinite period of time. nection to the wellhead and to a lubrica- The Actuator Bodies have internal Seal
When operating a twin Blowout Prevent- tor set-up. Bowen union connections are Ring Assemblies to seal off the Stems.
er, Dual Hand Pump Assemblies are also available. They also have internal thread and seal
required. The Dual Hand Pump Assem- When the optional Equalizer Valve surfaces at their outboard ends into
blies may be employed separately on Assembly is ordered, it is assembled which the Actuator Cylinders are insert-
Single Blowout Preventers. Thus, under on one side of the Body, extending from ed. A hydraulic port near the inboard end
certain conditions, several Blowout Pre- above the Rams to below the Rams. It of each Actuator Body provides an en-
venters may be serviced by Dual Hand forms a pressure communication which trance for fluid used to open the Rams.
Pumps. allows the wellhead pressure to be bled The Actuator Cylinders are smooth-
Quick-Disconnect Couplings, Packing into a lubricator set-up above the Blow- bored and are assembled with the
Sets, and spare parts and repair kits for out Preventer, thereby equalizing the Pistons, Piston Nuts, Race Rings, and
Hand Pump Assemblies are available. pressure above and below the Rams. Seal Ring Assemblies required to
This eliminates the necessity of opening hydraulically actuate the Rams. The
Use the Rams against high differential pres- Actuator Cylinders are closed by the End
Bowen Universal Blowout Preventers sure. This Equalizer Valve is designed to Caps which are held in position by the
are used in conjunction with lubricator be flush, simple, rugged, and lightweight. End Cap Nuts.
assemblies whenever danger of a
blowout exists or whenever operations
under pressure must be performed.
On the lower side of each Ram cross-
They are usually employed in conjunc-
tion with other lubricator components
Body Seal
such as Control Heads, Line Wipers,
Outer Ring Seals
Risers, Tool Traps, Unions, and Stuffing
Boxes. During operations, Bowen
Blowout Preventers (one or more) are By-Pass Body
usually located near the bottom of the
lubricator assembly. While a Line Wiper,
Connector Tube
Stuffing Box, or Control Head will
Connector Tude Seal
effectively pack off around a wire line
and contain pressurized well fluid, each Valve Body
is limited in its capabilities to contain a Valve Stem
blowing well. The presence of a BOWEN Stem Retainer Screw
UNIVERSAL BLOWOUT PREVENTER in
Outer ring
the system allows the well to be posi-
tively shut in if required. Valve Stem Seal
Flush Type Equalizer Valve
4
Bowen Twin Universal Blowout Preventer
The End Caps include internal seals Because each Ram Assembly is bored around the outside of the Ram Body and
which seal off the Stem Indicators. They for a specific size wire line or pipe, a along each side. It is in sealing contact
also include a hydraulic port for entrance separate set is required for each size with the rear of the Inner Seal, so that
of the hydraulic fluid which is used to which is to be packed off. If a blowout together the Inner Seal and Outer Seal
close the Rams. The O.D. of each End Preventer is to be used to pack off sever- form a continuous seal across the well
Cap has an external seal which inserts al sizes of wire line or pipe, a set for each bore end of the Blowout Preventer.
into the Actuator Cylinder. It also has a size (plus spares) should be ordered.
The Ram Body is made of steel. Its face
shoulder which bears against the Actu-
The Ram Assemblies are of the Replace- has a large slot for the Inner Seal and
ator Cylinder to maintain the End Cap
able Seal type, which means only the two narrower slots. One of these
in place.
Seals require replacement when they narrower slots is assembled with a Ram
The Ram Assembly is composed of two become worn or damaged. The Inner Guide and the other provides space for
Rams which are almost identical. Each Seal is composed of two steel plates with the mating Ram Guide when the Rams
Ram includes a Ram Body, Outer Seal, a tough synthetic rubber core bonded are closed.
Inner Seal, two Retainer Screws (Inner between the steel plates. The lower of
A rugged “T” slot is cut into the rear of
Seal Screws), Ram Key, Ram Key Cap the two plates has a slot into which are
each Ram Body. The Thrust Nut of the
Screw, Ram Guide, and two Ram Guide inserted the two Retainer Screws (Inner
Stem which is used to open and close
Screws. Seal Screws). These screws maintain the
the Ram is inserted into the “T” slot.
Inner Seal in proper position within the
The Ram Guides are assembled on
Ram Body and retract the Inner Seal The Stem and Stem Indicator are
opposite sides of the two Ram Bodies:
when the Ram is opened. The Outer Seal assembled together and work as a unit.
one on top and one on bottom, allowing
is a molded, one-piece, saddle shaped, When hydraulic pressure is admitted to
them to overlap. Thus, Rams must be
synthetic rubber part. It is assembled the Actuator Cylinder, the Piston and the
maintained and ordered in sets (of two).
5
Bowen Universal Blowout Preventer Ram Assembly
(Wireline Size)
Outer Seal
Ram Body
Ram Key
Ram Guide Screws
Outer Seal
Inner Seal
Retainer Screw
(Inner Seal Screw)
Ram Key Cap Screw
Exploded View
Bowen Universal Ram Components
(Wireline Size)
6
attached Stem Indicator are forced in- Functioning of the Rams may be Some provision for killing the well in
ward, setting the Ram. The same sliding checked by using the Handles to run case of emergency must be provided to
action opens the Ram when pressure is both of the Rams to the closed position. assure complete safety. This may be in
introduced through the Actuator Body. If The Stems should then be retracted by the form of a side outlet pump connec-
the hydraulic pressure fails or the turning them to the left until they lightly tion, a “kill nipple,” or other safety
operator wants to remove the hydraulic “bottom” against the End Caps. equipment.
hoses after the Rams have been closed,
Now hook up the Hydraulic Hand Pump If the well “kicks” or flows to the point
the Rams may be mechanically set
Assembly, place the 4-way valve in the that it is not being safely retained by the
or locked in position by the use of the
“Close” position, and apply 100 – 200 Line Wiper (indicated by excessive spray
Handles attached to the Stem Indicators.
psi of pressure to the Pistons. from the Line Wiper), stop any travel of
The rugged threaded connection
the wire line or tubing, and close the
between the Stem and Stem Indicator CAUTION: It is poor practice to apply pres-
sure to the Rams without a line (or rod) Blowout Preventer Rams. The Rams
is on a left-hand lead, which causes the
in place. Do not use excessive pressure should be closed tightly enough to seal,
Stem to move inward when the Handle
when checking the Rams, since this causes but not excessively tight. After the Rams
is turned to the right. Once the Rams
needless rubber distortion and extrusion. have been closed, wait for the well to
are manually closed, the hydraulic pres-
settle and the pressure to equalize.
sure may be removed from the Piston After assuring that closure of both Rams
During this waiting time the Line Wiper,
and the Rams will remain closed. has occurred normally, reposition the
Stuffing Box, or Control Head may be
Hand Pump 4-Way Valve to the “Open”
The operator should note that the Rams examined, and worn line rubbers may be
position and pump the Rams open. Look
cannot be opened by hydraulic pressure replaced if required. Additional mud or
into the bore of the Blowout Preventer to
as long as these Stems are manually set. fluid may be pumped into the well during
make certain that both Rams have been
The Stem must be manually retracted this time.
fully retracted by the Pistons.
while applying opening hydraulic pres-
After the well has stabilized, open the
sure. The Rams cannot be opened When a twin or tandem set of Blowout
Equalizing Valve and cautiously open
manually once closed (whether hydrauli- Preventers is used, both sets of Rams
the Rams part of the way. When it is
cally closed or mechanically closed); should be checked. Since one set is
determined that the well is under control
hydraulic pressure must be used for checked separately from the other, only
again, open the Rams completely and
opening. one Hand Pump Assembly is required.
resume operation.
Operation CAUTION: When checking a twin Blowout
Prior to operation, the Blowout Preventer CAUTION: To avoid damage to the Rams or
Preventer with different size Rams, be sure
Ram Guides from entering tools, be sure
should be examined to assure that it is to check the location of each size to assure
that the Rams are fully open before resum-
in good operating order and assembled that each size set is located in the right
ing operations.
with the correct (line) size Rams for the sequence, top and bottom, as required for
operation. the particular operation. To operate the Universal Blowout Pre-
venter with a Bowen Hydraulic Hand
The size of Rams may be checked Assemble the Blowout Preventer on the
Pump Assembly:
directly by measuring the Rams. An wellhead.
inspection of the tubing or wireline CAUTION: Be sure to assemble the Blowout Check the Pump Reservoir by removing
groove must be performed. The Actuator Preventer with the wellhead end down. The the fill plug on top of the reservoir. Be
Cylinder may be removed by backing Body will have the words “Wellhead this sure the reservoir is full of fluid. If fluid
the Actuator Nut from the Body. When end” in relief or stenciled on one side. A must be added, Bowen Hydraulic Oil
the Actuator Cylinder is removed, the further check is to make sure that the Ram H-5395 is recommended as the best
Ram will be removed with it. Once Keys are on the bottom of the Ram bore fluid for that purpose and is furnished
exposed, the wire line or tubing groove after assembly. If the Blowout Preventer is in all Bowen Hand Pump Assemblies.
at the face of the Ram may be mea- assembled upside-down on the wellhead, If this is not available, use a clean, good
its mechanical ability will be unimpaired, grade industrial hydraulic fluid, turbine
sured.
but it will not seal off.
grade oil, or if necessary, a good grade,
7
Bowen Hydraulic Hand Pump Assembly
lightweight lubricating oil. After filling Preventer Actuator Cylinders determines NOTE: The first time the hydraulic hoses are
the reservoir, set the 4-Way Valve to the which port is considered the closing port put into service, they will be full of air. This
neutral position and pump the fluid and which port is considered the air should be removed by connecting the
through the valve for a minute or two to opening port. hoses to the Hand Pump and pumping fluid
through them while deflecting the Quick-
circulate out any entrapped air.
To direct fluid to the closing ports of the Disconnect Coupling at the opposite end.
Hook up the two hydraulic hoses: one Blowout Preventer, position the handle This will allow the air in the hose to escape
end of each hose to the Hand Pump and of the 4-Way Valve so that the pointer ahead of the fluid. Stop pumping when fluid
the other end of each hose to the Blow- on the front of the handle points to the begins to flow from the open end of the
out Preventer. The single coupling end discharge port of the 4-Way Valve which hose. The hose end may then be connected
to the Blowout Preventer. After filling the
of each hose should be connected to the is connected to the two closing (out-
hoses in this manner, the pump reservoir
pump 4-Way Valve outlet, and the har- board) ports of the Blowout Preventer.
should be refilled. Once the hoses are filled,
ness (double connector) end should be Close the shut-off valve of the Hand the fluid will remain in them since the
connected to the Blowout Preventer. Pump. Actuate the hand pump while Quick-Disconnect Couplings used on Bowen
Connect one leg of the harness end to watching the pressure gauge. Apply Hydraulic Hand Pump Assemblies are of the
each Actuator Cylinder, so that both approximately 200 psi of pressure to the self-sealing type.
hoses will be connected to both Actuator Rams. If pressure exists on the wellhead,
The reason for bleeding the air from the
Cylinders. Be sure that both legs of one this should be sufficient to seal off up to
hoses is to eliminate an air bank buildup
hose harness end are connected to the about 2,000 psi. If no pressure exists on
in the hydraulic Actuator Cylinders. An
closing ports (outboard), and the two the wellhead, this amount of pressure will
air bank acts as an undesirable cushion
legs of the other hose harness end are close the Rams tightly enough to assure
and also presents a minor hazard to the
connected to the opening ports (in- sealing off against any “kicks” of the well
hydraulic hoses.
board). Unless these connections are pressure up to approximately 2,000 psi.
correct, the Rams will not open and The ratio of required Hand Pump To open the Blowout Preventer Rams,
close together. Either 4-Way Valve dis- pressure to wellhead pressure to affect a open the Equalizer Valve on the side of
charge port may be used as a closing seal is approximately 10:1. Thus, to seal the Blowout Preventer. This will equalize
port with the remaining one used as an off 5,000 psi of well pressure, approxi- any differential pressure above and
opening port. The way in which the hose mately 500 psi must be applied to the below the Rams. This is especially
harnesses are hooked up to the Blowout Blowout Preventer Actuator Cylinders. important when the Rams have been
8
closed against high well pressure which When a Twin Blowout Preventer is being 4. The practice of resting the weight of
later subsides. Any well pressure trapped operated, two Hydraulic Hand Pump the running string on the Ram is detri-
in the lubricator equipment above the Assemblies are required: one for each mental and is not recommended when
Rams will be equalized. As equalization Blowout Preventer. This allows both running tubing. If this becomes abso-
is reached there will be a partial relax- Blowout Preventers to be operated lutely necessary, the Rams should be
ation of the seals. This reduction of fric- individually or simultaneously. Both Hand closed lightly against the tubing, and
tion makes the Rams much easier to Pump Assemblies will be identical and the tubing should be gently set on the
retract. will be assembled identically on the Rams. Dropping the tubing, the tubing
Blowout Preventer: one to the upper set collar (or tools) on the Rams, even a
Open the shut-off valve on the Hand
of Rams and one to the lower set of foot or two, may result in severe dam-
Pump to relieve the pressure on the
Rams. age to the Rams (or Ram Guides),
Rams.
Special Notes rendering them inoperable. A weight
Set the 4-Way Valve to the “Open” posi- 1. When operating the Bowen Universal of more than 1,000 lbs. should never
tion, close the shut-off valve, and pump Blowout Preventer with tubing size be applied to a set of Rams, and lower
pressure into the Blowout Preventer Rams, special care should be taken weighted objects should be applied
Actuator Cylinders, opening the Rams. that Rams are completely open when very gradually.
Continue to pump until approximately collars are passed through them. The 5. Hydraulic hose ends, used with Bowen
25 psi of pressure is registered on the impact of a collar striking a Ram may Hydraulic Blowout Preventers, should
gauge. This will assure that the Rams damage the Ram to such an extent never be allowed to drop in dirt or grit,
are fully retracted. The shut-off valve on that the Ram will no longer seal or will or otherwise become contaminated
the Hand Pump may then be opened. be prevented from being fully opened. with foreign matter. Any dirt or grit
If the Blowout Preventer is to be left open 2. On occasion, the operator may find it introduced into the Blowout Preventer
and unattended for a considerable necessary to pick up the tubing string (or Hand Pump) is very injurious to the
period of time, the stem should be to which the Blowout Preventer is equipment. If a hose end becomes
tagged “Rams are open”. The hydraulic attached. Lifting the string with the dirty, it should be thoroughly washed
hand pump assembly may then be Blowout Preventer is not recom- with a solvent and dried.
disconnected. mended. If the weight of the string Only clean hydraulic fluid should be
In cases when the Blowout Preventer is must be carried by the Blowout Pre- utilized to operate the Blowout Pre-
to be closed and left closed for a venter, care should be taken not to venter. The use of mixed types, dirty,
considerable period of time, the Rams apply any side load to the connec or very old fluid of unknown origin
should be closed, and the Stems should tions, and not to overload the connec should not be used. When one of
be screwed in by using right-hand tions. Any appreciable side load could these conditions is known or sus-
rotation. Tighten them as much as rupture the connection and result in pected, the hydraulic system should
possible by hand only. The Hydraulic great damage to the string and the be flushed with solvent, and the
Hand Pump may then be secured and tools as well as the Blowout Preventer. hydraulic fluid should be replenished
disconnected. The tensile strength of the Blowout with fresh fluid.
Preventer connections, provided that
Once a Bowen Hydraulic Blowout these connections are not the smallest 6. Before disconnecting the lubricator
Preventer is closed and the Hand Pump on the string, are generally as high as equipment above a Blowout Preventer,
Assembly removed, due consideration any other connection in the string. caution should be exercised to com-
should be given to having a Hand Pump pletely remove any residual pressure
Assembly available to open the Rams. 3. Never under any circumstance apply or accumulated pressure. This may
Stems provide for emergency closing tension, compression, or pressure to be done by any suitable valve located
and safety after closing. The Blowout the Blowout Preventer unless the con- above the Blowout Preventer or by use
Preventer cannot be opened by the nections are fully tightened. of the Equalizer (Bleed off) Valve on
Stems though; they can only be opened the Blowout Preventer. These Equalizer
by hydraulic pressure. Valves are available as optional equip-
ment for all Bowen Blowout Preventers.
9
They will effectively bleed off any light 7. Using a pipe wrench, unscrew and 11. Using an optional Spanner Wrench if
fluid accumulation or pressure, and remove the Actuator Cylinders. Do available, unscrew and remove the
they are recommended in all cases not wrench on the threaded portion Piston Nuts. If the Spanner Wrench is
when the Blowout Preventer is to be of the Cylinder since this will damage not available, use a piece of square
used with lubricator equipment located the threads. keystock or a large screwdriver bit.
above the Blowout Preventer. Back the Stems by clamping on the
8. Using a small rod in the spanner
thrust nut end of the Stem with a pipe
Maintenance holes provided, back off the Actuator
wrench.
Maintenance of Bowen Universal Blow- Nuts from the Body. The Rams will be
out Preventers is very important but removed as the Actuator Nut is loos- 12. After removal of the Piston Nuts, slide
very simple. After each use, the Blowout ened, allowing the Actuator Bodies the Piston off the Stems.
Preventer should be completely disas- to come free. As the Rams are with
13. Shove the Stem through the Actuator
sembled, thoroughly cleaned, repaired drawn, exposing the “T” slots, slide
Bodies to remove them. Remove any
as may be required, and reassembled. the Stems and Actuator Bodies later-
burrs raised on the Stem thrust nuts
ally to disengage the Stems from the
before passing them through the
Complete Disassembly “T” slots of the Rams.
Actuator Bodies.
Complete disassembly of the Universal
9. Remove the Snap Rings from the
Blowout Preventer should follow the 14. Examine the O-ring Seals. If they
Actuator Bodies, and slide the Actu-
orderly sequence below: appear to be worn, damaged, or
ator Nuts off the actuator Bodies.
have a pronounced flat surface (per-
1. Set the Preventer on a clean wooden
10. Disassemble the Rams by removing: manent set), they should be replaced
floor or low workbench. Rotate the
with new seals. The Non-Extrusion
Handles to the right to run the Rams A. The Outer Seals. This may usually
Rings and Seal Protector Rings need
into sealing position, but do not be done by hand, beginning at
not be removed or replaced unless
tighten them. each side with the straight portions
they show signs of damage or ad-
and progressively removing them.
2. Remove the Nuts and Handles from vanced wear.
the Stem Indicators. B. The Retainer Screws which hold
the Inner Seals in place. Complete Assembly
3. Remove the Quick-Disconnect Coup- Before actual assembly begins, all parts
ling halves from the End Caps. C. The Inner Seals. should be carefully cleaned, inspected,
4. Using a small rod in the spanner D. The Ram Guide Screws. and greased with a coat of good quality,
holes, back off the End Cap Nuts. lightweight grease or lubricating oil.
E. The Ram Guides.
5. Pull the End Caps out of the Actuator 1. Begin by assembling the Rams.
F. The Ram Key Screws. Insert the Ram Key into the slot at the
Cylinder. To detach the Stem Indica-
tor from the Stem, the Stem should G. The Ram Keys. These keys are bottom of the Ram Body. Insert the
be rotated to the right as the End Cap made close-fitting and may be Ram Key Screw and tighten it.
is removed. The Stem Indicator hard to remove. Loosen them by Slide the Ram Guide into either the
should be removed with the End Cap. tapping them with the edge of a top or bottom slot of the Ram Body.
soft hammer. Pull them out with a Make sure the beveled edges of the
6. Shove the Stem Indicators through
large pliers or by clamping them Ram Guide are in line with the curva-
the End Caps. Be sure that there are
lightly in a vise. With a hand file, ture of the Ram surface so that the
no burrs or ragged wrench marks on
remove any jaw marks or burrs Ram Guide does not project beyond
the smooth surface of the Stem Indi-
thus produced. the edge of the Ram Body.
cators before pushing them through
the End Caps. If burrs are present, Insert the Ram Guide Screws into the
they will damage the seals. Ram Body, and tighten them.
10
NOTE: The Rams do not use Ram Guides in Assemble the Seal Protector Rings by 9. Screw the Stem Indicator onto the
all cases. When the Rams are bored for overlapping the ends and squeezing Stem approximately 4 turns.
pipe or tubing which have diameters great- them to an undersize diameter small
er than half the face width of the Ram, 10. Assemble the two Race Rings onto
enough to allow passage through the
Guides are not required. the Stem Indicator.
bore and into the groove.
CAUTION: In all cases when Ram Guides 11. Assemble the End Cap Nut over the
After both Non-Extrusion Rings and
are required, the operator should check and End Cap, and slide the Actuator
assure that the Ram Guides are bored for both Seal Protector Rings have been
Cylinder (the end without the Seal)
the same size as the Ram faces, so that the assembled, install the O-ring be-
onto the End Cap, starting the
Ram grooves match the Ram Guide slots. tween the two Seal Protector Rings.
threads of the End Cap Nut onto the
Refer to the illustration to see the
The operator will note that there are threads of the Actuator Cylinder.
position of the rings after assembly.
two types of Ram Guides: The 12. Fit the sealed end of the Actuator
7-1/16" Blow-out Preventer uses the 3. Slide the Stem through the Actuator
Cylinder into the Actuator Body and
flat type Guide just described, while Body, allowing the threaded end to
around the Stem Indicator. Thread it
the 4-1/16" and 2-9/16" Blowout Pre- protrude out the Cylinder end.
into position. Both the Actuator Cyl-
venters use the curved Ram Guide 4. Slide the Actuator Nut over the inder and the End Cap Nut may be
which fits around the curved external Actuator Body, and insert the Snap tightened simultaneously.
diameter of the Ram face. In all cases Ring into its groove in the Actuator
however, the grooves in the Ram face 13. Attach the Handle to the Stem Indi-
Body, securing the Actuator Nut in
must match the slot in the Ram cator, and lock it in position with the
place.
Guide, of either type, and fit the dia- Nut.
meter to be sealed off. 5. With the turned base toward the Ram
14. Assemble the Quick-Disconnect
and the counterbored face toward the
2. If they are not already assembled, Coupling halves into the Actuator
End Cap, assemble the Piston on the
assemble the Seals and Seal Ring Body and End Cap.
Stem.
Assemblies in place in the Actuator The Equalizer Valve may be assem-
Body and End Cap. 6. Screw the Piston Nut onto the Stem
bled as follows:
with its slotted face toward the End
The O.D. Non-Extrusion Rings and Cap. Using the Spanner Wrench with A. Insert the Seals and Back-Up
Seal Protector Rings may be opened a bar, tighten the Piston Nut. Rings into the Outer Rings.
by hand stretching them sufficiently
enough to assemble them in the 7. Slide the Ram “T” slot over the thrust B. Assemble the Seals and Back-Up
grooves. nut of the Stem, center it, and pull it Rings on the Connector Tube.
up into the counterbore of the Actu-
The I.D. Non-Extrusion Rings may be C. Insert the Valve Body and By-Pass
ator Body.
compressed by squeezing the ends Body into the Outer Rings.
in until they overlap, reducing the 8. Insert the Ram (with the Actuator
D. Insert the ends of the Connector
diameter sufficiently enough to enter Body attached) into the Ram bore.
Tube into the bores in the sides of
the bore and be placed into their Align the Ram Key with the keyway in
the Outer Rings.
grooves. Be sure to face the beveled the Blowout Preventer Body and slide
face of the Non-Extrusion Ring the Ram into the bore. Place the
against the matching bevel in the Actuator Body into the counterbore of
groove. When two are required, the Body far enough to start threads
assemble both Non-Extrusion Rings of the Actuator Nut. Screw the Actu-
before assembling the Seal Protector ator Nut on snug. Using a small rod
Rings. in the spanner holes or a large pipe
wrench, tighten the Actuator Nut.
11
E. Holding the assembly together as
a unit, screw the By-Pass Body
and Valve Body into the Blowout
Preventer Body. Be sure to get the
By-Pass Body in the upper port
(above the Ram bore) and the
Valve Body in the lower port.
Simultaneously screw both bodies
in place, and make them up
tightly.
F. Assemble the Seal and Back-Up

Ring onto the Valve Stem, and
insert the Valve Stem into the Valve
Body. Using a socket wrench,
screw the Valve Stem until it seats.
G. Assemble the Retainer Screw into

the Valve Body, and screw it until it
is snug.
Low alloy steels in these products

should be welded only by a skilled
welder following recognized pro-
cedures, particularly with regard to
pre-heating and post-heating.
Bowen is not responsible for the
quality of welds performed by
others.
12
E E
O O
N N
M M
I M
F J
D A C N
D D
K K O
L L E
E
E
G B F H

ITEM PART NO.
NO. REQ’D. DESCRIPTION
A 19121 1 70 Cu. In. VSL 1" Piston
C 19123 1 4 Way Valve
D 12821 2 1/4" Close Nipple (HP)
E 19065 6 1/4" Street Ell (HP)
F 19124 2 1/4" Tee (HP)
H 19126 1 1/4" Tubing Fitting
I 19127 1 900 1/4" Tubing Fitting
J 19128 1 2000 Lb. 1/4" Gage
K 19129 4 1/4" x 3/4" Allenhead Cap Screw
L 19248 4 1/4" Hex Nut
M 19066 2 1/4" 20' Hose W/1/4" Pipe Male Conn.
P 19249 10 1/4" Hose Couplers
13
Bowen Parts List
PARTS NUMBERS
1
19071 31662 19121
ITEM QTY. DESCRIPTION MODEL MODEL MODEL 2
100-4-120 100-6-120 100-8-120
1 1 Handgrip 100-8-0 100-8-0 100-8-0
2 1 Handle 100-2-0 100-2-0 100-2-0 3
3 1 Lever 100-1-0 100-1-0 100-1-0 4
4 3 Pin 100-13-0 100-13-0 100-13-0
5 3 Cotter Pin 100-27-0 100-27-0 100-27-0 5
6 2 Link 100-15-4 100-15-4 100-15-4
7 1 Piston 100-14-4 100-14-6 100-14-8 7
8 1 Seal, Piston 100-10-4 100-10-6 100-10-8 26
8a 1 Back-Up Ring ≡ 100-11-6 100-11-8 25 8
6
9 1 Barrel 100-9-4 100-9-6 100-9-8 24
10 1 Seal, Barrel 100-12-4 100-12-4 100-12-8A 23
9
11 1 Check Ball 100-19-4 100-19-4 100-19-4
12 1 Valve Block 100-24-4 100-24-4 100-24-8A
13 1 Check Ball 100-21-4 100-21-4 100-21-4 10
11
14 1 Spring 100-23-4 100-23-4 100-23-4
15 1 Snap Ring 100-22-4 100-22-4 100-22-4 12
16 1 Washer 100-17-4 100-17-4 100-17-4 13
17 1 Block & Reservoir Ass’y. 100-3-4-120 100-3-4-120 100-3-8-120 21
14
18 1 Release Ball 100-18-0 100-18-0 100-18-0 15
19
16
20 1 Seal, Release Screw 100-6-0 100-6-0 100-6-0 20
21 1 Release Screw 100-5-0A 100-5-0A 100-5-0A
17
22 1 Seal, Valve Block ≡ ≡ ≡ 18
23 1 Seal, Fill Plug 100-34-0 100-34-0 100-34-0
24 1 Fill Plug 100-31-0 100-31-0 100-31-0
Model 100-4-120
25 1 Washer 100-33-0 100-33-0 100-33-0
26 1 Screw, Vent 100-32-0 100-32-0 100-32-0
Optional Seal Spare Parts Kit

For Models Listed Below
77696 79761 79759
ITEM *SEAL KIT KIT # 100-4-200 KIT # 100-6-200 KIT # 100-8-200
1 Cotter Pin 100-27-0 100-27-0 100-27-0
8a
2 Seal, Piston 100-10-4 100-10-6 100-10-8
3 Seal, Barrel 100-12-4 100-12-4 100-12-8
4 Back-Up Ring ≡ 100-11-6 100-11-8
5 Check Ball 100-19-4 100-19-4 100-19-4
6 Check Ball 100-21-4 100-21-4 100-21-4
Model 100-12-120
7 Spring 100-23-4 100-23-4 100-23-4
8 Snap Ring 100-22-4 100-22-4 100-22-4 Model 100-8-120
9 Washer 100-17-4 100-17-4 100-17-4
10 Seal, Valve Block ≡ ≡ ≡
11 Release Ball 100-18-0 100-18-0 100-18-0
12 Washer 100-33-0 100-33-0 100-33-0
*Kits contain parts listed above in one complete package. 12
Metallic Spare Parts Kit For Models Listed Below

22
79758 79762 79760
*METALLIC KIT KIT #900-4-900 KIT #900-6-900 KIT #900-8-900 Model 100-6-120
Piston 100-14-4 100-14-6 100-14-8
Release Screw 100-5-0 100-5-0 100-5-0
*Kits contain parts listed above in one complete package.
14
Bowen Universal Blowout Preventers
Pressure ratings are based on body strength only and are generally not determinded by
the connection. User should be guided by thread limitations in API spec. 6A para. 1.2.4.
Type Single Twin Single Twin Single Twin Single Twin Twin
Service H2s H2s Standard Standard H2S H2S H2S H2S Standard
Maximum Size Pipe 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 2-7/8 2-7/8 2-7/8
Will Pack Off O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D.
Tubing Tubing Tubing Tubing Tubing Tubing Tubing Tubing Tubing
Internal Diameter 2-9/16 2-9/16 2-9/16 2-9/16 2-9/16 2-9/16 4-1/16 4-1/16 4-1/16
(Inches)*
Working Pressure P.S.I. 10,000 10,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
2-9/16 2-9/16 2-9/16 2-9/16 2-9/16 2-9/16 4-1/16 4-1/16 4-1/16
Standard Connection API 6 BX API 6 BX API 6 BX API 6 BX API 6 BX API 6 BX API 6 BX API 6 BX API 6 BX
10,000# 10,000# 15,000# 15,000# 15,000# 15,000# 10,000# 10,000# 15,000#
Flanges Flanges Flanges Flanges Flanges Flanges Flanges Flanges Flanges
Weight 400 760 400 760 410 770 ≡ 1350 1750
Replacement Parts
Body Part No. 60234 60238 50461 53192 59817 59818 77137 78508 63198
Weight 220 530 220 530 225 535 ≡ 905 1120
Part No. 50462 50462 50462 50462 81018 81018 47036 47036 62731
Ram Assembly Weight 22 22 22 22 22 22 48 48 48
No. Req’d. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Part No. 50463 50463 50463 50463 59820 59820 77139 77139 57362
Actuator Nut Weight 12 12 12 12 12 12 ≡ 30 35
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
Part No. 60235 60235 50464 50464 59821 59821 70227 70227 57363
Actuator Body Weight 30 30 30 30 30 30 ≡ 60 65
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
Part No. 50465 50465 50465 50465 60166 60166 43591 43591 57364
Actuator Cylinder Weight 3 3 3 3 3 3 ≡ 7 9
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
Part No. 60236 60236 50466 50466 59822 59822 81965 81965 57548
Stem Weight 3 3 3 3 3 3 ≡ 5 6
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
Part No. 50467 50467 50467 50467 59823 59823 47039 47039 57365
Piston Weight 5 5 5 5 5 5 ≡ 7 8
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
Part No. 50468 50468 50468 50468 59824 59824 81968 81968 81968
Piston Nut Weight 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 ≡ 1/2 1/2
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
Part No. 50469 50469 50469 50469 59825 59825 81966 81966 81966
Stem Indicator Weight 2 2 2 2 2 2 ≡ 2-1/2 2-1/2
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
Part No. 50470 50470 50470 50470 48382 48382 80980 43596 57366
Snap Ring Weight 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 ≡ 3/4 3/4
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
Plastic Packing Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 70229 70229 ≡
Seal Ring
Snap Ring Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 43596 80980 ≡
Retainer Screw Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 64227 64227 ≡
Part No. 50471 50471 50471 50471 59826 59826 47042 47042 47042
Race Ring Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 8
Part No. 50472 50472 40572 50472 59827 59827 47043 47043 57367
End Cap Weight 10 10 10 10 10 10 ≡ 14 15
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
Handle Part No. 11569 11569 11569 11569 13349 13349 43599 66309 66309
(2 Req’d.) Weight 5 5 5 5 5 5 ≡ 7 7
Handle Nut Part No. 11570 11570 11570 11570 12836 12836 43600 43600 43600
(2 Req’d.) Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/2 1/8 1/2
*On all 4-1/16 internal diameter Universal Blowout Preventers, optional lip seal at stem and plastic packing conversion kits are available. See page 19.
15
Bowen Universal Blowout Preventers [Continued]

Actuator Body Seal Part No. 568345 568345 568345 568345 568427 568427 568435 568435 568435
(Large) Weight 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 2 4 4 4
Part No. 46380-48 46380-48 216-48 216-48 46380-54 46380-54 46380-62 46380-50 216-62
Non-extrusion Ring Weight 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 ≡ 1/4 1/4
No. Req’d. 21 4 2 4 2 4 ≡ 8 4
Part No. 227-48 227-48 227-48 227-48 227-54 227-54 227-62 227-62 227-62
Seal Protector Ring Weight 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 4 4 4
Stem Seal/ Part No. 568215 568215 568215 568215 568220 568220 568218 568218 568220
Actuator Body Seal Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 ≡ 1/32 1/4
(Small) No. Req’d. 4 7 4 7 5 12 2 4 8
Part No. 365-20 365-20 365-20 365-20 365-25 365-25 365-23 365-23 365-25
No. Req’d. 8 16 8 16 12 24 4 8 16
Part No. 375-20 375-20 375-20 375-20 375-25 375-25 375-23 375-23 375-25
Seal Protector Ring Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 ≡ 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. 8 16 8 16 12 24 4 8 16
Actuator Cylinder Part No. 568249 568249 568249 568249 568259 568259 568249 568249 568257
Seal Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 ≡ 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
Piston Seal Part No. 568215 568215 568215 568215 568220 568220 568218 568218 568220
(Small) Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 ≡ 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
End Cap Seal Part No. 568244 568244 568244 568244 568254 568254 568245 568245 568251
(Large) Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 ≡ 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
End Cap Seal Part No. 568218 568218 568218 568218 568326 568326 568325 568325 568325
(Small) Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 ≡ 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
Part No. 365-23 365-23 365-23 365-23 365-29 365-29 365-28 365-28 365-28
Non-extrusion Ring Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/32 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 4 4 4
Part No. 375-23 375-23 375-23 375-23 375-29 375-29 375-28 375-28 375-28
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
Part No. 50475 50475 50475 50475 59828 59828 43607 43607 57368
End Cap Nut Weight 4 4 4 4 4 4 ≡ 6-1/2 7
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
Piston Seal Part No. 568346 568346 568346 568346 568431 568431 568347 568347 568428
(Large) Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 ≡ 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4
Piston Part No. 216-49 216-49 216-49 216-49 216-58 216-58 46380-50 46380-62 216-55
No. Req’d. 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 8
Part No. 227-49 227-49 227-49 227-49 227-58 227-58 227-50 227-50 227-55
No. Req’d. 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 8
Part No. 50477 50477 50477 50477 81019 81019 47044 47044 61652
Ram Body Weight 8 8 8 8 8 8 ≡ 20 20
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2
Ram Inner Seal Part No. 50478 50478 50478 50478 59831 59831 47050 47050 47050
(W/O Insert) Weight 1 1 1 1 1 1 ≡ 1 1
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2
Part No. 50479 50479 50479 50479 59832 59832 43603 43603 43603
Ram Outer Seal Weight 1 1 1 1 1 1 ≡ 1 1
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2
Retainer Ring Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 65916 55916 ≡
Lip Seal Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 65914 65914 ≡
Back-up Ring Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 65915 65915 ≡
Part No. 64226 64226 64226 64226 64226 64226 64229 64227 62888
Ram Retainer Screw Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 ≡ 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4
16
Bowen Universal Blowout Preventers [Continued]

Part No. 50476 50476 50476 50476 50476 50476 13486 13486 61654
Ram Key Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 ≡ 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2
Part No. 50481 50481 50481 50481 60280 60280 47048 47048 ≡
Ram Guide* Weight 1 1 1 1 1 1 ≡ 1 ≡
No. Req’d. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 Integral
Ram Guide Screw/ Part No. 64599 64599 64599 64599 64222 64222 ≡ 64229 ≡
Retainer Screw Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 ≡ 1/32 ≡
No. Req’d. 4 8 4 8 4 8 ≡ 8 ≡
Part No. 64219 64219 64219 64219 64219 64219 64219 64219 22830
Ram Key Cap Screw Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 ≡ 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d. 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 2
Part No. 48758 48758 48758 48758 48758 48758 48758 48758 63205
Thread Protector Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 ≡ 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d. 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 8
Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 59829 59829 ≡ ≡ ≡
Seal Ring Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 3 3 ≡ ≡ ≡
No. Req’d. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 2 4 ≡ ≡ ≡
Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 23727 23727 23727
Set Screw Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 1/16 1/16
No. Req’d. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 2 4 4
Assembly No. Req’d. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 2 4 ≡
Plastic Packing Screw Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 23388 23388 ≡
Plastic Packing Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡. ≡ 61940 61940 ≡
Check Valve
Socket Head Pipe Plug Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 61942 61942 ≡
Plastic Sealant Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 62025 62025 ≡
Housing
Piston Nut Part No. 23300 23300 23300 23300 23310 23310 23310 23310 ≡
Retainer Screw
Stencil Plate Part No. 80807 80807 80807 80807 80807 80807 79113 ≡ ≡
Optional
Piston Nut Part No. 50532 50532 50532 50532 50532 50532 47051 47051 47051
Spanner Wrench Weight 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 ≡ 6-1/2 6-1/2
Part No. 35090 35090 35090 35090 35090 52586 35090 35090 35090
Hand Pump Assembly Weight 35 35 35 35 35 40 ≡ 35 35
No. Req’d. ≡ 2 ≡ 2 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Ram Inner Seal Part No. 50482 50482 50482 50482 59834 59834 47045 47045 47045
For Ram Insert++ Weight 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
No. Req’d. 2 2 ≡ ≡ 2 2 2 4 2
Part No. 50483 50483 50483 50483 59835 59835 46463 46463 46463
Ram Insert Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Equalizer Valve Part No. 20103 20103 80094 20103 ≡ 59836 80094 50542 63201
Assembly Weight 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 ≡. 3 ≡ 2-1/2 2-1/2
Eye Bolt Part No. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 47046 47046 47046
(2 Req’d.) Weight ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 1/2 1/2
Steel Manifold Part No. 52423 52423 52423 52423 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Assembly Weight 45 45 45 45 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
No. Req’d. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Specify: (1) Name and number of assembly or part. (1) 2 sets inner and outer seals for each
(2) Connections, if other than standard. pipe or wire line size.
(3) Pipe or wire line size. (2) 6 complete sets “O” Ring seals.
(4) Any desired spares or optionals, by name and number. (3) 2 complete sets non-extrusion and seal
protector rings.
*One Ram Assembly included with each Blowout Preventer. Additional assemblies are required for each pipe or wire line size.
++ Does not include Ram insert.
17
Bowen Universal Blowout Preventers
Type Single Twin Twin Single Twin
1.900 1.900 2-7/8 5-9/16 5-9/16
Maximum Size Pipe Will Pack Off O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D
Tubing Tubing Tubing Tubing Tubing
Internal Diameter (Inches) 2-9/16 2-9/16 4-1/16 7-1/16 7-1/16
Working Pressure P.S.I. 15.000 15.000 10.000 10.000 10.000
2-9/16 2-9/16 4-1/16 7-1/16 7-1/16
API 6 API 6 API 6 API 6 API 6
Standard Connection Bx Bx Bx Bx Bx
15,000# 15,000# 10,000# 10,000# 10,000#
Flanges Flanges Flanges Flanges Flanges
Complete Assembly Part No. 80214 80242 77140 66260 78828
Weight 400 760 1350 1385 2295
Replacement Parts
Part No. 59819 59819 47036 49790 49790
Ram Assembly Weight 22 22 48 75 75
No. Req’d 1 Set 2 Sets 2 Sets 1 Set 2 Sets
Part No. 59831 59831 47050 49774 49774
Inner Seal (W/O Insert) Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d 2 4 4 2 4
Part No. 59832 59832 43603 49775 49775
Outer Seal Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d 2 4 4 2 4
Part No . 80215 80248 78508 66261 78829
Body Weight 225 535 905 805 1405
No. Req’d 1 2 2 1 2
Part No. 12836 12836 43600 43600 43600
Handle Nut Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/2 1/2
No. Req’d 2 4 4 2 4
Part No. 48382 48382 43596 48382 48382
Snap Ring Weight 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 1
No. Req’d 2 4 4 2 4
Part No. 48758 48758 48758 48758 48758
Thread Protector Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d 4 8 8 4 8
Eye Bolt Part No. NR NR NR 66313 66313
(2 Req’d.) Weight 1/2 1/2
Part No. 60166 60166 43591 49764 49764
Actuator Cylinder Weight 3 3 7 13 13
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 4
Part No. 59822 59822 81965 51127 51127
Stem Weight 3 3 5 8 8
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 4
Part No. 59823 59823 47039 49766 49766
Piston Weight 5 5 7 10 10
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 4
Part No. 59824 59824 81968 49767 49767
Piston Nut Weight 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2 1/2
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 4
Part No. 59825 59825 81966 49768 49768
Stem Indicator Weight 2 2 2-1/2 3 3
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 4
Part No. 59826 59826 47042 49770 49770
Race Ring Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. 4 8 8 4 8
Part No. 59827 59827 47043 49771 49771
End Cap Weight 10 10 14 20 20
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 4
Part No. 59828 59828 43607 49772 49772
End Cap Nut Weight 11-1/2 11-1/2 6-1/2 10 10
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 4
Part No. 59830 59830 47044 49773 49773
Ram Body Weight 8 8 20 35 35
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 4
Part No …….. 60280 60280 47048 50762 50762
Ram Guide Weight 1 1 1 1 1
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 4
Part No. 50476 50476 13486 50775 50775
Ram Key Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. 2 4 4 2 4
Part No. 64219 64219 64219 64220 64220
Ram Key Cap Screw Weight 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32
No. Req’d. 4 8 8 2 4
Part No. 64226 64226 64227 64227 64227
Retainer Screw Weight 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
No. Req’d. 4 8 8 4 8
18
Optional Accessories Extra
Piston Nut Spanner Wrench Part No . 50532 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Weight 6-1/2 ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Hand Pump Part No. 35090 35090 35090 49800 49800
Weight 35 35 35 35 35
Packing Set Part No. 72559 80250 80251 66264 66264
Weight 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8
How To Order: Recommended Spares: Special Notes:
Specify: (1) 2 Sets Inner and Outer Seals for each Pipe Working Pressure of Blowout Preventer must be
(1) Name and Number of Assembly or Part. or Wire Line Size. reduced to that of the Flanges when supplied
(2) Connections, if other than Standard. (2) 6 Complete Sets “O” Ring Seals. with Optional Flanges of lesser Working Pressure
(3) Pipe or Wire Line Size. (3) 1 Ram Assembly for each size Line or Pipe than the rated Working Pressure of the Blowout
(4) Any Desired Spares or Optionals, by to be sealed off. Preventer.
Name and Number.
Bowen Universal Blowout Preventers (Continued)

*Optional Flanges
Top And Bottom Flanges
For 2-9/16" **2-1/2" **3" 2-9/16" 2-9/16" 2-9/16"
I.D. 50460 A.P.I. Type 6B A.P.I. Type 6B 6 BX 6 BX 6 BX
Assembly 5,000 # 5,000 # 15,000 # 15,000 # 10,000 #
(Series 1500) (Series 1500) Open Face Studded Open Face
Weight EA. 40 50
For 4-1/16" **4" 6" **6" 4-1/16" 4-1/16"
I.D. 47034 A.P.I. Type 6B A.P.I. Type 6B A.P.I. Type 6B Std. 6 BX 6 BX
Assembly 5,000 # 5,000 # 3,000 # Open Face 10,000 #
(Series 1500) (Series 1500) (Series 900) 10,000 # W.P. W.P. Studded
Weight EA. 150 360 230 180 180
Side Outlet Flanges

**2" 1-13/16"
For 2-9/16" A.P.I. Type 6B A.P.I.
I.D. 50460 5,000 # 6 Bx
Assembly (Series 1500) 15,000 #
Flanges
Weight EA. 30 30
2-1/16" **2" 2" **2-1/2" **2-1/2" **3" 3"
For 4-1/16" A.P.I. A.P.I. Type 6B A.P.I. A.P.I. Type 6B A.P.I. A.P.I. Type 6B A.P.I. Type 6B
I.D. 47034 10,000 # 5,000. # 10,000 # 5,000 # 10,000 # 3,000 # 5,000 #
Assembly 6 BX (Series 1500) (Series 2900) (Series 1500) (Series 2900) (Series 900) (Series 1500)
Weight EA. 63 55 70 80 95 65 95
* NOTE: Flanges listed apply for H2S Service also.

** NOTE: Working pressure of Blowout Preventer must be reduced to that of the Flanges when supplied with Optional Flanges
of lesser working pressure than the rated working pressure of the Blowout Preventer.
20
SNUBBING BLOWOUT PREVENTERS
Snubbing Blowout Preventers

General Description Operation forced until the upper tubing upset rests
Bowen Snubbing Blowout Preventers are Bowen Snubbing Preventers can be on the top ram. The second ram is
ram type, specifically designed to seal operated by means of a Bowen Hydrau- closed and the pressure bled down to
off tubing strings during well servicing lic Hand Pump Assembly, or the cus- zero, relieving the top set of rams.
operations which require snubbing tomer’s hydraulic system. The pump can
tubing or pipe into or out of a well under be equipped with the necessary valves, Ample time should be allowed to bleed
pressure. They may also be used for gages, hoses, fittings and couplings pressure before moving rams. Rams
other types of severe oilwell service needed to attach and operate the blow- moving with pressure results in excessive
operations. out preventer (see below.) damage to the seals, especially to the
outer seals.
Bowen Snubbing Blowout Preventers are Connect the hydraulic supply system
available in four standard sizes having to the Preventer. (See Figure 2, page 15.) NOTE: To avoid damage to rams, pressure
must be equalized across the rams before
riser bore diameters of 29/16", 33/16", Connect one hose to the “Open Bonnet -
opening, regardless of pipe size or
41/16" and 71/16" (for use with tubing or Close Ram” port and one hose to the
pressure.
casing up to 51/2" outside diameter). “Close Bonnet - Open Ram” port. Apply
Top and bottom connections are flanged. 100 to 200 psi of pressure to “Open During operation, it may become
Studded side outlet flanges are provided Bonnet – Close Ram” port. It may take necessary to change inserts in the upper
to be used for equalization, bleed-off, a few minutes to purge system of air. rams. The third and fourth safety rams
reverse circulation, etc. These blowout are closed. The pressure is relieved by
CAUTION: Do not apply pressure to rams
preventers are available with pressure opening the bleed off valve. The inserts
without making sure rams have been
rating up to and including 20,000 psi. properly dressed for pipe or tubing O.D. to are changed and the uppermost rams
See Specifications on page 19 for be sealed. are closed. Pump pressure is applied to
pressure ratings. the upper manifold with sufficient
After the rams have completely closed, pressure to balance the pressure above
The Blowout Preventer rams are hydrau- reposition hand pump valve and pump and below rams in the safety preventers
lically actuated, permitting them to be the rams open. Check into bore to make and the rams are opened and stripping
controlled from a remote location. The certain that both rams have been fully operations can continue.
two opposed rams seal off against the retracted.
tubing or pipe. The rams are grooved It may be necessary to abandon the
to match the size of tubing or pipe. In a field operation where a stack of stripping operation. This is done by
A hydraulically actuated ram extraction preventers are used, the stripping rams closing safety rams and actuating the
system permits easy servicing, removal are used in the two upper preventers cutter rams, shearing the pipe. The pipe
and replacement of rams and ram (See Fig. 1, page 14.) The second ram is retained within the snubbing unit and
components. is closed and the pipe is forced into the raised enough to allow the blind rams to
well until the tubing upset rests on the be closed and the pressure in the entire
Manual stem actuators permit closure ram. Then the top ram is closed and the system above the blind rams is vented,
of the rams in case of hydraulic system second ram is opened. The tubing is allowing the snubbing rig to be removed.
failure. The manual stem actuators also
can be used to lock the rams closed Note: When shipping blowout preventers,
during shut-down periods. pump rams closed and run stem locks in
to prevent damage during transit.
A typical set-up for snubbing operations
is indicated on Figure 1, page 14.
Figure 1
Jar in Closed Position
3
Problem Solving 2. Check piston rods. If any of the 4. Check inner seal.
NOTE: When field service is required, take seals described below are dam- (a) Check inner seal (47) for
special care in keeping parts clean and aged, it will cause the hydraulic excessive wear.
dry. Protect parts to prevent any nicks or system to become balanced. If the
scratches from occurring on seal surfaces. (b) If inner seal has the thru bolt type
system becomes balanced, the
If more information is needed, refer to retainer screws (48), check the fit
rams and bonnets will not function.
Disassembly and Assembly Procedures. where screw passes thru rubber.
(a) If piston rods (16 and 19) have It should be snug.
NOTE: The following instructions will refer
to a part name with an item number in been reversed at assembly, the C.Rams Pinch or Mark Tubing
parenthesis. The item number will be in hydraulic system will operate in 1. Check pipe or tubing bore in ram for
reference to the part in the exploded view reverse. correct bore size. If bore size is
on page 13. larger than the pipe, the corner of
(b) Check piston rods (16 and 19),
A. Rams Will Not Move – Pressure piston head seals (12) and seal the inner seal retainer plate extend-
Plates (Bonnets) Will Not Move
bores. ing beyond the face of the ram
1. Check hydraulic supply system. guide could pinch or mark the pipe.
(a) Check to see that hydraulic (c) Check piston rod sleeve seals
hoses are properly connected (10 and 11) and seal bores. 2. Check keys in rams for wear; also
to preventer. check keyway in body. If key or key-
(d) Check piston sleeve seals (18) way is severely worn, it can cause
(b) If hydraulic hoses are reversed, and seal bores. the ram to be cocked in ram bore,
rams will operate in reverse. If causing the ram to engage the pipe
(e) Check piston seals (15) and seal
the control valve in the hydraulic improperly.
bores.
system is set to close, the ram
D.Well Fluids Leaking Out
will open; or, if already open, B.Rams Will Not Seal
of Weep Hole
they will not move. (See Figure 2, 1. Check hydraulic supply system. 1. Lip seal (35) damaged. Energize
page 15.) To correct, reverse (a) Use the same procedure as the plastic packing by removing the
hoses at preventer body. “Rams Will Not Move,” above. pipe plug (25) and turning the
(b) Make sure pressure being plastic packing screw (26) down
(c) Check oil level in hand pump or
applied to hydraulic system is until the leak stops. Replace lip seal
supply system.
enough to overcome friction as soon as possible.
(d) Check quick-disconnects to see drag on ram mechanism and NOTE: No lip seal required on 29/16" size.
if, when connected, they are well pressure on piston area of
allowing the oil to pass. E. Hydraulic Oil Leaking Out
stem. of Weep Hole
(e) Oil volume is also critical. Check 1. Stem seal (30) damaged; replace
2. Check to be sure rams are not
to see that all fittings have at seal.
closing on an upset.
least the same size inside F. Well Fluids Leaking Between
diameter as the quick discon 3. Check outer seal. Preventor Body and Pressure Plate
(Bonnet)
nect couplings furnished from (a) Make sure outer seal (46) com-
1. Pressure Plate (Bonnet) Seal (32)
National Oilwell. pletely contacts the ram bore.
damaged; replace seal.
NOTE: When using a hand pump with a (b) Check ram bore for scratches G.Hydraulic Oil Leaking Around
small reservoir, it may be necessary to refill and galling in upper half, where Stem Extension
reservoir several times. the inner and outer seals contact 1. Stem Extension Seal (5) damaged;
the ram bore. Scratches below replace seal.
the rubber are permissible as
long as the rams can move
freely.
4
Rear Body
Stem Lock End Plate
Stem
Pressure Plate Bolt

Piston
Handle
Bonnets
Quick Disconnect Coupling
Preventer Body
H. Preventer Will Not Close Manually Construction Shop Maintenance

1. Check valve on pump or supply Bowen Snubbing Blowout Preventers are NOTE: The body of the Bowen Snubbing
system for correct position. If valve constructed from specially heat treated Blowout Preventer and all other parts are
is in ram open position, hydraulic oil alloy steel which permits them to be manufactured from alloy steel and heat
cannot be forced back into reser- used for H2S (Hydrogen Sulfide) service, treated under NACE Specifications covering
voir. This will cause hydraulic oil to H2S (Hydrogen Sulfide) service. This means
as well as standard service. They feature
be trapped, locking the preventer. that most of the parts are relatively soft,
high pressure handling capability
which makes them easily damaged if not
I. Shear Rams Not Cutting incorporated into a compact, lightweight handled with proper care. The body of this
1. Check shear blades to see that cut- piece of equipment as compared to blowout preventer is the most expensive
ting edge has not been damaged other Blowout Preventers. Their unique part of the assembly. Care should be taken
(cutting edge rolled over, dull, or design allows the rams to be quickly to prevent any unnecessary abuse to the
chipped.) Check to assure correct and easily changed from job to job or body.
size of shear blade is used. during an extended snubbing operation
CAUTION: When field service is required,
2. Make sure sufficient hydraulic where inner seal and insert change is take special care in keeping parts clean and
pressure is used. necessary. dry. Protect parts to prevent any nicks or
scratches from occurring on seal surfaces.
J. Slip Rams Not Holding
1. Check wickered slips for condition
of wickers (dull, flattened, filled with
well deposits). WICKERS MUST BE
SHARP.
2. Make sure sufficient hydraulic

pressure is used.
5
NOTE: The following instructions will refer 1. With preventer in the shop, make 7. Remove pressure plate (bonnet)
to a part name with an item number in sure it is resting on a flat area so it will seals (32) and discard them.
parenthesis. The item number will be in remain stable during the service oper-
reference to the part in the exploded NOTE: Due to high pressures encountered,
ation. Also, be sure to place a piece pressure plate (bonnet) seals (32) should
illustration on page 13.
of 3/4" thick plywood approximately be changed after each job and when
To help prevent Ram and Ram Bore 24" x 24" between floor and lower leakage occurs during a job.
damage: flange to prevent damage to flange
face. 8. With a high pressure washer, clean
1. Check for burrs on ram body (45). the ram and riser bores thoroughly.
2. Disconnect quick release pins (24) Remove any well fluids from the
2. Check Inner Seal Retainer Plates for
and remove handles (1). preventer. Also, wash pressure plate
proper positioning.
3. Using an impact wrench and socket (bonnet) faces as well as the entire
3. Check inner seal position in ram outside surface of the preventer. Eye
or hammer wrench and hammer,
body. If inner seal is shifted over to protection should be worn during this
remove the four pressure plate bolts
one side due to improper molding operation!
(29) on each side of preventer.
or machine work, inner seal retainer
Pressure Plate (Bonnet) Bolts (29) NOTE: It is important that the ram and riser
plates could scratch ram bore.
should be cleaned in solvent and bores are properly cleaned because certain
4. Never operate rams before pressure inspected for any damage that might well fluids are highly corrosive and will
has been equalized. Allow ample have occurred during its last job. damage the preventer.
time for pressure to equalize after If threads are burred, use a three 9. With a pressure tip on an air hose,
opening equalizer valve. cornered file to remove burrs. Grease blow out ram and riser bores, as well
threads and set bolts on work bench as pressure plates (bonnets) and
5. Do not hit rams with collars or upsets.
for later assembly. outside of preventer. Eye protection
This will cause the rams to swell,
scratching the ram bore. 4. Attach hydraulic supply system should be worn during this operation!
to preventer and apply pressure to 10. With a home-made swab (broom
NOTE: Due to highly corrosive well fluids,
“Open Bonnet – Close Ram” port. handle with shop rags taped to one
improper maintenance can cause ram and
ram bore damage. Flush out riser and ram (See Figure 2, page 15). It may take end), grease riser bore. Grease the
bores after each job. a few minutes to purge system of air. ram bores thoroughly. Care should
Air in the hydraulic system causes the be taken not to cut a hand on a burr
Under normal operation of this Blowout preventer to be sluggish in opening. in keyway at the bottom of the ram
Preventer, it is not necessary to com- If the preventer does not open, make bores. Also grease the pressure plate
pletely redress after each job, but certain sure hose is attached to the “Close (bonnet) seal area.
routine service is required. After each Bonnet – Open Ram” connection.
job, the following steps should be taken Without the hose attached, the quick 11. Wipe excessive well deposits off the
to lengthen the life of the preventer and disconnect coupling will seal off, rams.
to keep it operating properly and safely. blocking the hydraulic system and NOTE: It is important that during this entire
NOTE: The following instructions will refer making the preventer impossible to procedure, the rams rest on a soft material
to a part name with an item number in open. to prevent damage.
parenthesis. The item number will be in
5. With both pressure plates (bonnets) 12. With a small screwdriver, clean mud
reference to the part in the exploded
illustration on page 13. (31) pumped fully open, remove the from hex socket of inner seal retainer
rams by lifting them straight up. (See screw (48) so Allen wrench can be
Figure 3, page 15.) inserted.
6. Set the rams on a work table. Make 13. With the proper size Allen socket and
sure the rams are resting on their ratchet or Allen wrench, remove the
backs or stem slot end. Rams may two (2) inner seal retainer screws
be redressed later. (48).
6
14. Remove the inner seal (47). If the for galling. Inspect key in bottom of 22. Install pressure plate (bonnet) seals
inner seal insert combination appears ram for burrs or damage due to wear. (32). See Figure 5, page 15.
to be in good shape, clean with shop If burrs are present, deburr using
23. Lower the rams back into place on
rag soaked in light solvent (not harsh) fine tooth flat file. If key is badly worn,
the stems. See Figure 3, page 15.
and lightly grease. Lay on clean rag replace it. Key may be hard to
on work bench to be assembled later. remove due to close tolerance fit. NOTE: Make sure keys (49) are aligned with
The key can normally be removed by keyways in body to prevent damage to ram
NOTE: Due to roughness of most pipe, the or preventer during closing of pressure
inner seal (47) and/or the insert will need to lightly tapping it with a hammer while
pulling up with a pair of pliers. Wash plates (bonnets).
be replaced.
ram again to remove metal filings and 24. Apply hydraulic pressure to “Close
15. Clean and inspect inner seal retainer blow off with air hose. Eye protection Bonnet – Open Ram” port. The
screws (48). See that the threads are should be worn any time a pressure preventer should close. See Figure 2,
in good shape. Also check the allen nozzle is used to blow off parts. Thor- page 15.
hex to see that the hex has not dis- oughly grease the entire surface of
torted from being over torqued. On NOTE: Be sure to move rams slowly until
the ram.
newer style rams, the retainer screw ram keys have engaged keyways in body.
(48) passes through the inner seal 18. Repeat steps 11 thru 17 on other
25. Install the pressure plate bolts (29)
and fits into a blind hole on the oppo- ram.
and torque to 2,500 ft. lbs.
site side of the ram body. Due to the 19. With ram resting on work bench, key
well pressure, they sometimes bend. 26. If preventer is to be stored, blind
down against table, install outer seal.
Check for straightness of lower shaft flanges should be greased and
Make sure outer seal fits properly.
of screw. If bent, replace with new installed on all body flanges to pro-
This can be checked by running your
screw or screws. tect internal surfaces as well as to
finger around the edge of the outer
protect the flange faces.
16. Using a screwdriver, carefully insert seal to determine if the same amount
the blade between the area where the of rubber extends out past the ram NOTE: It is advisable to fill entire preventer
body. with Diesel fuel if preventer is to be stored
inner seal and outer seal make con-
for a lengthy time.
tact. Pry out outer seal so it can be 20. Install inner seal in Ram Body. No
removed from ram. (See Figure 4, problem should be encountered if old Complete Disassembly
page 15). With a shop rag soaked in inner seal is to be used again. If a Before starting, make sure that the
light (not harsh) solvent, clean outer new inner seal of the wear insert type proper tools are available for complete
seal and inspect for damage to deter- is to be used, the wear insert must disassembly and assembly (see Tool
mine if it can be used again. If outer first be installed in the inner seal. This List, page 23). Have a clean work bench
seal appears to be in good condition, can be done by pressing the insert available and make sure the top is
wipe with grease and lay it on a clean tightly into the seal. Lay the inner seal covered with cardboard or some type
shop rag to be assembled later. on its side on the work bench and of soft material that will prevent damage
17. Clean ram thoroughly in solvent and drive small finishing nails through the to parts. Complete disassembly of
inspect for damage. Check ram for four holes in the plate into the wear the snubbing blowout preventer should
burrs around outer seal and inner insert. This will keep the insert from follow the sequence below.
seal slots. Burrs can be removed by blowing out under pressure. Install
inner seal, wear insert assembly in CAUTION: When field service is required,
using a fine tooth flat file. Remember take special care in keeping parts clean and
the material is soft, so light strokes ram body. With inner seal properly
dry. Protect parts to prevent any nicks or
on the file are all that are needed to positioned, install retainer screws.
scratches from occurring on seal surfaces.
remove burrs. Inspect around the Do not overtighten screws.
outside of the ram for galling. If ram 21. Repeat steps 19 thru 20 on other
or sealing pocket is severely galled, ram.
replace the ram. Also, inspect the
sealing pocket in the front of the ram
7
NOTE: The following instructions will refer 6. Attach hydraulic supply system to NOTE: It is suggested that a hex head allen
to a part name with an item number in preventer and apply pressure to socket and break-over handle be used for
parenthesis. The item number will be in “Open Bonnet – Close Ram” port. safety, but an allen wrench and cheater pipe
reference to the part in the exploded view See Figure 2, page 15. It may take a few or hammer may be used. If allen wrench
on page 13. The item number in all figures is used, a 12- or 15-inch cheater pipe will
minutes to purge system of air,
will correspond with the item numbers in assist in breaking the bolts loose. A ham-
so do not be alarmed if preventer is
the exploded illustration. mer may also be used to tap the allen
sluggish in opening. If preventer does wrench. Care should be taken in either
1. With preventer in the shop, make not open, make sure the hose is case.
sure it is resting on a flat area so it attached to the “Close Bonnet –
will remain stable during the service Open Ram” connection. Without the Carefully swing rear body away from
operation. Also, be sure to place a hose attached, the quick disconnect pressure plate, using hoist to support
piece of 3/4" thick plywood approxi- coupling will seal off, blocking the weight. If rear body (6) offers resist-
mately 24" x 24" between floor and hydraulic system and making the ance due to friction drag of seals on
lower flange to prevent damage to preventer impossible to open. internal bores, a large screwdriver
flange face. may be inserted at seam, where
7. With both pressure plates (bonnets) pressure plate and rear body are
2. Disconnect quick release pin (24) (31) pumped fully open, remove the joined, to pry body loose.
and remove handle (1). rams by lifting them straight up.
See Figure 3, page 15. Place rams on NOTE: When separating rear body (6), be
3. Using proper wrench or socket, careful not to let piston rod sleeves (9) fall
a work table. Make sure rams are
remove the hex nuts (23) and the out, causing damage to seal surfaces.
sitting on their backs with inner seal
stem lock end plate (2) from the
slot in an upward position. Rams may Piston rod sleeves (9) may stay in
pressure plate (bonnet) assembly.
be redressed later. either the rear body (6) or the pres-
See Figure 6, page 15.
sure plate (31) when rear body is
8. Remove pressure plate (bonnet)
4. Wash the stem (4) and stem end removed. Set piston rod sleeves (9)
seals (32) and discard them.
plate (2) in solvent. Inspect stem lock aside for later cleaning and inspec-
shaft (4) for straightness and condition. The main piston sleeve (17)
tion of threads. End plate (2) should NOTE: Due to high pressures encountered, could also stay in either the rear body
not be damaged unless stem lock pressure plate (bonnet) seals (32) should (6) or the pressure plate (31). Set
threads show wear or galling. be changed after each job, or anytime aside for later cleaning and inspec-
damage or leakage occurs while redressing tion.
5. Using an impact wrench and socket the rams during a job.
or hammer wrench and hammer, 10. Using an ice pick or similar tool,
remove the four pressure plate bolts 9. Push the pressure plate (bonnet)
remove the extension seal (5). Wash
(29) on each side of preventer, eight assemblies about half closed. This
rear body thoroughly with solvent and
bolts total. Pressure Plate (Bonnet) allows the weight of the assemblies
rinse with water. Inspect seal bores
Bolts (29) should be cleaned in sol- to be closer to the main body so that
for damage. Oil seal bores and store
vent and inspected for any damage during disassembly or rear body (6)
for later assembly.
that might have occurred during its from pressure plate (31), no unneces-
sary load is put on piston rod shafts. 11. Wash piston rod (9) and main piston
last job. Check threads. If threads are
Attach a chain hoist hook to eyebolt sleeves (17) in solvent and rinse with
burred, use a three-cornered file to
(7) on rear body (6) and take up slack water.
remove burrs. Grease threads and
set bolts on hex end on work bench in chain. Using hex allen socket and
Remove seals and inspect seal sur-
for later assembly. break-over handle or allen wrench
faces for burrs. Burrs, if damage is
and hammer, remove the eight rear
not too severe, can be removed by
body retainer bolts (3). See Figure 7,
using a fine tooth flat file or fine
page 16. Drain pan should be put
emery cloth to polish burred areas.
under rear body to catch hydraulic
Oil sleeves and lay on work bench for
oil from rear body.
later assembly.
8
12. Remove the set screws (20) from 16. Slide the piston rods (16 and 19) er in later service. With a pressure tip
the stem extension (8) which looks from pressure plate (bonnet). on an air hose, blow out ram and
the extension to the stem (38). Remove and discard all seals. Wash riser bores as well as outside of
See Figure 20, page 18. Use crescent piston rods (16 and 19) in solvent preventer. Eye protection should be
wrench if stem and extension offers and inspect for galling or burrs. worn during this operation!
any resistance due to friction drag. Remove any burrs that might scratch
With a home-made swab (broom
Use one on flats at ram end of stem, seal bore or cut seals, using fine
handle with shop rags taped on one
and one on the 1/2-inch-long, 1-inch- tooth file or emery cloth. After
end), grease riser bore. Grease the
square at the end of the extension. deburring, wash in solvent.
ram bores thoroughly. Care should
17. Using retainer ring pliers, remove be taken not to cut hand on a burred
CAUTION: Do not use a wrench or pliers on lip seal retainer (37) and washer (36) area around the keyway in the bottom
seal areas. from pressure plate (bonnet) (31). of the ram bores.
13. Slip the piston (13) from stem (38). Remove and discard lip seal (35)
20. Wipe excessive well deposits off the
Remove I.D. O-Ring (14) and O.D. (not necessary on 29/16" size) and
rams.
Seal (15) from piston (13). Wash pis- back up ring (34). Using a bent blade
screwdriver, remove plastic packing NOTE: It is important that during this entire
ton and extension in solvent; inspect
seal (33), Figure 10, page 16. Using an procedure the rams rest on a soft material
seal areas and threads for galling or
ice pick or similar tool, remove stem to prevent damage.
burrs. Remove any burrs, using fine
tooth flat file or emery cloth. Be care- seal (30) from pressure plate. Inspect 21. With a small screwdriver, clean mud
ful not to over-file or polish. Wash all seal areas for burrs or damage. from hex socket of inner seal retainer
parts to remove metal filings. Remove any burrs that are found. screws (48) so allen wrench can be
Wash with solvent; rinse with water inserted. With the proper size allen
14. Remove socket pipe plug (25) locat- to remove metal filings. Lightly oil and socket and ratchet or allen wrench,
ed in top of pressure plate (bonnet) place on pallet for later assembly. remove two (2) inner seal retainer
(31). Remove plastic packing screw
18. Repeat sequence 9 through 17 for screws (48). Remove the inner seal
(26). Remove plastic packing (27). If
removing opposite side. (47). If inner seal-insert combination
plastic packing (27) has been ener-
appears to be in good shape, clean
gized, clean out socket with screw 19. Remove quick-disconnect couplings with shop rag soaked in light solvent
driver so allen wrench can be insert- (44) from preventer body. Remove (not harsh) and lightly grease. Lay it
ed. Remove plastic packing check and discard piston rod seal (39) in on work bench to be assembled later.
valve (28). preventer body (43). If preventer is
equipped with blind flanges (41), or NOTE: Due to roughness of most pipe, the
15. Install an eye bolt (with 1" NPT thread) inner seal (47) and/or the insert will usually
in plastic packing holes. Insert chain any other accessories on side out-
need to be replaced.
hoist hook in eye bolt and take up lets, they should be removed. Inspect
slack in chain until weight of pressure all side outlet studs (42) for damage; Inspect the retaining screw threads;
plate (bonnet) (31) has been reduced replace any damaged studs. With a also check the allen hex to see that
on piston rods (16 and 19). high pressure washer, clean the ram the hex has not distorted from being
and riser bores thoroughly. Remove over-torqued. On newer style rams,
CAUTION: Care should be taken not to turn any well fluids from the preventer. the retainer screw (48) passes
preventer over. Also, wash the entire outside surface through the inner seal (47) and fits
Remove piston rods (16 and 19) by of the preventer. Eye protection should into a blind hole on the opposite side
wrenching on wrench flats provided be worn during this operation! Flush of the ram body (45). Due to the well
on rods. See Figure 9, page 16. Lower out hydraulic ports to remove any pressure, they sometimes bend.
pressure plate (bonnet) to floor. trash that might damage the prevent- Check for straightness of lower shaft
of screw. If bent, replace with new
NOTE: If wrench flats are not exposed, push
screw or screws.
pressure plate (bonnet) toward preventer
body until wrench flats are exposed.
9
22. Using a screwdriver, carefully insert Assembly the taper in the seal groove and both
the blade between the area where the NOTE: The following instructions will refer protector rings are between the two non-
to a part name with an item number in
inner seal and outer seal make con- extrusion rings. Set rings before installing
parenthesis. The item number will be in
tact, and pry out outer seal so it can O-ring. Refer to Figure 14, page 17. Insert
reference to the part in the exploded
be removed from ram. See Figure 4, illustration on page 13. the setting tool into the seal.
page 15. With a shop rag soaked in a
NOTE: Setting tool must be ordered separ-
light (not harsh) solvent, clean outer CAUTION: When field service is required, ately. Specify riser bore when ordering.
seal and inspect for damage to deter- take special care in keeping parts clean and
mine if it can be used again. If outer dry. Protect parts to prevent any nicks or Use a hammer and tap the setting tool
seal appears to be in good condition, scratches from occurring on seal surfaces. thru the rings. Remove the setting tool
wipe with grease and lay it aside to and separate the two copper protector
1. Install All Seals and O-Rings
be assembled later. rings, using a bent end screwdriver.
Plastic Packing Seal (33). The Plastic
Install the O-ring between the protector
23. Inspect key (49) in bottom of ram for Packing Seal is installed into the
rings.
burrs or damage due to wear. If burrs center bore of the Pressure Plate.
Piston Rod Seal
are present, deburr using fine tooth Refer to Figure 12, page 16. The seal
The Piston Rod Seal (39) consists of one
flat file. If key (49) is badly worn, re- should be cut on one side at approx-
“T” shaped seal and two plastic protec-
place it. Key may be hard to remove imately a 450° angle. Seal must be
tor rings. Two seals are to be installed
due to close tolerance fit. The key cut before installing. Refer to Figure
in each Pressure Plate and two in each
can normally be removed by lightly 11, page 16 and cut seal. Spread the
side of the Preventer Body. Insert the “T”
tapping it with a hammer while pulling seal apart by pinching the seal
seal into the seal groove. Separate the
up with a pair of pliers. between the thumb and index finger.
Protector Ring and place one end in the
Push one end of the seal into the
24. Check ram for burrs around outer back groove of the “T” seal. Follow the
center bore of the Pressure Plate until
seal and inner seal slots. Burrs can circle of the ring with the index finger
it rests in the seal groove. Refer to
be removed using a fine tooth flat file. and thread the ring into position. Refer
Figure 10, page 16. Working in a clock-
Remember the material is soft, so to Figure 15, page 17. Locate the end of
wise direction with a bent end screw-
only light strokes on the file are need- the ring in the forward groove of the
driver, push the seal completely into
ed. Inspect around the outside of the “T” seal and install the same as the first.
the groove.
ram for galling. Also inspect the seal- See Figure 16, page 17 for position. After
Lip Seal
ing pocket in the front of the ram for assembly, be sure the beveled ends of the
The lip seal is to be installed from the
galling, due to normal snubbing of Protector Ring match.
same side of Pressure Plate as the Plas-
pipe or tubing over a period of time. Piston Rod Head Seals
tic Packing Seal. Install the Back-up Ring
If sealing pocket is severely galled, The Piston Rod Head Seals (12) install
(34) into the groove. With the lip facing
replace the ram. Wash rams to the same as the Piston Rod Seals above.
out, push the Lip Seal (35) into place. Lip
remove metal filings and blow off with Refer to Figures 15 and 16, page 17.
Seal should fit snug. Install Retainer Ring
air hose. Eye protection should be worn
(36) and secure with Snap Ring (37). Piston Seals
any time a pressure nozzle is used to Insert one O-Ring (14) in the I.D. seal
blow off parts. Thoroughly grease the NOTE: Lip Seal not required on 29/16" size. groove of the piston. The O.D. Seal (15)
entire surface of rams and place on Stem Seal consists of two non-extrusion rings and
clean shop rag on work bench. The Stem Seal (30) consists of two seal one O-Ring. Install the O.D. seal same as
protectors, two non-extrusion rings and the Stem Seal. Refer to Figure 13, page 17
one O-ring. Refer to Figure 13, page 17. for position. No setting operation is
Slip one of the two non-extrusion rings necessary.
into the seal groove. Install the two
copper protector rings. Slip the second
non-extrusion ring into place. Be sure the
non-extrusion ring’s taper matches with
10
Sleeve Seals Place an eyebolt into the plastic 6. Ram Assembly
Install two O-Rings, one large (10), one packing port. Attach a chain hoist With ram resting on a clean shop rag,
small (11), to each Piston Rod Sleeve hook to the eyebolt. Lift the Pressure install outer seal. Make sure the outer
(9). Place two O-Rings (18) on the Piston Plate into position near the Preventer seal fits by running your finger around
Sleeve. Body (see Figure 9, page 16). Slide the body at all locations.
Rear Body Seal Piston Rods thru the Pressure Plate
If the old inner seal is to be reused,
1. Install one O-Ring (5) in the center and thread into the Preventer Body.
no problem should be encountered.
bore of the Rear Body (6). For the Preventer to work properly,
If a new inner seal of the wear insert
piston rods must be connected to the
NOTE: Use hydraulic oil on all seals and type is to be used, the wear insert
correct port. Use the wrench area and
Itcolube on all threads during assembly. must first be installed. Press the
tighten the Piston Rods. See Figure 21,
insert tightly into the seal, then drive
2. Pressure Plate Assembly page 18.
four small finishing nails through the
Insert the Stem (38) thru the lip seal
Slide the Piston Rod Sleeves over the four holes in the plate into the insert.
in Pressure Plate (31). Be sure lip on
Piston Rods, inserting the O-ring end This will keep the inserts from dis-
seal does not fold under.
of sleeve into pressure plate. See lodging as the ram is released. See
Place the Piston Sleeve (17) on a Figure 22, page 18. Figure 25, page 12.
work bench with the seal toward the
5. Preventor Body Assembly After the wear insert is installed, posi-
top. Slip the Piston (13), raised side
Wrap the thread of the quick-discon- tion the inner seal (47) in the ram
up, into the Piston Sleeve. Install the
nect coupler (44) with one turn of body (45). Install and tighten retainer
Piston end Piston Sleeve over thread
Teflon tape and thread into body, screws (48). Do not overtighten. Insert
end of Stem (see Figure 17, page 17).
tighten. Reinstall blind flange (41) or key (49) and secure with retainer
Apply pressure to sleeve, forcing the
any other accessories, on the side screw (50). Repeat procedure 6 on
sleeve seal to engage in pressure
outlet, removed during disassembly. other ram. Install the pressure plate
plate. See Figure 18, page 17.
Be sure flange seal (40) is in good (bonnet) seals (32). See Figure 5, page
Thread the Stem Extension (8) onto condition. 15. Place the rams on the stems (38)
the Stem and tighten. Use wrenches in the preventer body. See Figure 3,
If preventer is to be stored, blind
on wrench areas as shown in Figure page 15. Attach hydraulic system as in
flanges should be greased and
19, page 18. Tighten set screws in Figure 2, page 15, and apply hydraulic
installed on body flanges to protect
stem extension (see Figure 20, page pressure to “Close Bonnet – Open
internal surfaces.
18). If the set screws do not tighten Ram” port.
down until they are flush with stem NOTE: It is advisable to fill entire preventer
CAUTION: Move rams and pressure plates
extension, back off set screws and with Diesel fuel if preventer is to be stored
(bonnets) slowly until ram keys engage
retighten stem and stem extension. for a lengthy time.
keyways in body.
NOTE: The piston rod ends are stenciled to NOTE: Refer to page 23 for specifications
for rams. Install and tighten the eight pressure
indicate which port in the preventer body
plate bolts (29), four on each side.
the rods are to be connected. The preventer
Torque each bolt to 2,500 ft-lbs
body is stenciled on each side near the
hydraulic quick-coupler ports. maximum.
11
Finishing Nails Outer Seal (46)
Insert
Ram Body (45)
Snubbing (47)
Inner Seal F/Insert
Key (49)
Standard (47) Inner Seal

Key Retainer Screw (50)
Inner Seal
Retainer Screws (46)
Figure 25
12
Plastic Packing Set
Detailed Exploded View of Snubbing Blowout Preventer

Item No. Name of Part Item No. Name of Part
1 Handle 26 Plastic Packing Screw
2 Stem Lock End Plate 27 Plastic Sealant
3 Rear Body Retainer Screw 28 Plastic Packing Check Valve
4 Stem Lock 29 Pressure Plate Bolt
5 Stem Extension Seal 30 Stem Seal Consisting of:
6 Rear Body Non-Extrusion Ring
7 Eye Bolt Seal Protector Ring
8 Stem Extension Stem Seal
9 Piston Rod Sleeve 31 Pressure Plate
10 Piston Rod Sleeve (Large) 32 Seal Ring
11 Piston Rod Sleeve (Small) 33 Seal Ring (Plastic Packing)
12 Piston “T” Seal 34 Back-Up Ring }
13 Piston 35 Lip Seal } Set
14 Piston Seal - ID 36 Retaining Ring }
15 Piston Seal OD Consisting of: 37 Snap Ring
Non-Extrusion Ring 38 Stem
Seal Protector Ring 39 Rod “T” Seal
Piston OD Seal 40 Side Flange Seal Ring
16 Piston Rod (Open Port) 41 Blind Flange
17 Piston Sleeve 42 Stud and Nut
18 Piston Sleeve Seal 43 Body
19 Piston Rod (Close Port) 44 Quick Disconnect (Optional)
20 Set Screw 45 Ram Body Consists of:
21 Flat Washer 46 Outer Seal
22 Lock Washer 47 Snubbing Inner Seal F/Insert
23 Hex Nut 48 Inner Seal Retaining Screw
24 Quick-Release Pin 49 Ram Key
25 Socket Pipe Plug 50 Key Screw
13
Stripper
Hanger Flange
Equalizer Loop
Stripping Rams
Spacer Spool
Stripping Rams
Safety Rams
Safety Rams
Blind Rams
Cutter Rams
Figure 1
Typical Arrangement of Blowout Preventers
in Snubbing Operations
14
Close Bonnet – Open Ram Port
Open Bonnet – Close Ram Port
Hydraulic Valve
Figure 2
Figure 3 Figure 4
Figure 5 Figure 6
15
Figure 7 Figure 8
Figure 9 Figure 10
Figure 11 Figure 12
16
Steel Non-Extrusion Ring
(2 req’d)
Seal Protector Ring

(2 req’d)
6227 Series O-Ring
Figure 13 Figure 14
30° Angle
“T” Seal
Protector Rings
Body
Figure 15 Figure 16
Figure 17 Figure 18
17
Figure 19 Figure 20
Figure 21 Figure 22
Figure 23 Figure 24
18
Specifications and Replacement Parts
Bowen Snubbing Blowout Preventers
Riser Bore (Inches) 2-9/16" 3-1/16" 4-1/16" 4-1/16" Keyless 4-1/16" 7-1/16" 7-1/16"
Type of Service H2S H2S H2S H2S H2S H2S H2S
Type Single Single Single Single Twin Single Twin
Working Pressure (PSI) 20,000 20,000 15,000 20,000 15,000 10,000 10,000
Standard Connection 2-9/16" - 6 BX 3-1/16" - 6 BX 4-1/16" - 6 BX 4-1/16" - 6 BX 4-1/16" - 6 BX 7-1/16" - 6 BX 7-1/16" - 6 BX
20,000 PSI 20,000 PSI 5,000 PSI 20,000 PSI 15,000 PSI 10,000 PSI 10,000 PSI
W P Flange W P Flange W P Flange W P Flange W P Flange W P Flange W P Flange
Side Outlet 2-1/16" - 6 BX 2-1/16" - 6 BX 2-1/16" - 6 BX 2-1/16" - 6 BX 2-1/16" - 6 BX 2-1/16" - 6 BX 2-1/16" - 6 BX
20,000 PSI 20,000 PSI 15,000 PSI 20,000 PSI 15,000 PSI 10,000 PSI 10,000 PSI
W P Flange W P Flange W P Flange W P Flange W P Flange W P Flange W P Flange
Maximum Packoff (Inches) 1.9 O.D. 2-3/8" O.D. 2-7/8" O.D. 2-7/8" O.D. 2-7/8" O.D. 5-1/2" O.D. 5-1/2" O.D.
Tubing Tubing Tubing Tubing Tubing Casing Casing
Operation Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic
W / Manual W / Manual W / Manual W / Manual W / Manual W / Manual W / Manual
Stem Lock Stem Lock Stem Lock Stem Lock Stem Lock Stem Lock Stem Lock
Parts List
ItemNo. Description 2-9/16" 3-1/16" 4-1/16" 41/16 “Keyless 41/16 “Twin 7-1/16” 71/16 “Twin
Complete Assembly Part No. 79289 79926 78684 81296 79288 63642 70466
No. Req’d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 Handle Part No. 60478 60478 60478 60478 60478 60478 60478
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 Stem Lock End Plate Part No. 79606 78395 78395 78395 78395 78645 78645
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 4 4
3 Rear Body Retainer Screw Part No. 70060 60489 60489 60489 60489 66402 66402
No. Req’d 16 16 16 16 32 16 32
4 Stem Lock Part No. 79607 78400 78400 78400 78400 78400 78400
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
5 Stem Indicator Seal Part No. 568325 568325 568325* 568325 568325 568325 568325
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
6 Rear Body (Assembly) Part No. 79602 78687 78687 78687 78687 — —
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 — —
7 Eye Bolt Part No. 61633 61633 61633 61633 61633 61633 61633
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 Stem Extension Part No. 79605 78397 78397 78397 78397 78644 78644
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
9 Piston Rod Sleeve Part No. 70065 60475 60475 60475 60475 66397 66397
No. Req’d 4 4 4 4 8 4 8
10 Piston Rod Sleeve Seal Part No. 568231 568231 568231 568231 568231 568232 568232
(Large) No. Req’d 4 4 4 4 8 4 8
11 Piston Rod Sleeve Seal Part No. 568228 568228 568228 568228 568228 568228 568228
(Small) No. Req’d 4 4 4 4 8 4 8
12 Piston Sleeve Seal “T” Part No. 60483 60483 60483 60483 60483 60483 60483
No. Req’d 4 4 4 4 8 4 8
13 Piston Part No. 70064 60472 60472 60472 60472 60472 60472
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
14 Stem Seal (I.D.) Part No. 568220 568220 568220 568220 568220 568220 568220
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 8 2 4
When Ordering, Specify: Part Name, Part Number, Riser Bore, Connections.
# Stem Extension Seal
19
Specifications And Replacement Parts
Parts List [Continued]
Item No. Description 2-9/16" 3-1/16" 4-1/16" 41/16 “Keyless 41/16 “Twin 7-1/16” 71/16 “Twin
15 Piston O.D. Seal Consisting of:
Non-Extrusion Ring Part No. 216-65.5 216-58 216-58 216-58 216-58 216-58 216-58
No. Req’d 4 4 4 4 8 4 8
Seal Protector Ring Part No. 227-65 227-58 227-58 227-58 227-58 227-58 227-58
No. Req’d 4 4 4 4 8 4 8
Piston O.D. Seal Part No. 568438 568431 568431 568431 568431 568431 568431
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
16 Piston Rod (Open Port) Part No. 70058 60948 60948 60948 60948 66396 66396
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
17 Piston Sleeve Part No. 70061 60473 60473 60473 60473 66394 66394
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
18 Piston Sleeve Seal Part No. 568264 568260 568260 568260 568260 568261 568261
No. Req’d 4 4 4 4 8 4 8
19 Piston Rod (Close Port) Part No. 70057 60474 60474 60474 60474 66395 66395
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
20 Set Screw (Half Dog Point) Part No. 54769 54769 54769 54769 54769 54769 54769
No. Req’d 4 4 4 4 8 4 8
21 Flatwasher Part No. 55146 55146 55146 55146 55146 78649 78649
No. Req’d 4 4 4 4 8 4 8
22 Lockwasher Part No. 34644 34644 34644 34644 34644 55683 55683
No. Req’d 4 4 4 4 8 4 8
23 Hex Nut Part No. 30951 30951 30951 30951 30951 55682 55682
No. Req’d 4 4 4 4 8 4 8
24 Quick Release Pin Part No. 54350 54350 54350 54350 54350 54350 54350
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
25 Socket Pipe Plug Part No. 61942 61942 61942 61942 61942 61942 61942
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
26 Plastic Packing Screw Part No. 51118 23388 233882 23388 23388 23064 23064
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
27 Plastic Sealant Part No. 62025 62025 62025 62025 62025 62025 62025
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
28 Plastic Packing Check Valve Part No. 61940 61940 61940 61940 61940 61940 61940
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
29 Pressure Plate Bolt Part No. 70069 70069 60479 70069 60479 66400 66400
No. Req’d 8 8 8 8 16 8 16
30 Stem Seal Consisting of:
Non-Extrusion Ring Part No. 365-25 365-25 365-25 365-25 365-25 365-25 365-25
No. Req’d 4 4 4 4 8 4 8
Seal Protector Ring Part No. 375-25 375-25 375-25 375-25 375-25 375-25 375-25
No. Req’d 4 4 4 4 8 4 8
Stem Seal Part No. 568220 568220 568220 568220 568220 568220 568220
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 8 2 4
31 Pressure Plate Part No. 70062 79973 60469 146311 60469(Upper) 66392 66392
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 72206(Lower) 2 4
2 ea.
32 Body Seal Ring (Pressure Plate) Part No. 70056 73977 73977 146576 73977 66403 66403
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
33 Seal Ring (Plastic Packing) Part No. 61941 61941 61941 61941 61941 61941 61941
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
When Ordering, Specify: Part Name, Part Number, Riser Bore, Connections.
20
Parts List [Continued]
Item No. Description 2-9/16" 3-1/16" 4-1/16" 41/16" Keyless 41/16" Twin 7-1/16" 71/16" Twin
34 Back-Up Ring Part No. — 61937 61937 61937 61937 61937 61937
No. Req’d — 2 2 2 4 2 4
35 Lip Seal Part No. — 61936 (Opt.) 61936 61936 (Opt.) 61936 61936 61936
No. Req’d — 2 2 2 4 2 4
*35a Lip Seal W/Wire Mesh Back-Up Part No. — 146689 146689 (Opt.) 146689 146689 (Opt.) 146689 (Opt.) 146689 (Opt.)
No. Req’d — 2 2 2 4 2 4
36 Retaining Ring Part No. — 61938 61938 61938 61938 61938 61938
No. Req’d — 2 2 2 4 2 4
37 Snap Ring Part No. 70075 80979 80979 80979 80979 80979 80979
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
38 Stem Part No. 79604 78396 78396 78396 78396 78643 78643
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
38a Stem (Optional) Part No. 147054 147115 147115 147115 147115 147115 147115
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
39 Rod “T” Seal Part No. 60482 60482 60482 60482 60482 66401 66401
No. Req’d 8 8 8 8 16 8 16
40 Side Flange Seal Ring (BX-152) Part No. 70081 70081 70081 70081 70081 — 70081 (Opt.)
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 — —
41 Blind Flange (2-1/16) Part No. 77286 77286 80805 77286 80805 — 80877 (Opt.)
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 — —
42 Stud And Nut Part No. 70079 70079 80876 70079 80876 — 70972 (Opt.)
No. Req’d 16 16 16 16 32 — —
43 Body Part No. 70055 79927 60468 81297 70810 66391 70467
No. Req’d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
44 Piston Nut Retainer Screw Part No. 23666 23666 23666 23666 23666 — —
No. Req’d 2 2 4 4 8 — —
45 Race Ring Part No. — — — — 47042 — —
No. Req’d — — — — 8 — —
46 Guide Rod Part No. — — — 146313 — — —
No. Req’d — — — 2 — — —
47 Stencil Plate Part No. 80807 80807 80807 80807 80807 80807 80807
No. Req’d — — — — — — —
48 End Cap Part No. 79603 78489 78489 78489 78489 — —
No. Req’d 4 4 4 4 8 — —
49 Rear Bodies Part No. 70066 60470 60470 60470 60470 78642 78642
No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 4 2 2
50 Stem Seal Packing Set (Optional) Part No. 70077 — — — — — —
No. Req’d 2 — — — — — —
51 Studs & Nuts F/2 9/16 6 BX Part No. 70078 — — — — — —
20,000 W.P. Flange No. Req’d 8 — — — — — —
52 Seal Ring For 2 9/16 6 BX Part No. 70080 — — — — — —
20,000 W.P. Flange No. Req’d 2 — — — — — —
53 Blind Flange, 2 9/16 6 BX Part No. 77287 — — — — — —
20,000 W.P. No. Req’d 2 — — — — — —
54 Packing Set (Optional) Part No. 70063 62732 62732 196767 62732 63645 63645
No. Req’d 1 1 1 1 1 — —
21
Item No. Description 2-9/16" 3-1/16" 4-1/16" 41/16" Keyless 41/16" Twin 7-1/16" 71/16" Twin
55 Cut Off Ram Assembly (Optional) Part No. 71280 74720 74720 146472 — — —
(Specify Size) No. Req’d — — — — — — —
56 Ram Assembly (Optional) Part No. 70052 62731 — 146470 — 78068 78068
No. Req’d — — — — — — —
57 Impact Wrench (Optional) Part No. 72449 73449 72449 72449 72449 72449 72449
No. Req’d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
58 Space Wrench (Optional) Part No. 72450 72450 72450 72450 72450 72450 72450
No. Req’d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
59 Whip Hose (Optional) Part No. 72451 72451 72451 72451 72451 72451 72451
No. Req’d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
60 Socket Extension (Optional) Part No. 72452 72452 72452 72452 72452 72452 72452
No. Req’d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
61 Socket (Optional) Part No. 72453 72453 72453 72453 72453 72453 72453
No. Req’d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
62 Select-A-Torque (Optional) Part No. 72576 72576 72576 72576 72576 72576 72576
No. Req’d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
63 Nut Speeder (Optional) Part No. 72577 72577 72577 72577 72577 72577 72577
No. Req’d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
64 Control Console (Optional) Part No. 72578 72578 72578 72578 72578 72578 72578
No. Req’d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
65 Select-A-Torque Tooling (Optional) Part No. 72579 72579 72579 72579 72579 72579 72579
No. Req’d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Blind Flanges Part No. — — — — — — 80877
2 1/16 6 BX 10,000 W.P. No. Req’d — — — — — — 2
Studs & Nuts for Part No. — — — — — — 70972
2 1/16 6 BX 10,000 W.P. Flange No. Req’d — — — — — — 16
Blind Flange Part No. — — 80805 — 80805 — —
2 1/16 6 BX 15,000 W.P. No. Req’d — — 2 — 4 — —
Studs & Nuts for Part No. — — 80876 — 80876 — —
2 1/16 6 BX 15,000 W.P. Flange No. Req’d — — 16 — 32 — —
Studs & Nuts for 4 1/16 6 BX Part No. — — 61661 — — — —
15,000 W.P. Flange Studded Only No. Req’d — — 8 — — — —
66 Quick Disconnect Plug (Optional) Part No. 29481 29481 29481 29481 29481 29481 29481
No. Req’d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
67 Quick Disconnect Socket Part No. 19067 19067 19067 19067 19067 19067 19067
(Optional) No. Req’d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
68 Studs & Nuts for Part No. 70079 70079 — 70079 — — —
2 1/16 6 BX 20,000 W.P. Flange No. Req’d 16 16 — 2 — — —
69 Seal Ring for Part No. 70081 70081 70081 70081 70081 — 70081
2 1/16 6 BX 20,000 W.P. Flange No. Req’d 2 2 2 2 2 — 2
70 Blind Flange Part No. 77286 77286 — 77286 — — —
2 1/16 6 BX 20,000 W.P. No. Req’d 2 2 — 2 — — —
71 Stem Part No. 147054 147115 147115 — — — —
No. Req’d 4 2 2 — — — —
22
Ram Type Blowout Preventers - Closing/Opening Volumes & Pressures
Gallons Gallons
B.O.P. Vertical Hyd. Press. to to
Size Working Bore For Operation Close Open Close
Assembly No. Inches Pressure Inches PSI (Per Set of Rams) (Per Set of Rams) Ratio
79289 29/16 Single 20,000 29/16 1,200 .65 .78 22.7:1
79926 31/16 Single 20,000 31/16 1,250 .69 .74 16.2:1
78684 41/16 Single 15,000 41/16 1,250 .69 .74 16.2:1
81296 41/16 Single 20,000 41/16 1,250 .69 .74 16.2:1
Keyless
79288 41/16 Twin 15,000 41/16 1,250 .69 .74 16.2:1
63642 71/16 Single 10,000 71/16 900 1.02 1.10 16.2:1
79466 71/16 Twin 10,000 71/16 900 1.02 1.10 16.2:1
Ram Assembly
Complete Ram Assembly Size 29/16" 31/16" 41/16" 41/16" Keyless 71/16"
Part No. 74542 77692 77692 146469 63643
Weight 14 — 34 — 110
Consists of: Part No. 74202 80875 80875 146312 63644
Body Weight 13 30 30 — —
Outer Seal Part No. 81073 43603 43603 43603 66409
Weight — — — — —
Inner Seal Part No. 74182 77729 77729 77729 66408
Weight — — — — —
Inner Seal Retaining Screw Part No. 74184 77691 77691 77691 64227
Weight 1
/8 1
/8 1
/8 — 1 Oz.
Ram Key Part No. 50476 61654 79550 — 61654
Weight 1
/4 1
/8 1
/8 — 1
/8
Ram Key Screw Part No. 64219 22830 22830 — 62887
Weight 1 Oz. 1 Oz. 1 Oz. — 1 Oz.
23
Blowout Preventer Inner and Low Temperature
Outer Seal Elastomer High Temperatures Bowen Elastomer Reference No. B-4001
Reference Guide Bowen Elastomer Reference No. B-2001 Basic Compound: Epichlorohydrin
Bowen Tools has the capability to furnish customers with any Basic Compound: Fluorocarbon General Description: Epichlorohydrin is a relatively recent
elastomer at any duro they require. The following is Bowen’s General Description: Fluorocarbon combines resistance addition to the petroleumresistant elastomers.
Standard list of elastomers. to a broader range of chemical than any of the other Epichlorohydrin has very good low temperature
elastomers. Fluorocarbon has excellent high temperature properties.
General Service
properties. Trade Name: Hydrin, Herclor, ECO
Bowen Elastomer Reference No. B-1001
Trade Names: Viton, Fluorel, FKM. Temperature Range: -400 to 1750 F
Basic Compound: Nitrile
Temperature Range: 00 to -4000 F Recommended For: Low Temperature Sealing,
General Description: Nitrile is the most widely used
Recommended For: Petroleum oils and fluids,silicon Petroleum Oils, and Fluids.
elastomer in the
fluids and greases, halogenated hydrocarbons, acids. NOTE: Epichlorohydrin has excellent resistance to ozone
seal industry. Nitrile provides excellent compression set,
Not Recommended For: Ketones, Amines, Hot and weather.
tear and abrasion resistance.
Hydrofluoric or Chlorosulfonic Acids. Not Recommended For: Medium to High Temperature,
Trade Names: NBR, Buna-N, Hycar
Bowen Compound: Formulated for maximum sealing at Ketones, Esters, Amines, Halogens. Bowen
Temperature Range: -200 to 2500 F
high temperatures for outer seals and inner seals. Compound: Formulated for maximum sealing at low
Recommended For: General Sealing Purpose, Pet-
temperatures.
roleum oils and fluid, cold water, glycols, silicone grease
and oils. Extreme High Temperatures
Not Recommended For: Ketones, Esters, Amines, Bowen Elastomer Reference No. B-3001
High Abrasion
Halogens, NOTE:Nitrile does not possess good Basic Compound: Tetrafluoroelthylene Propylene.
Bowen Elastomer Reference No. B-5001
resistance to ozone, sunlight or weather. General Description: New elastomer with good chemical
Basic Compound: Polyurethane.
Bowen Compound: Formulated for maximum sealing for resistance and excellent high temperature properties.
General Description: Polyurethane exhibits outstanding
outer seals and line size inner seals. Trade names: Aflas, Xenox, TFEP.
tensile strength and abrasion resistance.
0 0
Temperature Range: 32 to 450 F
Trade names: Urethane, Lubrithane, AU, EU.
Recommended For: Petroleum oils and fluids, acids,
General Service High Pressure Temperature Range: 320 to 2000F.
alkali, steam, H2S.
Bowen Elastomer Reference No. B-1003 Recommended For: Petroleum oils and fluids, high
Not Recommended For: Ketones, Esters, Amines,
Basic Compound: Nitrile shock loads, high pressure, and related adverse
Halogens.
General Description: Same As B-1001 conditions.
Bowen Compound: Formulated for maximum sealing at
Trade Names: Same As B-1001 NOTE: Good resistance to ozone and weather.
high temperatures and steam for outer seals and inner
Temperature Range: -200 To 2750 F Not Recommended For: Hot water, glycol, ammonia,
seals.
Recommended for: Same As B-1001 benzene, halogen, ketones, acids, steam.
Bowen Compound: Formulated for Maximum Sealing Bowen Compound: Formulated for maximum sealing
with Greater Tear Resistance for Multi-line, Tubing and under adverse conditions for outer seals, inner seals and
Pipe Inner Seals. inner seal inserts.
Quick Reference Guide for Physical Parameters and Environment Usage

Alphabetical Reference Guideline for Effective Usage
A - Good to Excellent
B - Fair to Good
C - Poor to Fair
D - Not Recommended
Petroleum
Chemicals and Compounds

Methanol,
Halogens
Products
Glycerol.
Elevated
Ethanol,
Alcohol,
Silicone
Ketones
Amines
Alkalis
Esters
Glycol
Found in Wells or Used

Temp.
Acids
Stem
H2S
CO2
in Well Servicing
General Service B-1001 A B C B A B B D D D D A A C
General Service High Pressure B-1003 A B A B A D B D D D D A A C
High Temp. B-2001 A D A A A A C C C C A A A C
Extreme High Temp. B-3001 A A A B A A — — — — — A C —
Low Temp. B-4001 A — — — — — — D — — — — A A
High Abrasion B-5001 A D D C A C C — — — — C A D
24
Stud Stud Bolt
Inner Seal
Inner Seal Inner Seal
Insert
(Stripping Type)
Inner Seal — Stud Mount Inner Seal Inner Seal — Bolt Mount
for Stripping Insert — Stud Mount
Inner Seal - Stud Mount

BOP General Extreme
Riser Bore General High Pressure High High Low High
(Inches) Service (See Note) Temperature Temperature Temperature Abrasion
21/2 44155 149961 44650 145236 62945 51603
29/16 10,000 PSI & Below 50478 — — — — —
29/16 15,000 PSI & Above 59831 149996 — — 80186 148335
3 44098 149997 44627 147245 70680 51610
31/16 - 41/16 47050 149954 80106 — 149998 —
5 - 51/2 44535 — 77523 148669 63621 —
6.538 60641 — 147070 — 70872 61155
71/16 - Side Mount Ram 49774 — — — — —
71/16 - Top Mount Ram 66408 — — — — —
Inner Seal for Stripping Insert - Stud Mount

BOP General Service
Riser Bore General High Pressure Low High Inserts
(Inches) Service (See Note) Temperature Abrasion Polyurethane C.T.E.
21/2 66063 — — — 66064 78779
29/16 10,000 PSI & Below 50482 — — — 50483 —
29/16 15,000 PSI & Above 59834 149983 74121 — 73934 79347
31/16 - 41/16 47045 149951 — 77007 78208 77694
71/16 - Side Mount Ram 49778 — — — 49779 —
71/16 - Top Mount Ram — — — — — —
Inner Seal - Bolt Mount

BOP General Extreme
Riser Bore General High Pressure High High Low High
(Inches) Service (See Note) Temperature Temperature Temperature Abrasion
29/16 15,000 PSI & Above 74182 149984 — — 150000 74614
31/16 - 41/16 77729 149955 — — 149259 77690
4 - 41/2 42211 150001 44323 150010 63968 51617
1
Note: High Pressure Tubing And Pipe Inner Seals Have A / 16 " Raised Front Face.
All High Pressure Seals Are Recommended For Hydraulic Blowout Preventers only.
25
Bolt
Inner Seal
Insert (Stripping Type)
Inner Seal Outer Seal
for Stripping Insert — Bolt Mount
Inner Seal for Stripping Insert

Bolt Mount
BOP General Service
Riser Bore General High Pressure Low High Inserts
(Inches) Service (See Note) Temperature Abrasion Polyurethane C.T.E.
29/16 15,000 PSI & Above 74612 150002 150004 74615 74181 74610
31/16 - 41/16 148893 149952 149261 77693 78208 77694
4 - 41/2 46462 — 78066 — 46463 —
71/16 Top Mount Ram 81714 — — 78072 — 78071
1
Note: High Pressure Tubing and Pipe Inner Seals Have A / 16 " Raised Front Face. All High Pressure Seals are Recommended for Hydraulic Blowout Preventers
only.
Outer Seal
BOP Extreme
Riser Bore General General Service High High Low High
(Inches) Service High Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Abrasion
21/2 44156 — 44651 145237 62946 51604
29/16 10,000 PSI & Below 50479 — — — — —
29/16 15,000 PSI & Above 59832 149985 — — 80187 —
3 44099 — 44628 147246 70681 51611
31/16 - 41/16 43603 150003 80107 148033 149260 —
4 - 41/2 42213 — 44324 150011 63969 51618
5 - 51/2 44536 — 77524 148670 63622 51625
6.538 60642 — 147071 — 70873 —
71/16 - Side Mount Ram 49775 — — — — —
71/16 - Top Mount Ram 66409 — — — — —
26
Description 29/16" 31/16" 41/16" 41/16" Keyless 41/16"Twin 71/16" 71/16" Twin
Extra - Items not Shown

[Tools Required for Disassembly and Assembly]
Packing Set Part No. 70063 62732 62732 146767 146191 63645 63645
Weight 1 1 1 — 2 1 2
Slip Ram Assembly Part No. — — — 146470 — — —
Weight — — — — — — —
Cut-off Ram Assembly Part No. 71280 74720 74720 146470 71280 74720 74720
Weight 30 30 70 70 30 70 70
Impact Wrench Part No. 72449 72449 72449 72449 72449 72449 72449
Weight 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Spade Handle Part No. 72450 72450 72450 72450 72450 72450 72450
Weight 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Whip Hose Part No. 72451 72451 72451 72451 72451 72451 72451
Weight 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Socket Part No. 72453 72453 72453 72453 72453 72453 72453
Weight .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5
Socket Extension Part No. 72452 72452 72452 72452 72452 72452 72452
Weight — — — — — — —
Select-A-Torque Part No. 72576 72576 72576 72576 72576 72576 72576
Consists of: Weight 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
Nut Speeder Part No. 72577 72577 72577 72577 72577 72577 72577
Weight — — — — — — —
Control Console Part No. 72578 72578 72578 72578 72578 72578 72578
Weight 175 175 175 175 175 175 175
Select-A-Torque Tooling Part No. 72579 72579 72579 72579 72579 72579 72579
Weight 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
How To Order:
(1) Name and Number of Assembly or Part.
(2) Connections if other than Standard.
(3) Pipe or Wire Line Size.
(4) Any Desired Spares or Optionals by Name And Number.
Recommended Spares:
(1) 2 Sets Inner And Outer Seals For Each Pipe Or Wire Line Size.
(2) 6 Complete Sets O-ring Seals.
(3) 2 Complete Sets Non-extrusion And Seal Protector Rings.
27
Bowen Hydraulic
Tubing Stuffing Boxes
Instruction Manual
Downhole Tools
Manual No. 5/7205

11
Rams and Ram Packers
Cameron offers the most comprehensive line

of rams and ram packers in the industry. Our
rams cover the full range of drilling require-
ments including shearing high strength casing
and drill collars. Cameron also offers a choice
of rams for variable bore sealing and high
temperature applications.
FlexPacker VBR-II
Cameron is known as a pioneer in variable
bore sealing technology. The name variable
bore ram (VBR) is synonymous with the
Cameron VBR. Cameron has now introduced
the second generation VBR, the VBR-II™. This
design offers even more packer life than the
original design. In addition, Cameron offers
the FlexPacker™, FlexPacker-NR™ and the Dual
Bore FlexPacker which provide sealing on
specific multiple bore sizes and fit into existing
FlexPacker-NR Inserted Packer for
ram blocks. Stripping and Snubbing
Cameron Elastomer Technology

One of the many ways to differentiate
Cameron drilling products from other manu-
facturers’ is the elastomers used in critical
sealing areas such as ram packers and top
seals.
Cameron drilling products exclusively use
the proprietary elastomers designed and Dual Bore FlexPacker Grip and Seal Packer
manufactured by Cameron Elastomer Tech-
nology (CET), located in Katy, Texas. CET
provides engineered solutions to elastomeric
material problems. For drilling applications,
CET has developed CAMRAM™, CAMRAM
350™, CAMULAR™, CAMLAST™ and
DUROCAM™ elastomer products to meet
the rigorous demands of the oilfield.
These products, when used in Cameron
ram-type BOPs and annular BOPs, improve
performance, extend service life, reduce CAMRAM Packer CAMRAM 350 Packer
downtime and lower operating costs.
Cameron Ram Selection Chart

Description TL BOP UM BOP U BOP Elastomer Per NACE
Shearing
Shearing Blind Rams Available in Some Sizes Available Available DUROCAM Yes
DVS Shear Rams Available in Some Sizes Available in Some Sizes Available in Some Sizes DUROCAM Yes
Super Shear Rams Available Available in Some Sizes Available See Note No
H2S Shearing Blind Ram Available Available Available CAMLAST & DUROCAM Yes
Variable Bore Sealing
VBR-IIs Available in Some Sizes Available in Some Sizes Available in Some Sizes CAMRAM Nitrile Yes
FlexPackers Available in Some Sizes Available in Some Sizes Available in Some Sizes CAMRAM Nitrile Yes
FlexPacker-NRs* Available in Some Sizes Available in Some Sizes Available in Some Sizes CAMRAM Nitrile Yes
Dual Bore FlexPackers Available in Some Sizes Available in Some Sizes Available in Some Sizes CAMRAM Nitrile Yes
Pipe Rams
Standard Service Yes Yes Yes CAMRAM Nitrile Yes
High Temperature Service Yes Yes Yes CAMLAST Yes
Snubbing/Stripping
Grip and Seal Rams Not Available 7" Only Not Available CAMRAM Nitrile Yes
Snubbing Insert Packers Not Available 7" Only Not Available CAMRAM Nitrile Yes
Note: Super Shear Rams do not seal * Cameron also offers special hang-off FlexPacker-NR assemblies
U, UL and UM BOP Pipe Rams
Pipe rams are available for use in Cameron U, UL and UM BOPs to fit all commonly used
sizes of tubing, drill pipe, drill collar or casing within the ranges in the charts on the fol-
lowing pages. Cameron pipe rams include the following features:
• Cameron pipe rams are self-feeding and incorporate a large reservoir of

packer rubber to ensure a long-lasting seal under all conditions.
• Ram packers lock into place and are not dislodged by well flow.
• All Cameron pipe rams are suitable for H2S service per NACE MR-01-75.
• CAMRAM™ top seals are standard for all U, UL and UM BOP pipe rams from
7-1/16” through 18-3/4” sizes. Packer part numbers beginning with 644xxx
indicate the CAMRAM lipped-plate design. Other part numbers may use
standard elastomer material and reinforced plates. Verify this with your
Cameron representative.
CAMRAM 350™ packers and top seals are available for high temperature service and for
service in which concentrations of H2S are expected.
U, UL and UM BOP Pipe Ram
TC1001
Hang-Off Weights
Hang-off weights are estimated capacities with hardened top corners of the hang-off rams. This en-
ables the rams to dig into the tool joint and provide superior hang-off capacity while still meeting
NACE requirements.
For variable bore rams (VBR’s) and FLEXPACKER rams hang-off data, refer to Cameron Engineering
Bulletin 859D.
Hang-Off Weights
(See Cameron Engineering Bulletin 636)
Pipe Size Pipe Rams

3-1/2” 425,000 lb
4-1/2” 550,000 lb
5” 600,000 lb
5-1/2” 600,000 lb
6-5/8” 600,000 lb
U BOP Shearing Blind Rams

Cameron shearing blind rams shear the pipe in the hole, then bend the lower section of sheared pipe
to allow the rams to close and seal. Shearing blind rams can be used as blind rams during normal
drilling operations.
The DS shearing blind ram can cut large diameter tubulars or multiple tubing strings regardless of
their orientation to the centerline of the ram. A blade seal between the upper and lower faces elimi-
nates the need for moving pipe after shearing.
Features of shearing blind rams and DS rams include:
• Large frontal area on the blade face seal reduces pressure on the rubber and increases service
life.
• Cameron SBRs can cut pipe numerous times without damage to the cutting edge.
• The single-piece body incorporates an integrated cutting edge.
• TM
CAMRAM top seals are standard for all U BOP shearing blind rams through 18-3/4”.
• For U and UII BOPs through 18-3/4”, part numbers beginning with 644XXX indicate the
CAMRAM lipped-plate design. Other part numbers may use standard elastomer material and
reinforced plates. Verify this with your Cameron representative.
• H2S SBRs are available for critical service applications and include a blade material of
hardened high alloy suitable for H2S service.
TC1001
U, UL and UM BOP
FLEXPACKER™ and FLEXPACKER-NR™
The Cameron Flexpacker ram is the latest development in multiple-bore sealing. Each Flexpacker ram
is designed to close and seal around several diameters of tubing and pipe. The Cameron
Flexpacker-NR is a narrow range variable bore ram packer designed for use with tapered drill strings.
These packers can be used in existing Cameron BOPs.
FLEXPACKER Sizes and Part Numbers
Bore Size and Working Pipe Size Packer Top Seal

Pressure (psi) Range Part Number Part Number
11”
2-3/8” to 3-1/2” 2011740-01 644217-01-00-01
3000, 5000 and 10,000
13-5/8”
2-3/8” to 3-1/2” 2011716-01 644223-01-00-01
3000, 5000 and 10,000
18-3/4”
2-7/8” to 5” 645346-01 644232-04
10,000
20-3/4”
5” to 7” 645353-01 2163261-01
3000
21-1/4”
5” to 7” 645353-01 2163621-01
2000
FLEXPACKER-NR Sizes and Part Numbers
BOP Size and Working Pressure (psi) Pipe Size Range Part Number
11” 3000, 5000 and 10,000 2-3/8” x 3-1/2” 2011740-01
11” 3000, 5000 and 10,000 3-1/2” x 5” 2163445-01
13-5/8” 3000, 5000 and 10,000 2-3/8” x 3-1/2” 2011716-01
13-5/8” 3000, 5000 and 10,000 3-1/2” x 5” 2011673-01
13-5/8” 3000, 5000 and 10,000 5” x 6-5/8” 2011688-01
18-3/4” 10,000 5” x 6-5/8” 2011907-01
18-3/4” 10,000 3-1/2” x 5” 2011701-01
TC1001
PROPERTY OF: DRAWN BY: DATE: REVISION: ENGINEERING BULLETIN
G.D. Watts 10/29/1999
APPROVED BY: A1 EB-859-D
B.C. Williams III 11/29/1999 Page 7 of 7
TABLE 6
FLEXPACKER HANGOFF
Range Drill Pipe Tool Joint Hangoff Capacity (lb
BOP Max Min 2-3/8" 2-7/8" 3-1/2" 4-1/2" 5" 5-1/2" 6-5/8" 7"
11" 3/10M "U" 2-3/8" 3-1/2" 15,000 20,000 300,000* X X X X X
13-5/8" 3/10M "U" 2-3/8" 3-1/2" 15,000 20,000 300,000* X X X X X
5" 2-7/8" X 120,000 140,000 220,000 450,000** X X X

18-3/4" 5/10M "TL" 5-1/2" 3-1/2" X X 140,000 220,000 450,000** 450,000** X X
7" 5" X X X X 150,000 150,000 250,000 450,000**
18-3/4" 10M "U" 5" 2-7/8" X 30,000 30,000 150,000 450,000** X X X
20-3/4" 3M "U" 5" 7" X X X X 100,000 125,000 250,000*** 450,000
21-1/4" 2M "U" 7" 5" X X X X 100,000 125,000 250,000*** 450,000
"Italic" Denotes Calculated Value

X Denotes NO calculated or test results available
* Hangoff for 3-1/2" pipe is 450,000 lbs. for hangoff rams.

** Hangoff for 5" and 7" pipe is 600,000 lbs. for hangoff rams.
*** For use with 6-5/8" rams - Hangoff for 6-5/8" pipe is 600,000 lbs for hangoff rams.
*** For use with 7" rams - Hangoff for 6-5/8" pipe is 250,000 lbs for hangoff rams.
*** For use with 7" rams - Hangoff for 6-5/8" pipe is 450,000 lbs for hangoff rams.
U, UL and UM BOP Variable Bore Rams
(VBR™ and VBR-II™)
The Cameron VBR-II is the next generation of the highly popular Cameron variable bore ram (VBR)
packer. The patent pending VBR-II accomodates a range of pipe sizes and may be used in existing
Cameron variable bore rams. The VBR-II seals on a range of drill pipe sizes as well as hexagonal kellys
and provides uniform sealing pressure with virtual elimination of extrusion paths.
As indicated in the chart below, the VBR-II is the standard VBR in most common sizes. In sizes where
the VBR-II is not specified in the chart, the popular Cameron VBR is the standard offering. VBR-II
packers for other size BOPs and other pipe size ranges are available upon request.
U, UL and UM BOP Variable Bore Ram Part Numbers
BOP Size and Working Pipe Size Ram Ram Top

Packer
Pressure (psi) Range Subassembly Body Seal
7-1/16” 3000, 5000,
3-1/2” to 2-3/8” 615066-01 615065-01 614616-02 644214-02-00-01
10,000 and 15,000
7-1/16” 3000, 5000,
4” to 2-7/8” 644901-01 614605-01 614616-02 644214-02-00-01
10,000 and 15,000
11” 3000, 5000 and
5” to 3-1/2” 645360-01 644836-01 644926-02 644217-01-00-01
10,000 VBR-II
11” 15,000 5” to 2-7/8” 614456-01 644754-01 2010464-01 2010453-02
13-5/8” 3000, 5000
7” to 4-1/2” 046675-01 046671-01-00-02 644924-03 644223-02-00-01
and 10,000 VBR-II
13-5/8” 3000, 5000
5-1/2” to 3-1/2” 2163945-01 2011438-01 645089-02-00-01 644223-02-00-01
and 10,000 VBR-II
13-5/8” 3000, 5000
5” to 2-7/8” 645166-01 644744-01-00-04 645089-02-00-01 644223-02-00-01
and 10,000 VBR-II
13-5/8” 15,000 7” to 5” 614104-01 614146-01 644924-02 644226-02-00-01
13-5/8” 15,000 5” to 3-1/2” 614129-01 644745-01 644921-01 644226-02-00-01
16-3/4” 5000 7” to 3-1/2” 046676-01 046672-01 644920-01-00-01 644229-01-00-01
16-3/4” 10,000 5” to 2-7/8” 2163175-01 644746-01-00-01 645128-01-00-01 644229-02-00-01
16-3/4” 10,000 5-1/2” to 3-1/2” 2164605-01 2164603-01 645128-01-00-01 644229-02-00-01
16-3/4” 10,000 7” to 5” 046676-01 046672-01 644920-01-00-01 644229-01-00-01
18-3/4” 10,000 VBR-II 7-5/8” to 3-1/2” 046677-01 046673-01 644927-02 644232-03-00-01
21-1/4” 5000 and
5-7/8” to 2-7/8” 2164444-01 2164408-01 2164423-01 2164440-01
10,000
TC1001
PROPERTY OF: DRAWN BY: DATE: REVISION: ENGINEERING BULLETIN
G.D. Watts 10/29/1999
APPROVED BY: A1 EB-859-D
B.C. Williams III 11/29/1999 Page 5 of 7
TABLE 4
VBR HANGOFF
Range Drill Pipe Tool Joint Hangoff Capacity (lb)
BOP Max Min 2-3/8" 2-7/8" 3-1/2" 4-1/2" 5" 5-1/2" 6-5/8" 7-5/8"
3-1/2" 2-3/8" 30,000 30,000 150,000 X X X X X

7-1/16" 3/15M "U"
4" 2-7/8" X 30,000 100,000 X X X X X
11" 3/5M "U" 5" 2-7/8" X 30,000 110,000 150,000 300,000 X X X
11" 10M "U" 5" 3-1/2" X X 110,000 T 150,000 300,000 X X X
11" 15M "U" 5" 2-7/8" X 40,000 150,000 150,000 300,000 X X X
5" 2-7/8" X 30,000 150,000 200,000 450,000 X X X

13-5/8" 3/10M "U" 5-1/2" 3-1/2" X X 150,000 200,000 450,000 450,000 X X
7" 4-1/2" X X X 140,000 190,000 240,000 450,000 X
5" 3-1/2" X X 200,000 200,000 450,000 X X X

13-5/8" 3/15M "U" 5-1/2" 3-1/2" X X 200,000 200,000 450,000 450,000 X X
7" 5" X X X X 250,000 300,000 450,000 X
13-5/8" 10M "T/TL" 5" 2-7/8" X 30,000 150,000 200,000 450,000 X X X
16-3/4" 5M "U" 7" 3-1/2" X X 185,000 T 210,000 285,000 T 285,000 450,000 X
5" 2-7/8" X 70,000 294,000 T 350,000 450,000 T X X X

16-3/4" 10M "U"
7" 5" X X X X 285,000 T 285,000 450,000 X
18-3/4" 10M "U" 7-5/8" 3-1/2" X X 200,000 240,000 350,000 350,000 375,000 450,000
5" 2-7/8" X 120,000 300,000 350,000 450,000 X X X

18-3/4" 10M "U II"
7-5/8" 3-1/2" X X 200,000 240,000 350,000 350,000 375,000 450,000
18-3/4" 5/10M "T/TL" 7-5/8" 3-1/2" X X 60,000 175,000 225,000 275,000 350,000 450,000
5" 3-1/2" X X 140,000 240,000 450,000 450,000 X X

5-1/2" 3-1/2" X X 140,000 240,000 450,000 450,000 X X
18-3/4" 15M "T/TL"
6-5/8" 3-1/2" X X 140,000 240,000 360,000 T 350,000 600,000 T X
7-5/8" 3-1/2" X X 140,000 240,000 350,000 350,000 375,000 450,000
"Italic" Denotes Calculated Value

T Denotes ACTUAL TEST Results
X Denotes NO calculated or test results availabl
Pressure Control
Shaffer SL/SLX BOP Pipe Rams
Rams are designed to last longer. Ram

Welded Inlay To
rubbers receive most of their wear during Support Drill pipe
routine closing and pressure testing. To
simulate this, rams were installed in BOPs,
closed, pressure tested to working
pressure, opened and retested for
hundreds of cycles. Wide Rubber
Extrusion plates extend vertically to Extended Extrusion Plates Vertical Face
support the sides of the ram rubber, as SL-D Ram for Working Pressures of 10,000 psi and
shown. This securely anchors the rubbers Higher
next to the ram block and reduces wear at
this point. Welded Inlay To
Support Drill pipe
Wide vertical faces give additional ram
rubber strength for longer life in 10,000 psi
and higher working pressures.
Model SL/SLX round-head ram shaft
accepts Model LWS rams on all sizes which Wide Rubber
replace an LWS BOP so that spare rams can Extended Extrusion Plates Vertical Face
be used, except on 11”-10,000 psi BOP. SL-D Ram for Working Pressures of 5,000 psi and Lower
The 13 5/8” - 10,000 psi has rectangular
head shaft.
Model SL rams mount horizontally on all SL
preventers except 15,000 psi and 7 1/16”-
10, 000 psi models, on which they mount
vertically. The double button head Extended
mounting adds necessary strength in the Extrusion
Plates
15,000 psi application.
Model SL rams are for regular duty. They SL-D Ram for 7 1/16” 10,000 and 15,000 psi
do not have the hard inlay around the pipe
bore and will not support drill pipe on the
18° tool joint taper. Otherwise, Models SL/
SLX and SL-D rams are identical.
Model SL-D rams will support a 600,000-
pound drill string load when a tool joint is
lowered onto the closed rams. These rams
comply with API and NACE H2S
specifications. A patented, H2S- SL Rams Mount Horizontally on Preventers Rated for
compatible, hard inlay is welded around the Working Pressure of 10,000 psi and lower,
pipe bore, to cut into the 18° taper on the except 7 1/16” 10,000 psi
bottom of the tool joint and form a
92 supporting shoulder. The remainder of the
ram block is alloy steel with hardness below
RC22.
A square-shouldered hang-off tool allows
Model SL/SLX rams to support drill pipe by
eliminating the 18° tool joint taper. The
hang-off tool also eliminates damage to the
18° taper on the tool joint and extends the
life of Model SL-D rams if repeated hang- SL Rams Mount Vertically on Preventers Rated for
offs are planned. Working Pressure of 15,000 psi and on the
7 1/16” -10,000 psi
Pressure Control
■ Most pipe ram assemblies consist of three

major pieces — the ram block, the ram
rubber and the ram holder. The ram rubber
is placed on the ram block, then the block
and rubber are anchored to the ram holder
to make the complete ram assembly. Some
sizes have a separate top seal.
■ In most Shaffer rams, two retracting
(shoulder) screws secure the ram holder to
the ram block but permit the block to move
slightly in the holder to ensure positive
alignment of the rubber faces as sealing
contact occurs.
■ The ram rubber is mechanically secured to
the block/holder assembly to keep the
rubber in place under extreme pressures. 4. As well pressure increases, the block
Design of the ram block to ram holder moves up and closes the clearance
anchoring mechanism permits the block to below the seat.
move slightly in the holder to allow
controlled extrusion of the rubber to effect a ■ Self-centering of pipe is accomplished by
tighter, more reliable seal. angular guides protruding alternately on top
and bottom of ram blocks designed to close
around a single string of pipe. This self-
centering feature automatically aligns the
pipe string with the ram bore, even if the
string hangs off center.
■ Continuous, molded ram rubber has no
separation between the semicircular top seal
and the horizontal face seal in most sizes.
■ Rubber compounds for all oil field conditions
are available.
■ New Multi-Ram rams will seal on pipe sizes in
■ The ram rubber is secured to the ram block a range of 2 3/8” through 7” O.D. (see
by two retaining screws which fit into Multi-Ram Sizes Offered for ranges)
trunnion nuts. The trunnion nuts extend and are available for many model BOPs. If
through holes in the two steel extrusion the drill string is tapered, this can eliminate
plates molded into the rubber to control one of the ram BOPs normally included in the
extrusion of the rubber. stack and still permit effective closing on
both the smaller and larger of the two
■ Floating rams ensure a positive seal at low diameters.
and high pressure, even after the ram cavity
has been worn by years of service. As the
rams close, the following sequence of events
occurs:
1. The rubber faces contact each other
and the pipe.
2. The blocks move slightly to achieve 93
alignment.
3. Further closing movement causes
the rubber faces to seal around the
drill pipe and against each other.
Simultaneously, the ram holder
pushes against the semi-circular top
seal and extrudes it upward to seal
against the seat of the BOP body.
This effects an initial seal even after
years of wear have increased the
clearance between seat and block
Pressure Control
Shaffer Model NXT and Ultra Temp Pipe Rams
Shaffer Model NXT and Ultra Temp Pipe Rams
NXT Pipe Rams

5,000 PSI 5,000 PSI 10,000 PSI 10,000 PSI 15,000 PSI
Pipe O.D. Inches
13 5/8 18 3/4 13 5/8 18 3/4 18 3/4
C.S.O NXT — NXT — —
2 3/8 NXT/NXT-D NXT NXT/NXT-D NXT NXT
2 7/8 NXT/NXT-D NXT NXT/NXT-D NXT NXT
3 1/2 NXT/NXT-D NXT/NXT-D NXT/NXT-D NXT/NXT-D NXT/NXT-D
4 NXT/NXT-D NXT/NXT-D NXT/NXT-D NXT/NXT-D NXT/NXT-D
5 NXT/NXT-D NXT/NXT-D NXT/NXT-D NXT/NXT-D NXT/NXT-D
7 NXT NXT NXT NXT NXT
7 5/8 NXT NXT NXT NXT NXT
8 5/8 — NXT — NXT NXT
9 5/8 NXT NXT NXT NXT NXT
10 3/4 NXT — NXT — —
13 3/8 — NXT — NXT NXT
For part numbers, contact your local Shaffer representative.
Ultra Temp (U/T - U/T-D) Rams

15,000 PSI
Pipe O.D. 5,000 PSI 10,000 PSI 15,000 PSI 15,000 PSI 15,000 PSI
11 Type
Inches 18 3/4 18 3/4 11 SL SL-86 13 T-88 18 3/4
3 1/2 U/T-D U/T-D U/T U/T U/T-D U/T-D

4 U/T-D U/T-D U/T U/T U/T-D U/T-D
5 U/T-D U/T-D U/T U/T U/T-D U/T-D
7 U/T U/T U/T U/T U/T-D U/T-D
9 5/8 U/T — — — — U/T
94
Pressure Control
Shaffer Model SL/SLX Pipe Rams
Shaffer Model SL/SLX Pipe Rams
Model SL/SLX Pipe Rams

Pipe 3,000
5,000 PSI 10,000 PSI 15,000 PSI
O.D. PSI
Inches 13 5/8 13 5/8 16 3/4 7 1/16 11 13 5/8 16 3/4 18 3/4 21 1/4 7 1/16 11 13 5/8 18 3/4
SL, SLX ,
C.S.O SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL-D, SL
SLX-D
7/ SL SL — — — — — — — — — — —
16
1.315 SL SL SL SL SL SL SL — — SL SL SL —
2 1/16 SL SL — SL — — — — — SL — — —
2 3/ 8 SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL/SLX SL
2 7/ 8 SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL/SLX SL
SL, SLX ,
SL or SL or SL or SL or SL or SL or SL or SL or SL or SL or
3 1/ 2 SL-D SL SL-D,
SL-D SL-D SL-D SL-D SL-D SL-D SL-D SL-D SL-D SL-D
SLX-D
SL or SL or
3 5/ 8 — — — — — — — — — — —
SL-D SL-D
SL, SLX ,
4 SL-D SL SL-D,
SLX-D
SL or SL or
4 1/ 8 — — — — — — — — — — —
SL-D SL-D
SL or SL or
4.200 — — — — — — — — — — —
SL-D SL-D
SL, SLX,
SLX-D
SL or SL or SL or SL or
4 5/ 8 — SL-D — — — — — — —
SL-D SL-D SL-D SL-D
SL, SLX ,
5 SL-D SL SL-D,
SLX-D
SL, SLX ,
SLX-D
SL or SL or
5 9/16 — — — — — — — — — — —
SL-D SL-D
6 — — — — — SL — — — — — — —
6 1/ 2 SL SL — — — — — — — — — — —
SL, SLX ,
SL or
6 5/ 8 SL SL SL — SL SL SL SL — SL SL-D, SL
SL-D
SLX-D
7 SL SL SL — SL SL SL SL SL — SL SL/SLX SL
7 5/ 8 SL SL SL — SL SL SL SL SL — SL SL/SLX SL
7 3/ 4 — — — — — SL — — — — — — —
8 5/ 8 SL SL SL — SL SL SL SL SL — SL SL/SLX SL 95
9 5/ 8 SL SL SL — — SL SL SL SL — — SL/SLX SL
10 1/4 — — — — — — — — SL — — — —
10 3/4 SL SL SL — — SL SL SL — — SL/SLX SL
11 1/4 — — — — — — — SL — — — —
11 3/4 — — SL — — — SL SL — — — — SL
12 1/4 — — — — — — — SL — — — —
13 3/8 — — SL — — — SL SL SL — — — SL
16 — — — — — — — SL SL — — — —
18 1/8 — — — — — — — — SL — — — —
Pressure Control
Shaffer Chasovoy and LWS Pipe Rams

Shaffer Chasovoy and LWS Pipe Rams
Chasovoy Pipe Rams

3,000 PSI 3,000 PSI 3,000 PSI 3,000 PSI 5,000 PSI 5,000 PSI 5,000 PSI 5,000 PSI
7 1/16” 180 mm 7 1/16” 180 mm 7 7/8” 200 mm
CSO CSO — — CSO CSO — —
1 1/4” 32 mm — — 1 1/4” 32 mm — —
1.315” 33 mm — — 1.315” 33 mm — —
1.660” 42 mm — — 1.660” 42 mm — —
1.900” 48 mm — — 1.900” 48 mm — —
2 1/16” 52 mm — — 2 1/16” 52 mm — —
2 3/8” 60 mm — — 2 3/8” 60 mm — —
2 7/8” 73 mm 2 7/8” 73 mm 2 7/8” 73 mm 2 7/8” 73 mm
3 1/ ”
2 89 mm 3 1/ ”
2 89 mm 3 1/ ”
2 89 mm 3 1/2” 89 mm
4” 102 mm — — 4” 102 mm — —
4 1/2” 114 mm 4 1/2” 144 mm 4 1/2” 114 mm 4 1/2” 144 mm
5” 127 mm — — 5” 127 mm — —
5 1/2” 140 mm — — 5 1/2” 140 mm — —
— — 6 5/8” 168 mm — — 6 5/8” 168 mm
LWS Pipe Rams

Pipe O.D. 2,000 PSI 3,000 PSI 5,000 PSI 10,000 PSI
Inches 21 1/4 11 20 3/4 4 1/16 7 1/16 9 11 4 1/16 7 1/16
C.S.O 70-H 70-H 70-H 77 61 70-H 70-H 77 61
1.050 — — — — — — — 77 —
1.315 — 70-H — 77 61 70-H 70-H 77 61
1.660 — 70-H — 77 61 70-H 70-H 77 61
1.900 — 70-H — 77 61 70-H 70-H 77 61
2 1/16 — 70-H — — 61 70-H 70-H — 61
2 3/8 70-H 70-H 70-H 77 61 70-H 70-H 77 61
2 7/8 70-H 70-H 70-H 77 61 70-H 70-H 77 61
3 1/2 73 70-H 73 — 61 70-H 70-H — 61
3.700 — — — — — — 70-H — —
4 73 70-H 73 — 61 70-H 70-H — 61
4 1/8 — 70-H — — — — 70-H — —
4.200 — 70-H — — — — — — —
4 1/2 73 70-H 73 — 61 70-H 70-H — 61
4 5/8 — 70-H — — — — — — —
4 3/4 — 70-H — — 61 — — — 61
5 73 70-H 73 — 61 70-H 70-H — 61
5 1/2 73 70-H 73 — 61 70-H 70-H — 61
96 5 3/4 70-H — 70-H — — — — — —
6 70-H — 70-H — — — — — —
6 5/8 70-H 70-H 70-H — — — 70-H — —
7 70-H 70-H 70-H — — — 70-H — —
7 5/8 70-H 70-H 70-H — — — 70-H — —
9 5/8 70-H — 70-H — — — — — —
10 1/4 70-H — 70-H — — — — — —
10 3/4 70-H — 70-H — — — — — —
11 3/4 70-H — 70-H — — — — — —
13 3/8 70-H — 70-H — — — — — —
14 3/4 70-H — — — — — — — —
16 70-H — 70-H — — — — — —
Pressure Control
Shaffer Shear Rams
Type 72 Shear Rams

Shaffer Shear Rams
These rams shear pipe and seal the well bore

in one operation. They also function as blind
or CSO (complete shut-off) rams for normal
operations.
To ensure adequate shearing force, 14”
pistons should be used when operating Type
72 shear rams. These pistons are standard in
all BOPs rated at 10,000 psi working pressure
and higher. On most lower pressure
preventers, optional 14” pistons can be
supplied for shearing instead of the standard
10” pistons. When shearing pipe in a subsea V Shear Ram
BOP stack, 3,000 psi closing pressure should Type V Shear ram is capable of shearing at
be used. 20% lower pressures than the standard
When shearing, the lower blade passes below shears. The Type V Shear rams are capable of
the sharp lower edge of the upper ram block shearing 6 5/8” S-135 drill pipe, at less than
and shears the pipe. The lower section of cut 2,700 psi operator pressure. This typically
pipe is accommodated in the space between allows the shear ram to be put in any ram
the lower blade and the upper holder. The cavity on the BOP stack without the addition
upper section of cut pipe is accommodated in of booster cylinders or control system
the recess in the top of the lower ram block. upgrades. The superior sealing characteristics
of the Shaffer T-72 shear ram were
Closing motion of the rams continues until the maintained in the development of the Type V
ram block ends meet. Continued closing of Shear ram.
the holders squeezes the semicircular seals
upward into sealing contact with the seat in CV Shear
the BOP body and energizes the horizontal The CV shear rams use Shaffer’s existing V-
seal. The closing motion of the upper holder Shear technology to reduce shear operating
pushes the horizontal seal forward and pressures while obtaining a reliable seal
downward on top of the lower blade, afterwards. The CV shear ram was developed
resulting in a tight sealing contact. The in response to industry needs for shearing in
horizontal seal has a molded-in support plate specific types of applications.
which holds it in place when the rams are The CV blocks shear and seal within a
open. standard Shaffer 18 3/4” NXT BOP cavity.
The hydraulic closing pressure normally They are available in Shaffer 18 3/4” BOPs with
required to shear drill pipe is below 1,500 psi pressure ratings of 5,000; 10,000 and 15,000
accumulator pressure in BOPs with 14” psi.
pistons. However, this varies, depending on
the size, weight and grade of pipe. When Casing Shear
shearing pipe in a subsea BOP stack, 3,000 Shaffer has extended the capabilities of shear
psi closing pressure should be used. On 21 1/ rams with a casing shear ram which meets the
4” 2,000 psi and 11” 5,000 psi Model LWS specific cutting needs to physically shear 97
BOPs, optional 14” pistons can be supplied for casing tubulars up to 13 3/8” in an 18 3/4” bore
shearing instead of the standard 10” and BOP.
8 1/2” pistons.
Type V Shear
The Shaffer Type V Shear ram enhances the
features of Shaffer’s T-72 shear ram by
increasing the range of pipe that can be
sheared without modification to the BOPs.
Casing Shear
Pressure Control
Shaffer Multi-Rams
Multi-Rams
Shaffer Multi-Rams
reduction of stack height — especially
important in view of height limitations on
Shaffer Multi-Rams can reduce stack offshore structures.
height. One set of Multi-Rams closes to seal The Multi-Ram meets the USGC requirements
on pipe sizes ranging from 3 1/2” to 5 1/2” for sealing capabilities around tapered drill
O.D. Rams need not be changed then when string. A Shaffer ram BOP equipped with Multi-
running a tapered drill string within this Rams counts as two ram BOPs — even though it
range. In many cases, it also is not is only one. The Multi-Rams can seal off on
necessary to add another ram BOP to the both the larger and the smaller drill strings.
stack to accommodate drill string O.D.
changes. Shaffer Multi-Rams interchange with standard
rams and with blind/shear rams. You simply
Requirements from the U.S. Geological open the BOP doors, remove the existing rams
Survey in OCS Order No. 2 call for four ram and install the Multi-Rams. The Multi-Rams use
BOPs and one annular BOP in the stack the same holder and retracting screws as the
when using a tapered drill string. Two ram other ram assemblies. The only new parts are
BOPs would be for the larger drill pipe, and the ram block, top seal and the special packing
one ram BOP would be for the smaller drill assembly. When the Multi-Rams close on the
pipe. The fourth ram would contain a blind drill string, there are steel segments molded
ram assembly. In the case of a subsea into the ram rubbers which move radially
stack, the blind ram would be a blind/shear inward, decreasing the bore size. Needless to
ram. say, substantial rig time is saved in not having to
The Shaffer Multi-Ram, however, can change ram assemblies to accommodate
replace one of the large pipe rams and the changes in drill pipe sizes.
small pipe ram — thus reducing the stack to
three ram BOPs and one annular BOP. The
major advantages are cost savings and the
Closing Closed on 5 1/2” Pipe
98
Closed on 3 1/2” Pipe
Shaffer Multi-Rams
Pressure Control
Shaffer Multi-Ram Sizes
Shaffer Multi-Ram Sizes
Multi-Ram Sizes Offered

Bore Size (Inches) Pipe Suspension (000 lbs.)
Pipe Size Range
Working Pressure (PSI)
(Inches) 2 3/8 2 7 /8 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 5/8
Model
7 1/16, 3,000 Sentinel 2 3/8 - 2 7/8 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
7 1/16, 5,000 LWS 2 3/8 - 3 1/2 0 0 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
7 1/ ,
16 10,000 SL 2 3/
8 -3 1/
2 50 50 300 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
7 1/16, 15,000 SL 2 3/8 - 3 1/2 50 50 300 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
7 1/16, 10/15,000 LWS 2 3/8 - 3 1/2 0 0 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
11, 5,000 LWS 2 7/ 8 - 5 N/A N/A 0 0 400 600 N/A N/A
11, 10,000 SL 2 3/8 - 3 1/2 0 0 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
11, 10,000 SL 3 1/ 2 - 5 N/A N/A 0 0 400 600 N/A N/A
13 5/
8, 5,000 SL/LWS 2 7/8 - 5 1/2 N/A 0 0 0 0 600 600 N/A
13 5/8, 5,000 SL/LWS 4 1/ 2 - 7 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
13 5/8, 10,000 SL 5 - 6 5/ 8 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 400 400 N/A
13 5/8, 10,000 SL 3 1/ 2 - 5 N/A N/A 200 200 400 600 N/A N/A
13 5/8, 10,000 SL 2 3/8 - 3 1/2 N/A N/A 400 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
13 5/8, 15,000 SL 3 1/ 2 - 5 N/A N/A N/A 200 200 400 600 N/A
13 5/
8, 15,000 SL 5-7 N/A N/A N/A 200 200 400 600 N/A
16 3/4, 5,000 SL/LWS 3 1/ 2 - 5 N/A 0 200 200 200 600 600 N/A
16 3/4, 5,000 SL/LWS 5-7 N/A N/A N/A 200 200 400 400 600
16 3/4, 10,000 SL 3 1/ 2 - 5 N/A N/A 200 200 400 600 N/A N/A
18 3/ 1/
4, 5,000 SLX/NXT 3 2 -5 N/A N/A 200 200 400 600 N/A N/A
18 3/4, 5,000 SLX/NXT 5-7 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 300 300 600
18 3/4, 10,000 SL/SLX/NXT 3 1/ 2 - 5 N/A N/A 200 200 400 600 N/A N/A
18 3/4, 10,000 SL/SLX/NXT 5-7 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 300 300 600
18 3/4, 10,000 SL/SLX/NXT 5 - 6 5/ 8 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 400 600
18 3/4, 15,000 SL/NXT 3 1/ 2 - 5 N/A N/A 200 200 400 600 N/A N/A
18 3/4, 15,000 SL/SLX/NXT 3 1/2 - 5 1/2 N/A N/A 200 200 400 600 600 N/A
18 3/4, 15,000 SL/NXT 5-7 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 300 300 600
20 3/4, 3,000 LWS 3 1/2 - 5 1/2 N/A N/A 200 200 200 600 600 N/A
20 3/4, 3,000 LWS 4 1/ 2 - 7 N/A N/A N/A N/A 300 300 300 600
21 1/4, 2,000 LWS 3 1/2 - 5 1/2 N/A N/A 200 200 200 600 600 N/A
21 1/4, 2,000 LWS 4 1/
2 -7 N/A N/A N/A N/A 300 300 300 600 99
21 1/4, 5,000 SL 3 1/ -5 N/A N/A 200 200 400 600 N/A N/A
2
21 1/4, 5,000 SL 5-7 N/A N/A 200 200 200 600 600 N/A

RAM SIZES & STYLES
These types of rams are available:
1. Type: Blind Rams (CSO)-Complete Shut-off; Blind/Shear 2. Specify location of each set of rams when ordering
Rams; Pipe Rams; Tubing Rams; Casing Rams, Variable double preventers. Pipe/hanging rams equipped with
Rams (HVR's); Single Rams and Single Offset Rams, and special hardened steel inserts which permit drill pipe
Dual Offset Rams for multiple completions are also hangoff are standard for 13-5/8"-15,000, 18-3/4"-10,000,
available. Blind Rams can be provided on all and 18-3/4"-15,000 BOPs and are optional for 13-5/8"-
BOPs. Shear Rams may require larger than standard 5000 and 10,000, 20-3/4"-3000, 21-1/4"-2000 and
operator size. 21-1/4"-5000 BOPs.
TABLE 1 RAM SIZES FOR HYDRIL BLOWOUT PREVENTERS

Bore
Size Pipe Size
(in.)
Blind
Shear Blind 1.315 1.660 1.9 2-1/16 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2* 4* 4-1/2* 5* 5-1/2* 5 6-/58 7 7-5/8 8-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 13-3/8 16
7-1/16 ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼
9 ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼
11 ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼
13-5/8 ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼
18-3/4 ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼
20-3/4 ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼
21-1/4 ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼
*Hanging Rams are standard for 13-5/8-15,000, 18-3/4-10,000, 18-3/4-15,000 and are optional for 13-5/8-5000 ,
10,000, 20-3/4-3000, 21-1/4-2000, and 21-1/4-5000.
(C) CENTERLINE DIMENSION (INCHES)
2-1/16 2.781 4.000

Dual
2-3/8 3.546 4.000 Offset
Ram
2-7/8 4.000 Center
Dimensions
3-1/2 5.046
2-1/16 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-1/2
(B) PIPE SIZE DIAMETER (INCHES)
Single Offset Ram Center Dimensions

How to use this chart:
Ram BOP bore size smaller than 9” centerline Locate “A” pipe ram diameter and “B” pipe ram diameter. The square on the chart
are 1-3/4” (A). Larger Ram bore sizes have a where these diameters meet is the centerline C
2” centerline (A). L (dimension “C”).
Example: Dia. “A” Dia. “B” C
L
2-3/8” X 2-7/8” = 4.00”
OPERATOR SIZES MANUAL OR MPL LOCK
BOP Bore Size (in.) 7-1/16 7-1/16 7-1/16 7-1/16 9 9 11 11 11
Pressure Rating (psi) 3000 5000 10,000 15,000 3000 5000 3000 5000 10,000
Standard Operator (in.) 5-1/2 5-1/2 7-1/2 10 7-1/2 7-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 10
Shear Ram Operator (in.) – – 12-3/4 12-3/4 – – 10-3/4 10-3/4 12-3/4
BOP Bore Size (in.) 13-5/8 13-5/8 13-5/8 13-5/8 16-3/4 18-3/4 18-3/4 20-3/4 21-1/4 21-1/4
Pressure Rating (psi) 3000 5000 10,000 15,000 10,000 10,000 15,000 3000 2000 5000
Standard Operator (in.) 10 10 14-1/4 14-1/4 14-1/4 14-1/4 15-1/2 10 10 14-1/4
Shear Ram Operator (in.) 14-1/4 14-1/4 14-1/4 14-1/4▼ 14-1/4 14-1/4 15-1/2▼ 14-1/4 14-1/4 14-1/4▼
▼19” and 22” Shear Ram Operators available on special request.
28
HYDRIL VARIABLE RAM
HVR FRONT PACKERS
Each Hydril Variable Ram (HVR)

is designed to close and seal on a
range of pipe sizes.
Universal Seal Off HVR RAM ASSEMBLY
The HVR gives a universal seal off feature especially

useful on tapered drill strings and drill pipe that does not positive mechanical lock at all positions of the variable ram.
have a constant diameter over its length. Two ram BOPs This means the MPL automatically compensates for the
with HVRs can be used on a tapered string to provide a different positions the HVR attains when sealing on different
backup for all drill pipe sizes. This application eliminates pipe sizes.
having one pipe ram for small diameter pipe and one for
large diameter pipe. If a BOP stack is assembled with a
blind or blind/shear ram and two sets of Hydril Variable Laboratory Tested . . .
Rams 3-1/2"-6" size, the HVRs will seal on the drill pipe from
3-1/2" to 5-1/2", providing the backup seal off capability
Field Proven
needed on a tapered string. The HVR is therefore ideally
The Hydril Variable Ram functional reliability has been
suited for subsea use by expanding the seal off capability of
proven by extensive field use and testing. HVR field tests
one ram assembly within a BOP.
have been conducted on wells operated by major oil
companies. Tests include fatigue testing, which simulated
Interlocking I-Beam Inserts over a year and a half of service by numerous cyclic
operations and pressure tests of the ram packers.
The HVR has a variable front packer with interlocking
Ram BOP sizes and applicable HVR seal off ranges are
I-beam inserts molded into the rubber. These inserts confine
listed below.
the rubber within the packer and against the pipe thus
preventing extrusion of the sealing element. During seal off
on small diameter pipe, the inserts move radially inward to
contact. On large diameter pipe the inserts are displaced Variable Ram Assemblies
into the front packer. Application of load by the BOP Ram BOP Size Seal Off Range Part Number
operator squeezes the sealing element within the confines of 7-1/16"-3,000/5,000
2-3/8"-2-7/8" 3117555
the inserts and the pipe O.D. This action establishes a steel Sentry
2-7/8"-5" 3118935
contained sealing element. A key feature is automatic
13-5/8"-5,000 3-1/2"-5-1/2" 3104815
adaptation to the pipe size as the ram closes and seals off. 3-1/2"-6" 3112085
4-1/2"-7" 3112083
2-7/8"-5" 3118954
Large Volume of 13-5/8"-10,000 3-1/2"-5-1/2"
3-1/2"-6"
3104817
3104348
Feedable Rubber 5"-7"
3-1/2"-5"
3117613
3112535
13-5/8"-15,000
5"-7" 3112536
The ram block upper seal provides a large volume of 18-3/4"-5,000 2-7/8"-5" 3112204
feedable rubber to deliver a long and dependable service Conventional 4-1/2"-7" 3112205
life. The HVR operates inside standard Hydril ram blowout 2-7/8"-5 1/2” 3117341
18-3/4"-5,000 3-1/2"-5 1/2" 3118836
preventers and utilizes the standard hydraulic operator. This Compact 4-1/2"-7" 3117342
design permits interchangeability with fixed size pipe rams, 3-1/2"-5 1/2" 3118836
casing rams and/or blind rams at any time. 18-3/4"-10,000 4-1/2"-7" 3117342
3-1/2"-5-1/2" 3116833
Excellent Compatibility 18-3/4"-15,000 5"-7"
4-1/2"-7"
3116836
3118844
20-3/4"-3,000 2-7/8"-5" 3112204
The HVR has excellent compatibility with Hydril's proven 4-1/2"-7" 3112205
automatic Multiple Position Ram Locking Mechanism (MPL) 21-1/4"-2,000/5,000 2-7/8"-5" 3112204
and the Manual Lock Model. The automatic MPL ensures a 21-1/4"-2,000/5,000 4-1/2"-7" 3112205
29
46
W-K-M, Foster and DEMCO Gate Valves
W-K-M Saf-T-Seal® Gate Valves DEMCO DM, DT and DB Gate Valves

W-K-M Saf-T-Seal Gate Valves are slab-style gate valves featuring a simple, DM gate valves are designed for oilfield drilling and production
reliable design. applications and are available in API and ANSI versions. The DT and DB
Sizes: 2" through 48" gate valves are designed for waterflood and CO2 enhanced oil recovery
Pressure Classes: 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500, 2500 applications.
Operating Temperatures: –20˚ F to +400˚ F (–29˚ C to +204˚ C) DM Gate Valves
End Connections: Flanged, weld, weld-by-flange Sizes: API: 2" to 6" RP; ANSI: 1-1/2" to 8" RP
Materials: Carbon steel, stainless steel API Working Pressures: 2000, 3000, 5000, 7500 psi
Variety of trims available ANSI Pressure Classes: 400, 600, 900 and 1500
Options: Manual, pneumatic, hydraulic or Body Materials: Carbon steel
electric actuators End Connections: Threaded, welded, flanged and grooved
W-K-M Pow-R-Seal® Gate Valves depending on size/pressure
W-K-M Pow-R-Seal Valves are expanding gate design valves that lock *Standard Materials: Body – carbon steel; stem, gate and seat
positively closed. inserts – carbon steel and stainless steel;
Sizes: 2" through 36" Seat elastomers – Buna N, Viton®
Pressure Classes: 300, 600, 900, 1500, 2500 DT Gate Valves
Operating Temperatures: Up to 1000˚ F (538˚ C) (OS&Y packing) Sizes: Flanged: 1" to 4"; Threaded: 1" to 3"
Up to 550˚ F (288˚ C) Pressure Classes: Threaded: 1" to 2-1/2 600, 900, 1500;
(enclosed packing gland) 3" 900
End Connections: Flanged, weld, weld-by-flange Flanged: 1" 900, 1500;
Materials: Carbon steel, stainless steel 2" to 4" 600, 900, 1500
Options: Manual, pneumatic, hydraulic or Body Materials: Aluminum bronze, stainless steel available
electric actuators End Connections: Threaded API LP: 1", 2", 3"
Foster D-Seal® Gate Valves Threaded UP Tubing: 2-3/8", 2-7/8"
Foster D-Seal Gate Valves are slab-style gate valves featuring the unique Flanged, RF or RTJ: 1" to 4"
double sealing technology which extends service life. *Standard Materials: Body and bonnet: aluminum bronze;
Sizes: 2" through 40" stem gate and seat inserts: stainless steel;
Pressure Classes: 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500 seat material: Buna N, Viton, P-10
Operating Temperatures: –50˚ F to +400˚ F (–46˚ C to +204˚ C) DB Gate Valves
End Connections: Flanged, weld, weld-by-flange Sizes: 6" to 8" RP
Materials: Trim materials are available for standard, Pressure Classes: 600, 900, 1500
MTBE and geothermal applications Body Materials: Aluminum bronze
Options: Manual, pneumatic, hydraulic or End Connections: Flanged: 6" FP and RP – Class 600, 900, 1500;
electric actuators Flanged 8" RP – Class 600 and 900
*Standard Materials: Body and bonnet: aluminum bronze;
stem gate and seat inserts: stainless steel;
seat material: Buna N, Viton
* consult brochure, catalog or factory for complete offering
DEMCO Series DM DEMCO Series DB

(API) Gate Valve Gate Valve
W-K-M Pow-R-Seal
Gate Valve
W-K-M Saf-T-Seal DEMCO Series DT DEMCO Series DM (ANSI)

Gate Valve Foster D-Seal Gate Valve Gate Valve Gate Valve
47
W-K-M Ball Valves, Demco and W-K-M Butterfly Valves, Thornhill Craver Chokes
W-K-M DynaSeal Ball Valves

W-K-M DynaSeal Ball Valves are high quality ball valves. The 310 2-piece
and 310 D models are floating ball valves. Trunnion styles include the
370 CT and 370 D4. The 370 CT and 370 D4 valves are two-piece,
end-entry valves.
310 2-Piece and 310 D Ball Valves

Sizes: Full bore: 1/4" to 12"
Regular port: 1/2" to 14" W-K-M DynaSeal 310 2-Piece
W-K-M DynaSeal 310 2-Piece
Pressure Classes: To 5000 psi in small sizes, Ball Valve Flanged End Ball Valve
To 740 psi in large sizes
Operating Temperatures: –20˚ F to +650˚ F (-29˚ C to +343˚ C)
End Connections: Flanged, threaded and weld ends
Body Styles: 310 2-piece; and 310D Unibody
Body Materials: Carbon steel and stainless steel
370 CT Ball Valves

Sizes: Full bore: 4" to 12"; Regular port: 6" to 14"
Pressure Classes: 150, 300
W-K-M DynaSeal 370 D4 6"–12"
Operating Temperatures: –20˚ F to +250˚ F (–29˚ C to +121˚ C) Class 600 and 900 Ball Valve
W-K-M DynaSeal 370 CT Ball Valve
End Connections: Flanged, weld, weld-by-flange
Body Styles and Materials: Two-piece, carbon steel and stainless steel
370 D4 Ball Valves

Sizes: Full bore: 2" to 12"; Regular port: 3" to 4"
Pressure Classes: 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500
Operating Temperatures: –50˚ F to +350˚ F (-46˚ C to +177˚ C)
End Connections: Flanged, weld, weld-by-flange
Body Materials: Carbon steel and stainless steel
DEMCO Butterfly Valves

DEMCO Butterfly Valves are resilient seated valves designed for many W-K-M Series E DEMCO W-K-M MB-1
Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve
applications.
Sizes: 2" to 48" depending on series*
Working Pressures: 2" to 12"; 200 psi standard (0, 50 and Thornhill Craver Chokes
285 psi available); 14" to 48"; 150 psi Thornhill Craver Chokes are available in adjustable and positive
standard (0 and 50 psi available) versions. The adjustable chokes are offered in standard, long nose
Operating Temperatures: –20˚ F to +300˚ F (–29˚ C to +149˚ C) heater, force balance and steam styles.
Body Styles: Flangeless wafer and threaded lug Sizes: 2" and 3"
(42" and 48" flanged) Pressure Classes: 2000 to 15,000 psi
Material Options: A wide variety of material options* End Connections: Threaded, UNIBOLT (line pipe and
butt weld), flanged (API or ANSI)
W-K-M DynaCentric™ High Performance Butterfly Valves *Body Material: Alloy steel or 12% chrome stainless steel
W-K-M Dyna Centric Butterfly Valves handle higher pressure and more * Consult brochure, catalog or factory for complete offering.
severe applications.
Sizes and Pressure Classes: Class 150 and 300: 2-1/2" to 24"
Class 600: 3" to 12"
Operating Temperatures: –50˚ F to +1000˚ F (–46˚ C to +538˚ C)
Body Styles: Flangeless wafer and threaded lug
*Standard Materials: Body and seat retainer: carbon steel and
stainless steel; disc and stem: stainless
steel; seat: reinforced Teflon® (fire safe
and high temperature metal seats
available) Thornhill Craver Adjustable Thornhill Craver 10,000 psi Heater Choke
* Consult brochure, catalog or factory for complete offering. Chokes
Back to Main Menu
CEMENTING
LO TORC® VALVES
=Updated / Addition May 1, 2004
Alaska prices add 20% for southern and 26% for northern Applicable to: Continental United States
The high value, dependable performance, and low maintenance

requirements of Halliburton Lo Torc® valves can help reduce overall
operating costs and help cut downtime.
These features have made Lo Torc valves the choice
of high pressure plug value users, worldwide:
Provides Outstanding Value
Even though it leads the industry in quality and performance, the Lo Torc valve, size for
size and service for service, is priced with or below every other high pressure plug valve
on the market—even valves without stainless steel plugs.
Helps Reduce Valve Replacement Costs
The rugged construction of the Lo Torc valve provides long, dependable service under
severe conditions. The stainless steel cylindrical plug is heat treated to help eliminate
galling during operation and provides maximum resistance to corrosion.
Meets A Broad Range of Operating Requirements
Lo Torc valves perform dependably at high working pressures. The sealing principle of
the valve compensates for body deflections. Each valve is hydrostatically tested to the
pressure specified by API 6A.
Offers Installation Versatility
Lo Torc valves are lightweight. This feature makes the valve suitable for many
applications, including mobile installations.
Helps Reduce Maintenance Costs
The Lo Torc design provides for in-line maintenance. Repair or maintenance can be
accomplished in minutes with the valve body left in the line. Total disassembly of the
entire valve involves removing
only two capscrews, adjusting nut, and handle adapter or wrench. Every part in the Lo
Torc valve may be replaced with standard parts. None of the parts requires factory return
of the valve for servicing.
Gear operator for 4-1/16 in., 2,000, 3,000, and

5,000 full opening Lo Torc plug valves with
flanged ends.
3-1/16 in., 10,000 full opening and 4-1/16 in.

10,000 regular opening flanged valve. 10,000
WP comes with gear operator as standard.
LoTorc-1 HALLIBURTON ENERGY SERVICES

Back to Main Menu
CEMENTING
LO TORC® VALVES
Lo Torc® Specifications
RING JOINT TYPE - FLANGED ENDS API FULL OPENING FLANGED PLUG VALVE
Catalog Number Dimensions

Nominal Lubricated F (St.
Valve Working Ring B Bore G
Size Pressure Joint Wt. A Dia. C D E Dia.) Dia.) H
Inches psi Std. Seal Lbs. Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches
(mm) (kPa) Service SAP No. H2S SAP No. No. (kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
2,000 72 13 1/8 6 1/2 1 15/16
9.5033 101208143 * --- R23
(13,800) (32.6) (338.4) (165.1) (33.3)
2 1/16 3,000 103 15 1/8
9.5043 100015624 * --- 8 1/2 1 13/16 4 1/4 5 1/2 2 1/16 6 5/16 3 3/8
(52.4) (20,700) (46.7) (384.2)
Full 5,000 104 15 1/2
9..5044 100001044 9.4145 100015597 R24 (215.9) (46.0) (108.0) (139.7) (52.4) (160.3) (85.7)
Opening (34,500) (47.2) (393.7)
10,000 108 13 1/2 7 7/8 1 3/4
9.5051*** 100001045 9.4146 100015598 BX152
(69,000) (48.9) (342.9) (200.0) (44.4)
2,000 94 15 1/8 7 1/2 1 7/16 6 7/8 3 3/16
2 9/16 10.6302 na * --- R26
(13,800) (42.6) (384.2) (190.5) (36.5) (174.6) (81.0)
(65.1) 3,000 138 17 1/8 4 1/8 4 3/4 2 9/16 7 3/16
10.6303 na * 9 5/8 1 15/16 3 7/16
Full (20,700) (62.6) (435.0) (104.8) (120.6) (65.1) (182.6)
5,000 158 18 7 7/8
Opening 10.6304 na 10.6312 --- R27 (244.5) (49.2) (87.3)
(34,500) (71.7) (457.2) (200.0)
2,000 134 17 5/8 8 1/4 1 9/16 3 11/16
3 1/8 11.9207 101000313 *
(13,800) (60.8) (447.7) (209.6) (39.7) (93.7)
(79.4) 3,000 163 18 5/8 9 1/2 1 13/16 4 3/4 5 1/2 3 1/8 9 5/8
11.9204 100015977 11.5062 --- R31 4
Full (20,700) (73.9) (473.1) (241.3) (46.0) (120.6) (139.7) (79.4) (244.5)
5,000 231 20 3/4 10 1/2 2 3/16
Opening 11.9205 100015978 11.5065 100015871 R35 (101.6)
(34,500) (104.8) (527.1) (266.7) (55.6)
3 1/16
(77.8) 10,000 475 24 3/8 10 5/8 2 9/16 9 1/8 8 3 1/16 10 15/16
11.92092 100001139 11.92112 100015987 BX154 _
Full (69,000) (215.5) (619.1) (269.9) (65.1) (231.8) (203.2) (77.8) (277.8)
Opening
2,000 415 20 1/8 10 3/4 1 13/16
4 1/16 12.3006 na †
(13,800) (188.2) (511.2) (273.0) (46.0)
(103.2) 3,000 450 22 1/8 11 1/2 2 1/16 7 7 1/8 4 1/16 12 1/2
12.30022 101285052 12.30072 --- R37 _
Full (20,700) (204.1) (562.0) (292.1) (52.4) (177.8) (181.0) (103.2) (317.5)
5,000 2 2 465 24 3/4 12 1/4 2 7/16
Opening 12.3001 na 12.3009 101216023 R39
(34,500) (210.9) (628.6) (311.2) (61.9)
API REGULAR OPENING FLANGED END PLUG VALVES
2,000 215 17 1/8 10 3/8 1 13.16
12.6933 na *
(13,800) (97.5) (435.0) (273.0) (46.0)
4 1/16 3,000 227 18 1/8 11 1/2 2 1/16 4 3/4 5 9/16 3 1/8 9 1/8 4
12.6911 na 12,5062 --- R37
(103.2) (20,700) (102.9) (460.4) (292.1) (52.4) (120.6) (141.3) (79.4) (231.8) (101.6)
Regular 5,000 275 21 5/8 12 1/4 2 7/16
12.6912 13522 12.5064 100016021 R39
Opening (34,500) (124.7) (549.3) (311.2) (61.9)
10,000 500 26 3/8 12 7/16 2 13/16 9 1/8 8 3 1/16 10 15/16
12.698122
2
na 12.6982 --- BX155 _
(69,000) (226.8) (669.9) (315.9) (71.4) (231.8) (203.2) (77.8) (277.8)

Back to Main Menu
CEMENTING
LO TORC® VALVES
Full and Regular Opening - Flanged Ends - Standard Service

PRICE REFERENCE NUMBER 111
Nom. Working 1
STANDARD SERVICE H2S SERVICE
Valve Size Pressure
Inches psi Catalog PRICE Catalog PRICE
(mm) (kPa) Number SAP No. EACH Number SAP No. EACH
3,000
(20,700) 9.5043* 100015624 CSI — — —
2 1/16
(52.4) 5,000 9.5044 100001044 3,214.89
Full (34,500) 9.4145 100015597 4,167.45
10,000 9.5051*** 100001045 3,471.17
Opening (69000) 9.4146 100015598 6,560.19
2 9/16 3,000
10.6303* na CSI — — —
(65.1) (20,700)
Full 5,000
Opening (34,500) 10.6304* na CSI — — —
3 1/8 3,000
11.9204* na CSI 11.5062* — CSI
(79.4) (20,700)
Full 5,000 11.9205 100015978 5,679.07
Opening (34,500) 11.5065* 100015871 CSI
3 1/16 (77.8) 10,000 11.92092 100001139 13,250.79
Full Opening (69,000) 11.92111 * 100015987 CSI
2,000
(13,800) 12.3006* na CSI — — —
4 1/16
(103.2) 3,000 2
(20,700) 12.3002 * 101285052 CSI 12.30071 * — CSI
Full
Opening 5,000
(34,500) 12.30012 * na 20,466.43 12.30091 * 101216023 CSI
3,000
(20,700) 12.6911* na CSI 12.5062 — CSI
4 1/16
(103.2) 5,000
Regular (34,500) 12.6912* 13522 CSI 12.5064 100016021 CSI
Opening 10,000
(69,000) 12.6981* na 17,426.18 12.6982 — CSI
*Available on Special Order - Prices on request. Order by size, pressure and part number.
***API Standard is 20.5" (520.7 mm). This valve is 13.5" (342.9 mm) face to face. A 20.5"
(520.7 mm) valve is available on special request.
†Not Available.
1
Lo Torc valves for handling sour gases/fluids conform to NACE specifications for H2S service.
These valves incorporate aluminum-bronze or nickel plated steel inserts, Monel plugs, Teflon
or fluoroelastomer seals and specially heat-treated components.
2
Part No. includes Gear Operator.
Lo Torc Plug Valves with Raised Faces, Weld Ends, Butt Weld Ends - available on special order.

Back to Main Menu
CEMENTING
LO TORC® VALVES
Lo Torc Specifications
THREADED ENDS API LINE PIPE THREADS
Catalog Number Dimensions
Nominal Lubricated Straight Line
Valve Working Bore Pipe
Size Pressure Dia. Thds. Wt. A B C D E
Inches psi Std. Inches Inches Lbs. Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches
(mm) (kPa) Service SAP No. H2S SAP No. (mm) (mm) (kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
5,000
9.125 101270197 * NA
1 1/2 (34,500)
3
(38.1) 10,000 1 1 1/2 35 8 4 9/16 4 11/16 5 3 1/2
8.7507 100000989 * NA
Regular (69,000) (25.4) (38.1) (15.9) (203.2) (115.9) (119.1) (127.0) (88.9)
Opening 15,000 Fem.
8.749 100015444 * NA
(103,500)
1,000
9.4101 NA * NA
(6,900)
2,000
9.4122 100015588 * NA
2 1/16 (13,800)
(52.4) 3000 2 1/16 2 57 8 1/2 4 1/4 5 1/2 6 3/8 3 13/16
9.4132 100015589 9.4152 NA
Full (20,700) (52.4) (50.8) (25.9) (215.9) (108.0) (139.7) (161.9) (96.8)
Opening 5,000 Fem.
9.4134 100001036 9.4147 100001041
(34,500)
10,000
9.8191 100001063 * NA
(69,000)
2 9/16 3,000
10.5041 NA * NA
(65.1) (20,700) 2 9/16 2 1/2 80 9 5/8 4 1/8 4 3/4 7 7/8 4 1/8
Full 5,000 (65.1) (63.5) (36.3) (244.5) (104.8) (120.6) (200.0) (104.8)
10.6201 101011011 * NA
Opening (34,500)
3 1/8 3,000
11.5043 100015867 * NA
(79.4) (20,700) 3 1/8 3 120 11 1/8 4 3/4 5 9/16 9 1/8 4 3/4
Full 6,000 (79.4) (76.2) (54.4) (282.6) (120.6) (141.3) (231.8) (120.6)
11.9203 100001138 11.50475 100015870
Opening (41,400) Fem.
4 1/16 3,000 2
12.3003 101288370 12.30082 NA
(103.2) (20,700) 4 1/16 4 385 15 7 7 1/8 10 3/4 6
Full 5,000 2
(103.2) (101.6) (175.0) (381.0) (177.8) (181.0) (273.0) (152.4)
12.3004 101240744 * NA
4 1/16 3,000
12.6945 NA * NA
(103.2) (20,700) 3 1/8 4 152 19 4 3/4 5 9/16 9 1/8 6
Regular 6,000 (79.4) (101.6) (68.9) (482.6) (120.6) (141.3) (231.8) (152.4)
12.6914 NA * NA
*Available on Special Order.

1
Lo Torc valves for handling sour gases/fluids conform to NACE specifications for H2S service. These valves incorporate aluminum-bronze or
nickel plated steel inserts, Monel plugs, Teflon or fluoroelastomer seals and specially heat-treated components.
2
Part No. includes Gear Operator.
3
Handle adapter (9.12309) is standard and is furnished with 1 ½ in. regular opening valves.
† Not Available.

Back to Main Menu
CEMENTING
LO TORC® VALVES
Full and Regular Opening - Female API Line Pipe

Threaded Ends
Nom. Working
STANDARD SERVICE H2S SERVICE
Valve Size Pressure
Inches psi Catalog PRICE Catalog PRICE
(mm) (kPa) Number SAP No. EACH Number SAP NO. EACH
5,000
9.125 101270197 CSI — — —
1 1/2 (34,500)
(38.1) 10,000
8.7507 100000989 2,630.88 — — —
Regular (69,000)
Opening 15,000
8.749* 100015444 CSI — — —
(103,500)
2,000
9.4122* 100015588 CSI — — —
(13,800)
2 1/16 3,000
9.4132 100015589 1,959.55 9.4152 NA CSI
(52.4) (20,700)
9.4134 100001036 1,874.50

Full 5,000
9.4147 100001041 1,874.50

Opening (34,500)
10,000
9.8191 100001063 1,849.55 — — —
(69,000)
(65.1) 5,000
10.6201* 101011011 CSI — — —
Full (34,500)
3 1/8 3,000
11.5043* 100015867 4,592.70 — — —
(79.4) (20,700)
Full 11.9203 100001138 3,956.53

6,000
Opening 11.50475 100015870 CSI

(41,400)
4 1/16 3,000 2
12.3003 * 101288370 CSI 12.3008 NA CSI
(103.2) (20,700)
Full 5,000 2
12.3004 * 101240744 CSI — — —
Opening (34,500)
4 1/16 3,000
12.6945* — 17,535.04 — — —
(103.2) (20,700)
Regular 6,000
12.6915* — CSI — — —
Opening (41,400)
2
Part No. Includes Gear Operator.
*Special Order Only

Back to Main Menu
CEMENTING
LO TORC® VALVES
Lo Torc Valves with Union End Connections

Nominal
Valve Working 1
Type Weight A D E F G I
Size End Pressure Catalog PRICE
Of lbs In. In. In. In. In. In. SAP No.
Inches Connection psi Number EACH
Serv. (kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
(mm) (kPa)
2
15,000 9.1277 100001021 2,507.27
Std
1.0 (103,500) 60 12.00 4.56 4.69 0.94 5.00 5.06 9.12522 * 100001010 1,738.42
2" 1502 Thd. & Nut
(25.4) 10,000 (27.2) (304.8) (115.8) (119.1) (2.4) (127.0) (128.5)
H2S 9.12533 100015491 3,322.62
(69,000)
20,000
Std 9.4138 13573 4,263.84
1.31 (138,000) 95 15.25 4.87 5.3 1.31 6.50 6.50
2" 2202 Thd. & Nut
(33.3) 15,000 (43.1) (387.4) (123.7) (134.6) (33.3) (165.1) (165.1)
H2S 9.8199 100015673 4,648.27
(103,500)
1.75 15,000 95 15.20 5.34 5.63 1.75 6.50 6.50 9.1267* 100009883 3,370.25
2" 1502 Thd. & Nut Std
(44.1) (103,500) (43.0) (386.1) (135.6) (143.0) (44.5) (165.1) (165.1) 9.1262 100001014 2,681.91
2.0 Std 82 15.20 6.50 9.8253 100001083 2,646.76
2" 1502 Thd. & Nut 10,000 5.34 5.50 2.06 6.50
(50.8) (69,000) H2S (37.1) (386.1) (135.6) (139.7) (52.3) (165.1) (165.1) 9.82563 100001085 4,759.40
15,000 11.50912 * 100015887 19,653.35
Std
3.0 (103,500) 405 21.50 9.12 8.10 2.62 10.90 9.50 11.50282 100001125 11,629.17
3" 1502 Thd. & Nut
(76.2) 10,000 (183.7) (546.1) (231.6) (205.7) (66.5) (276.9) (241.3)
H2S 11.5101 100015894 CSI
(69,000)
6,000 26.17 7.12 11.54
12.3015* 100016011 CSI
4.0 4" 602 Thd. & Nut (41,400) 380 (664.7) 7.00 (180.8) 4.00 10.75 (293.1)
(101.6) 4" 1002 Thd. x Thd. 10,000 Std (172.4) 16.5 (177.8) 7.88 (101.6) (273.1) 8.25
12.6985* 100016114 CSI
(69,000) (419.1) (200.2) (209.6)
1-Over-all length (Dimension A) is face to face of the thread half to nut half body only. The extension of the wing nut is not included.
2-Lo-Torc® plug valves with 2 inch 1502 and 3 inch 1502 connections are available with certification; part numbers 9.1277 (1 inch),
9.1267 (2 inch) and 11.5091 (3 inch). Product certificates available - request when ordering. Weights and dimensions are the same as
given for the standard 1 inch, 2 inch and 3 inch valves listed above.
3-Lo-Torc® plug valves with 2 inch 1502 connections, 10 000 psi WP, H2S service are available with certification - part number 9.82583.
Prices on request.
*Special Order Only
1" thru 2" Sizes

Back to Main Menu
CEMENTING
LO TORC® VALVES
For Longer Service Life… Due to widely varied range of application, no specific frequency of
Operation and Care of the maintenance or in-service inspection for the Lo Torc valve can be
Halliburton LoTorc® Plug Valve recommended. Periodic and frequent inspection of each valve will
provide a basis for predicting the life or usefulness of the plug and inserts.
Replacing these parts when they are eroded or worn will help prevent any
erosion of the body.
CAUTION: The fact that a valve has never leaked in service does not
necessarily mean that the inserts do not need replacement. They may
wash out and erode the valve body before leakage is noted. A planned
program of maintenance at specific intervals is the key to keeping
downtime and repair costs at a minimum. Bodies of valves are heat
treated alloy steel and should not be welded.
Repairing Lo Torc Valves

Price
Ref. No. SAP DESCRIPTION PRICE
196 - Mileage from Halliburton, one way per mile... $1.90
Repair parts as listed in Lo Torc price list.

198 - Service Charge, including service man's time from
Halliburton location to destination and return; per hour
or fraction thereof ……. 49.77126
When customer delivers Valve to Halliburton location
199 - Service charge, per hour or fraction…….. 49.77
Accessories for Lo Torc Plug Valve

Valve Catalog PRICE
Size DESCRIPTION Number SAP No. EACH
2 1/16" (52.4 mm), 2 9/16"

Wrench 9.41343 100015590 $67.36
(65.1 mm), 3 1/8"
(79.4mm)
& 4 1/16" (103.2 mm)
REGULAR OPENING, Handle Adapter 9.50822 100001046 88.57
only
All sizes except 4 1/16"
(103.2 mm) FULL Operating Bar 9.81713 100001061 54.89
OPENING
4 1/16" (103.2 mm) FULL Operating Wrench 12.69045 - 144.70
OPENING, only
Halliburton
All Sizes Stick Lubricant 70.31058 100001837 14.97
All Sizes High Pressure Gun 70.24776 100001778 668.61

41
Cameron Willis Surface Chokes and Actuators
Cameron Willis is a separately managed unit within the Cameron organ- Comparison of Cameron Willis Production Choke Characteristics
ization focused on the worldwide supply of Cameron and Willis brand
Cameron Willis Choke Model
chokes and actuators. The Cameron Willis choke product line offers
Application H2 H2I CC15 CC20 CC30 CC40 CC60 MC-10 MC-20
chokes for production applications, both subsea and surface. Chokes are
available in a wide range of trim and body materials with a full range of Environment
Surface • • • • • • • • •
accessories, including actuators.
Subsea • • • • •
In addition, Cameron Willis can provide operators with a computer
sizing and selection program to determine the right product for the Characteristics
application. Needle and Seat • •
Cameron Willis choke products include: Positive • •
Adjustable • • • • • • • • •
• Needle and Seat Chokes (H2 Classic and H2I) Multiple Orifice Valve • •
Positive and Adjustable Plug and Cage • • • • •
• Multiple Orifice Valves (MC-10 and MC-20) External Sleeve • • • •
Manual • • • • • • • • •
• Control Chokes (CC15, CC20, CC30, CC40,CC60)
Actuated • • • • • • •
Surface and Subsea
Plug and Cage
External Sleeve
• Choke Actuators (Aqua-Torq and SLCA)
Surface and Subsea
H2 Classic™ and H2I™ Needle and Seat Chokes

The H2 Classic Choke has an externally threaded body and is the standard
for needle and seat chokes. The Cameron H2I Choke has a recessed
bean/seat design and an externally threaded bonnet cap to ease
maintenance.
Nominal Sizes: H2 Classic: 2", 3", 4"
H2I: 2"
Needle/Maximum Orifice Size: H2 Classic: 1", 2", 3" H2I Adjustable Choke
H2I: 1", 2"
Working Pressure: 2000 to 15,000 psi
Operating Temperatures: API ratings K, L, P, R, S, T, U, X
–75˚ F to +350˚ F (–59˚ C to +177˚ C)
Materials: API ratings AA, BB, CC, DD, EE, FF, HH
Needle and Seat Trims: Standard: Induction hardened
stainless steel
Super: Stainless steel with tungsten
carbide wear surfaces
Performance Verification: API 6A, including performance verification
testing for PR2 level chokes
Multiple Orifice Valves (MOVs)

The Cameron Willis MOV uses two matched discs, each with a pair of H2 Classic Positive Choke (Shown without Bean)
circular openings to create variable flow areas as one disc is rotated
relative to the other.
Applications: Wellhead, manifold, separator, let-down,
waterflood, CO2, EOR, gas lift, subsea
Sizes: MC-10: 1" to 2-1/16"
MC-20: 2" to 4-1/16"
Working Pressure: MC-10: to 3000 psi
MC-20: to 5000 psi
Operating Temperatures: –50˚ F to +250˚ F (–46˚ C to +121˚ C)
Materials: API ratings AA, BB, CC, DD, EE, FF, HH
Trims: Complete range of materials and trims
Actuation: Manual or actuated
MC-10 MOV with Electric Actuator
Pressure Control
Shaffer Control Systems
Koomey Control Systems

quick connection and disconnection of the
control system to the control pod.
Shaffer is able to offer unmatched
experience and knowledge in BOP control Hydraulic Systems
systems as the only supplier of original Direct hydraulic systems are available for use in
Koomey products in the industry today. water under 5,500-feet depth as well as land
Koomey has a tradition of continuously applications. A bias-pressure system improves
leading the development of BOP controls, response times of hydraulic systems in water
and Shaffer is carrying on the brand depths in excess of 3,000 feet.
tradition with today’s new generation of
BOP control systems. A variety of test units, workover units, panels
and other options are available utilizing direct
hydraulic and PLC control units.
Land Units
Shaffer manufactures BOP control units Deepwater Control Systems
sized from the largest rigs to workover
requirements. Utilizing the dependable Shaffer introduced one of the first ultra-deep
Koomey design, these systems provide multiplex (MUX) control systems.
years of dependable use and service. This 4th generation deepwater system controls
Upgrades are also available. Air, electric and more than 100 functions on each pod, utilizing
hydraulic panels can be supplied as the efficient fiber optic cable system,
replacements for original panels, or for eliminating the communication issues which
auxiliary use. would occur with a traditional control line
communication at depths up to and exceeding
7,000 feet. All of the components used in the
4th generation MUX have been rated to operate
in up to 10,000 feet water depths.
The Shaffer design has lead the industry
towards systems designed with maximum
redundancy in mind as the time taken to run a
control pod in deep water increases with depth.
Deep Water Options
Shaffer offers a deepwater system (up to 110
124 Minute Man™ Control Systems
functions), and an 80-function system, that
takes full advantage of our existing 80-line pod,
While the floating rig market uses the while upgrading it to an electro-hydraulic
multiplexed electro-hydraulic or direct- system.
hydraulic systems, high specification jack-
ups are applying the lessons of the 4th
Generation Mux systems for use in the
Minute Man programmable logic control
(PLC) unit for jack-ups and platforms as
well as land and barge operations. These
control systems offer the unique ability for
control system automation while offering a
Pressure Control
Shaffer Conventional BOP

Control Panel with This Model
Designation System.
Control Systems for Land, Auxiliary Panel
Platform and Jackup Rigs
Auxiliary panels, including model number
The general procedure for selecting a BOP designations are explained in Auxiliary
control system is outlined in Selecting The Control Panel Designations.
Proper BOP Control System. This tells
you the basic accumulator/pump unit size High Pressure Machined Manifolds
and capacity. The next step is to select A 4” machined manifold is provided for the
specific components for a system to meet accumulator bottles, and a 2” machined
your requirements. manifold is furnished for the header of the 4-
Basic Accumulator/Pump Unit way valves that control the ram preventers and
gate valves.
Model designations (which identify nominal
accumulator capacity) are explained
elsewhere in this section. Choose either
electric or air for basic pump power. Then,
select air operated or electric operated
auxiliary pump capacity equal to basic
capacity.
Driller’s Control Panel
Select this according to recommendations
on You Can Determine any Driller’s
126
Pressure Control
Shaffer Schematic — Typical

6. Air Operated Hydraulic Pumps.
Conventional BOP Control 7. Suction Shut-Off Valve: Manually
operated. One for each air operated
System hydraulic pump suction line. Keep
open except when servicing pump or
1. Customer Air Supply: Normal air suction strainer.
supply is at 125 psi. Higher air
pressure may require an air 8. Suction Strainer: One for each air
regulator. operated hydraulic pump suction line.
Has removable screens. Clean every
2. Air Lubricator: Located on the air 30 days.
inlet line to the air operated pumps.
Use SAE 10 lubricating oil. 9. Check Valve: One for each air
operated hydraulic pump delivery
3. Air Bypass Valve: To automatic line.
hydro-pneumatic pressure switch.
When pressures higher than the 10.Electric Motor Driven Triplex Pump
normal 3,000 psi are required, open Assembly.
this valve. Keep closed at all other 11.Automatic Hydro-Electric Pressure
times. Switch: Pressure switch is set at
4. Automatic Hydro-Pneumatic 3,000 psi cut-out and 2,750 psi cut-in.
Pressure Switch: Pressure switch is Adjustable.
set at 2,900 psi cut-out when air and 12.Electric Motor Starter (Automatic):
electric pumps are used. Otherwise, Automatically starts or stops the
set at 3,000 psi for air pumps alone. electric motor driving the triplex
Adjustable spring tension control. pump. Works in conjunction with the
5. Air Shut-off Valves: Manually automatic hydro-electric pressure
operated — normally open, close to switch and has a manual overriding
service the air operated hydraulic on-off switch.
pumps.
127
Pressure Control
13.Suction Shut-Off Valve: Manually

operated, normally open. Located NOTE: This valve should be kept OPEN
in the suction line of the electric when precharging the accumulator
pump. bottles.
14.Suction Strainer: Located in the 26.Panel-Unit Selector: Manual 3-way
suction line of the electric pump. valve. Used to apply pilot air pressure
Clean every 30 days. to the air operated pressure reducing
and regulating valve, either from the air
15.Check Valve: Located in the regulator on the unit or from the air
delivery line of the triplex pump. regulator on the remote control panel.
16.Electric Power: Customer’s 27.Pressure Reducing and Regulating
connections. Valve — Air Operated: Reduces the
17.Accumulators: Check nitrogen accumulator pressure to the required
precharge in accumulator system annular BOP operating pressure.
every 30 days. Nitrogen precharge Pressure can be varied for stripping
should be 1,000 psi +/- 10%. operations. Maximum recommended
CAUTION: Use NITROGEN when operating pressure of the annular
adding to precharge. Other gases preventer should not be exceeded.
and air may cause fire and/or 28.Accumulator Pressure Gauge.
explosion.
29.Manifold Pressure Gauge.
18.Accumulator Relief Valve: Valve set
to relieve at 3,300 psi. 30.Annular Preventer Pressure Gauge.
19.Fluid Strainer: Located on the inlet 31.Pneumatic Pressure Transmitter for
side of the pressure reducing and Accumulator Pressure.
regulating valves. Clean strainer 32.Pneumatic Pressure Transmitter for
every 30 days. Manifold Pressure.
20.Pressure Reducing and Regulating 33.Pneumatic Pressure Transmitter for
Valve — Manually Operated: Adjust Annular Pressure.
to the required continuous
operating pressure of ram type 34.Air Filter: Located on the supply line to
BOPs. the air regulators.
21.Main Valve Header: 5,000 psi W.P., 35.Air Regulator for Pressure Reducing
2” machined. and Regulating Valve — Air Operated.
22.4-Way Valves: With air cylinder 36.Air Regulator for Pneumatic
operators for remote operation Transmitter (33) for Annular Pressure.
from the controls panels. Keep in
standard operating mode (open or 37.Air Regulator for Pneumatic Pressure
close), NEVER IN CENTER Transmitter (31) for Accumulator
POSITION. Pressure.
23.Bypass Valve: With air cylinder 38.Air Regulator for Pneumatic Pressure
operator for remote operation from Transmitter (32) for Manifold Pressure.
the controls panels. In “Low —
128 1,500” position, it puts regulated NOTE: Air regulator controls for
pressure on main valve header pneumatic transmitters normally set at
(21), and in “High — 3,000” 15 psi. Increase or decrease air
position, it puts full accumulator pressure to calibrate panel gauge to
pressure on the main valve header. hydraulic pressure gauge on unit.
Keep in “Low — 1,500” position 39.Air Junction Box: To connect the air
unless 3,000 psi (or more) is lines on the unit to the air lines coming
required on ram type BOPs. from the remote control panels through
24.Accumulator Bank Isolator Valves: air cable.
Manually operated, normally open. 40.Hydraulic Fluid Fill Port.
25.Hydraulic Bleeder Valve: Manually 41.Inspection Plug Port.
operated — normally closed.
42.Reservoir Drain Plug.
Pressure Control
The Shaffer BOP Control system takes the

following factors into consideration in
recommending the 3,000 psi accumulator
units:
1. Fluid in the “close” lines tends to flow
back into the reservoir tanks on
accumulator units. This is because
the accumulators normally are
located at a lower position than the
preventer stacks at a point 100 to
150 feet distant from the well bore,
and the four-way valves on the
accumulator units are placed in the
open position until an emergency Separator Type Accumulators
calls for the close position. However, Separator type accumulators in Shaffer’s G
with the high pressure and reserve Series BOP Control systems are one of several
capacity of the Shaffer 3,000 psi features developed by Shaffer engineers to
accumulator unit, minimum time is provide maximum certainty in BOP control.
lost while the close lines become Other features include auxiliary pump
completely refilled after the valve is
turned from open to close. systems to give redundancy in critical
emergencies, dual manifold design to provide
2. Most four-way valves lose some of the proper pressure to ram type and annular
their fluid capacity due to “interflow” type BOPs at all times, pressure reducing and
when the valves move from “open” regulator valves, quick-opening bypass
to “close”. The 50% reserve in valves, high pressure strainers, heavy duty
Shaffer’s system more than chain drive on pumps, baffled hydraulic
compensates for this. control fluid reservoirs, and extra heavy piping
3. Frequently, there is fluid loss through and unions.
the packing of the preventer units. The 11 gallon separator-type accumulators
Again, the reserve of Shaffer’s
system takes this into consideration. meet 7,500 psi test requirements to give a
The 50 percent reserve of Shaffer’s generous safety margin for 3,000 psi control
3,000 psi accumulator system systems. The accumulators’ metal shells are
provides faster, more dependable manufactured from a single piece of chrome-
closing of the preventers under molybdenum steel and are designed with a 4
blowout conditions than lower to 1 safety margin above the maximum
pressure accumulator systems. The working pressure.
latter may function satisfactorily Field repair is accomplished easily and does
under atmospheric pressure but not affect compliance with the ASME, USCG,
dangerously slow in the emergency
of blowout conditions. or DNV codes. When the accumulator is to be
removed for a bladder change, an important
safety feature holds the fluid port assembly in
place mechanically — so that the accumulator
cannot be disassembled until all remaining
nitrogen gas inside the bladder is released. 129
Note: Piston type accumulators are available
upon request.
Typical separator type accumulator

Pressure Control
Calculating Accumulator Size for Typical BOP Stack

Blowout Preventer Equipment Gallons To Close
Typical Annular BOPs (13 5/8" 5,000 psi W.P.) after normal wear 23.6
Three typical Ram BOPs (13 5/8" 10,000 psi W.P.) (3 x 11.6 gallons) 34.8
Total Gallons for Full Closure of All Preventers 58.4
Plus 50% Safety Factor 29.21
Total Gallons Including Safety Factor 87.6
NOTES:
1. Safety factor of 50% is recommended to provide for complete replenishment of fluid in “close” lines at time preventers are
activated. This safety factor also allows for loss of fluid capacity due to “interflow” in the four-way valves and possible loss
through the packing of the preventer units.
Calculation Of Accumulator Size Therefore, by subtracting the remaining

control fluid from the stored fluid:
For 3,000 PSI System
6.6-1.6 = 5.0 Gallons of Usable Fluid
By noting that the 5 gallons of fluid is 1/2 the

total Volume, a simple method for calculations
can be used.
Simple Method
The minimum allowable pressure is
considered to be 1,200 psi. The
recommended pre-charge for 3,000 psi
accumulators is 1,000 psi. Thus, the nominal
(fluid and nitrogen volume) accumulator size
may be calculated simply from the following
factors:
3000 PSI System:
Gallons to close + safety factor x 2.0. Using
the same BOP stack as above, the results are
as follows:
87.6 gallons x 2.0 = 175.2 gallons. Rounding
off to the next higher increment of 10 gallons
it is evident that 180 gallons (total fluid and
nitrogen volume) are required.
130
Pressure Control
Selecting The Proper BOP

as small fittings and shut-off valves. Large
internal diameter, machined manifolds are
Control System preferable because of minimum restrictions to
flow and few potential leak paths — which are
1. Determine the size, working characteristic of screwed or welded types.
pressure, type and quantity of Shut-off valves between the accumulators
preventers and gate valves to be and 4-way control valves should be avoided.
operated. Each accumulator bottle should not have its
2. Refer to the Accumulator Size own shut-off valve. Bottles should be repaired
Recommendations for the only during times when the rig activities do
accumulator size that will effectively not require the control system and blowout
operate the BOP stack. preventers to be in service. The entire
accumulator system should be bled down to
3. Determine the pump capacity zero pressure prior to working on the the
recommended for the system. To do accumulator bottles.
this, obtain the total number of
gallons required to close all Pumps and Power Systems
preventers on an open hole, plus, Pump Capacity
open one hydraulically operated gate
valve. Then, divide the total number Pump capacity should be able to close all
of gallons by 3.0 minutes, and this preventers on an open hole — plus opening
will give the gallons per minute one hydraulically operated gate valve —
output required of the pump system. within 3.0 minutes or less, with the
4. The basic accumulator size and accumulator bottles removed from service,
pump capacity are now known. and attain a minimum pressure of 1,200 psi.
Decide upon the basic type of control Pump Sizing
system preferred and select the
components necessary for a system GPM output requirements are calculated and
that meets all requirements. proper combination of pumps selected to
meet current API standards.
Recommended Specifications: Control
Dual Air/Electric Pumps
Systems For Surface-Installed BOPs
A separate source of power should be
The following general specifications meet available to operate the pump system, such as
most drilling requirements, but they are to a combination of air operated and electrically
serve as guidelines only. It is the operated pumps, with each pump source
responsibility of the equipment user to meet supplying approximately equal GPM output. If
specific requirements of each drilling job. the primary pumps are electric, utilizing
Accumulator/Pump Units — General regular rig electric power, and if auxiliary
pumps are operated, the rig air system for the
Response Time. The control system should auxiliary pumps should be independent of
be capable of closing each ram type regular rig air and electric power. Conversely,
preventer within 6 seconds for preventer if the basic pumps are air operated, utilizing
sizes up to 13-5/8” 10,000 psi, and capable of regular rig air, and if the auxiliary pumps are
closing annular-type preventers within 19 electric, the electric pumps should have the
seconds for sizes up to 13-5/8” 5,000 psi. For proper size independent generator available
preventers requiring larger volumes, 1 1/2” continuously. For standard 3,000 psi systems,
valving on the control manifold should be 131
all pumps should activate automatically when
specified. system pressure drops to approximately 2,700
Volumetric Capacity. All BOP control systems psi.
should incorporate an accumulator unit with a Other Power Combinations
volume adequate to close all preventers (with
pumps inoperative), while retaining a A system with only multiple air operated
pressure of 200 psi minimum above the pumps should have two separate air supplies
precharge pressure but not less than 1,200 so that at least half of the total GPM capacity
psi. continues to operate if the rig’s primary power
systems are off. Similarly, a system with only
Accumulator Manifolding. Accumulator multiple electric pumps should have two
manifolds or headers should be constructed separate sources of electric power to ensure
with a minimum number of restrictions such continued operation of at least half of the GPM
Pressure Control
capacity if the rig’s primary power systems panel, interconnecting cable or hose must not
are off. Nitrogen backup systems may be interfere with accumulator/pump operation.
supplied as a secondary power source for Hydraulically operated panels which receive
closing BOPs. They are also inexpensive their hydraulic operating fluid from the main
insurance as a third source of power for accumulator system are not acceptable unless
emergency use. designed so that the destruction of the panel or
the interconnecting hoses will not cause the
Control Valves accumulator system to be drained. Air operated
Clearly marked nameplates should tell panels, electrically operated panels and self-
which preventer or hydraulic valve each 4- contained hydraulic panels (having their own
way valve operates and give the valve hydraulic pump, accumulator and reservoir) are
position (OPEN and CLOSE only). During acceptable.
drilling operations, valves should be left in A graphic display of the BOP stack on each
either the OPEN or CLOSE position — control panel indicates clearly the position and
never in the center position. operation of each BOP function and the position
Gauges of each control valve. Gauges indicate
Large-face, easy-to-read gauges on BOP accumulator pressure, manifold pressure and
control panels should indicate the annular BOP pressure.
accumulator system operating pressure All driller’s control panels — whether air, electric
(accumulator pressure), the pressure or hydraulic operated — have a sufficient
downstream of the ram preventer regulator number of valves to remotely operate all 4-way
(manifold pressure), and the pressure valves on the master hydraulic control manifold
downstream of the annular preventer to either the OPEN or CLOSE position.
regulator (annular pressure).
Fittings Air Operated Control Panels
All manifolding should have a minimum In addition to the general specifications
number of flow restrictions, i.e., elbows, mentioned above, air operated remote control
crosses, tee, manual gate valves. Manual panels should have a valve allowing remote
gate valves, which do not clearly indicate operation of the regulator bypass valve on the
open and closed position, easily could be ram preventers’ hydraulic manifold. A master air
left in a closed position when they should valve is required and must be activated before
be left open. air flows to the other valves. Remote regulation
of the annular pressure regulator should be
Operating Fluid and Reservoir incorporated into the panel. Air communication
between the remote control panel and the
A clean, lightweight, high quality hydraulic hydraulic control manifold should be via multi-
control fluid, which is capable of being tube, bundled, flame-resistant hoses of
mixed with potable water, should be used minimum 3/8” O.D.
as the operating fluid. Do not use motor oil,
kerosene, diesel fuel, chain oil or petroleum Electric Operated Control Panels
products containing aromatics which can
damage rubber components and seals. Electric operated remote control panels have
indicating lights to show the status of the last
Reservoir capacity should equal command sent to each of the preventer
approximately twice the usable fluid functions. Control of the regulator bypass valve
132 capacity of the accumulator system. Access for the ram preventers (located on the hydraulic
ports of at least 4” I.D. at each end of the control manifold) are incorporated into the
reservoir for visual inspection of the inside panel. A master panel pushbutton is
of the reservoir and to allow detection of recommended to activate all function switches.
any leaking components on the manifold.
Internal baffles in the reservoir should This requires a two-handed operation —
restrict fluid movement when the unit is guarding against accidental operation of BOPs
transported. by someone unintentionally bumping a
pushbutton. Remote control of hydraulic
Driller’s Controls — General pressure to the annular preventer should be
Driller’s control panels on the rig floor near included in the panel. All components must be
the driller should have a power source explosion-proof — either by enclosure or by a
independent of the accumulator/pump nitrogen purge system.
unit. Complete destruction of the driller’s
Pressure Control
Hydraulic Operated Control

Panels
Besides meeting the applicable general
specifications, hydraulic operated driller’s
panels require a master hydraulic valve which
must be activated before hydraulic pressure
flows to the function valves. Remote
regulation of the annular pressure regulator
should be incorporated into the panel.
Surface Control Electric Remote Control
Interface
Advantages of PLC based, fiber-optic remote
control communications vs. direct multi-
conductor electric remote cable.
■ Safer, noise-free operation
■ Accidental damage to fiber-optic
interconnecting cable does not cause any
BOP control functions to operate.
■ Only remote communications will be lost,
providing a safer method of remote control.
■ Outside electrical interference is eliminated
for a “noise-free” communications signal.
Easier Cable Installation
■ Fiber-optic cable is lighter and smaller in
diameter than the standard 60 to 90 multi-
conductor electric cable previously used,
allowing a shorter installation phase.
133
Pressure Control
Model Designations — Accumulator/Pumping Units

You Can Determine Any Conventional System with this

Model Designation System
Example — Electric Powered Accumulator/Pump Units
Example — Air-Powered Accumulator/Pump Units
134
AOT “K-25” LIGHT WEIGHT TUBING TONG
The AOT K-25 Tubing Tong has a wide range from 1.050 thru 3.062, and is light-weight with a wrap around
design providing approximately 300o die contact. This prevents crushing or cutting of thin wall tubing.
The tong can be used by hand or with a rope block and catline, when making-up or breaking-out tubing.
They are made of high alloy steel, heat-treated for strength and wear, and then tested.
The AOT K-25 light-weight tubing tong has a 2,000 ft.-lb maximum torque rating.
All tongs are pull-tested and complete documentation is available with each tong.
AOT # DESCRIPTION WT.

05-101 K-25 TONG COMPLETE LESS DIES, ROPE GUIDE & HANGER 16.50
05-102 K-25 TONG COMPLETE LESS DIES w/ROPE GUIDE & HANGER 21.00
REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR “K-20” & “K-25” TUBING TONG

AOT# ITEM# DESCRIPTION REF.# #REQ. WT.* SPARES
05-103 1 TONG HEAD PIN 8527-5025 3 .12 3
05-104 2 TONG HANDLE PIN 8527-5024 1 .37 1
05-117 3 SPRING LOCK FOR ALL PINS 904685-71 8 .03 8
05-105 4 TONG DIE BUSHING & SCREW N/A 6 .06 24
05-106 5 K-25 HANDLE JAW 8527-5032 1 2.12
05-107 6 K-25 LATCH JAW 8527-5034-03 1 2.12
05-108 7 K-25 CENTER JAW 8527-5033 1 1.75
05-109 8 K-20 OR K-25 ROPE GUIDE 8527-5023 1 2.75
05-110 9 3/4” HEX NUT f/ROPE GUIDE 900645-50 1 .06
05-113 10 ROLLOVER HANGER COMPLETE 8527-5018-03 1 1.75
05-111 11 3/8” x 2 1/4” HEX CAP SCREW 900020-63 1 .06 2
05-112 12 3/8” FLEXLOCK NUT 902392-3 1 .06 2
05-114 13 TONG HANDLE f/K-25 OR K-20 8527-5024 1 9.75
DIES FOR K-20 AND K-25 REFER TO PAGE 54
*RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS FOR ONE YEAR
RECOMMENDED DIES FOR ONE YEAR ORDER 3 FOR EACH SIZE REQUIRED
ALL PARTS ARE INTERCHANGEABLE WITH KELCO** K-20 & K-25 TUBING TONGS
47 www.accessoiltools.com
AOT “K-30” MANUAL TUBING TONG
The AOT K-30 Tubing Tong is Designed for heavy duty service of tubing 2.062” to 4.125” OD with a 5,000 ft.-lb.
maximum torque rating. It has a wrap-around design with approximately a 300o die contact. This prevents cutting or crushing of thin
wall tubing. All tongs are pull tested and complete documentation is available with each tong.
AOT # DESCRIPTION REF# WT.

06-101 K-30 TONG ASSEMBLY COMPLETE 8527-5035 48.00
LESS HANGER & DIES
LESS DIES w/STANDARD HANGER
LESS DIES w/ROLLOVER HANGER
REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR “K-30” TUBING TONGS

AOT# ITEM# DESCRIPTION REF# # REQ. WT. *SPARES
06-104 1 K-30 TONG HANDLE 8527-5047 1 24.00
06-105 2 K-30 HANDLE JAW 8527-5045 1 8.00
06-106 3 K-30 CENTER JAW 8527-5049 1 5.50
06-107 4 K-30 LATCH JAW 8527-5050-03 1 5.75
06-108 5 TONG HANDLE PIN 8527-5052 1 1 .75 1
06-109 6 TONG HEAD PIN 8527-5053 3 3 .50 3
06-157 7 5/32” x 1” SPRINGLOCK 904685-71 8 .03 8
06-110 8 TONG DIE BUSHING 8527-5055 24 6 .10 24
06-111 9 TONG DIE SCREW 902224-11348 6 .06 48
06-112 TONG ROLLOVER HANGER ASSY 8527-5045 1 16.00
06-113 10 TONG HANGER 8527-5042-03 1 13.00
06-155 11 1/2” x 2 1/2” HEX HEAD CAP SCREW 900020-74 1 or 2 .15 2
06-156 12 1/2” HEX NUT 900160-5 1 or 2 .08 2
06-114 13 ROLLOVER BLOCK 8527-5038-03 1 2.50
06-115 ROLLOVER LOCK PIN 8527-5040-03 1 .38
DIES FOR K-30 REFER TO PAGE 54
RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS FOR 1 YEAR OPERATION
RECOMMENDED DIES FOR 1 YEAR ORDER 3 FOR EACH SIZE PIPE TO BE RUN
TONG ROLLOVER HANGER ASSY. CONSISTS OF: TONG HANGER, ROLLOVER BLOCK, LOCK PIN
AND ALL BOLTS & NUTS
ALL PARTS ARE INTERCHANGEABLE WITH KELCO® K-30 TONGS
AOT “K-50” MANUAL TUBING TONG
The AOT K-50 Manual Tubing Tong is designed for heavy duty service for tubing and casing. It has a size range of 2 7/8” - 5 1/2”
OD with a 7,500 ft.-lb. maximum torque rating. It has a wrap-around design with approximately 300o die contact to prevent cutting
or crushing thin wall pipe. All tongs are pull tested and complete documentation is available.
AOT # DESCRIPTION WT.

06-501 K-50 TONG ASSEMBLY COMPLETE LESS HANGER & DIES 60.00
06-502 K-50 TONG ASSEMBLY COMPLETE LESS DIES w/STANDARD HANGER 75.00
06-503 K-50 TONG ASSEMBLY COMPLETE LESS DIES w/ROLLOVER HANGER 77.50
REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR “K-50” TUBING TONGS

AOT# ITEM# DESCRIPTION #REQ. WT. *SPARES
06-504 1 K-50 TONG HANDLE 1 32.00
06-505 2 K-50 HANDLE JAW 1 10.00
06-506 3 K-50 CENTER JAW 1 8.00
06-507 4 K-50 LATCH JAW 1 8.50
06-508 5 TONG HANDLE PIN 1 2.00 1
06-509 6 TONG HEAD PIN 3 1.50 3
06-516 7 3/16” x 1 1/2” SPRING LOCK 8 .04 8
06-510 8 TONG DIE BUSHING 6 .12 24
06-511 9 TONG DIE SCREW 6 .06 48
06-112 TONG ROLLOVER HANGER ASSEMBLY 1 16.00
06-113 10 TONG HANGER 1 13.00
06-155 11 1/2” x 2 1/2” HEX HEAD CAP SCREW 1 or 2 .15 2
06-156 12 1/2” HEX NUT 1 or 2 .08 2
06-114 13 ROLLOVER BLOCK 1 2.50
06-115 ROLLOVER LOCK PIN 1 .38
DIES FOR K-50 REFER TO PAGE 54
*RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS FOR 1 YEAR OPERATION
RECOMMENDED DIES FOR 1 YEAR ORDER 3 FOR EACH SIZE PIPE TO BE RUN
TONG ROLLOVER HANGER ASSY. CONSISTS OF: TONG HANGER, ROLLOVER BLOCK,
LOCK PIN AND ALL BOLTS & NUTS
AOT “K-50 HT” MANUAL TONG
The AOT K-50 HT Manual Tong is designed for heavy duty service for tubing & casing.
It has a size range of 2 3/8” – 5” OD with a 15,000 ft.-lb. maximum torque rating.
It has a wrap-around design with approximately 300˚ die contact to prevent cutting or crushing of thin wall pipe.
All tongs are pull tested and complete documentation is available.
AOT# DESCRIPTION WT.

06-605 K-50 HT TONG ASSY. COMPLETE LESS HANGER & DIES 82
06-606 K-50 HT TONG ASSY. COMPLETE LESS DIES WITH STD. HANGER 98
06-607 K-50 HT TONG ASSY. COMPLETE LESS DIES W/ROLLOVER HANGER 100
REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR “K-50 HT” MANUAL TONGS

AOT# ITEM # DESCRIPTION # REQ. WT. *SPARES
06-704 1 K-50 HT – K-70 TONG HANDLE 1 40.00
06-601 2 K-50 HT HANDLE JAW 1 14.00
06-602 3 K-50 HT CENTER JAW 1 13.00
06-603 4 K-50 HT LATCH JAW 1 13.00
06-708 5 TONG HANDLE PIN 1 .75 1
06-508 6 TONG HEAD PIN 3 .50 3
06-516 7 3/16” X 1 1/2” SPRING LOCK 8 .04 8
06-510 8 TONG DIE BUSHING 6 .12 24
06-511 9 TONG DIE SCREW 6 .06 48
06-112 TONG ROLLOVER HANGER ASSY. 1 16.00
06-113 10 TONG HANGER 1 13.00
06-155 11 1/2” X 2 1/2” HEX HEAD CAP SCREW 1 OR 2 .15 2
06-156 12 1/2” HEX NUT 1 OR 2 .08 2
DIES FOR K-50 HT SAME AS K-50 DIES PAGE 54
AOT “K-70” MANUAL TONG
The AOT K-70 Manual Tong is designed for heavy duty service for tubing & casing. It has a size range of 3 1/2” - 7” OD
with a 12,500 ft.-lb. maximum torque rating. It has a wrap-around design with approximately 300˚ die contact to prevent cutting
or crushing of thin wall pipe. All tongs are pull tested and complete documentation is available.
AOT# DESCRIPTION WT.

06-701 K-70 TONG ASSY. COMPLETE LESS HANGER & DIES 82
06-702 K-70 TONG ASSY. COMPLETE LESS DIES WITH STD. HANGER 98
06-703 K-70 TONG ASSY. COMPLETE LESS DIES W/ROLLOVER HANGER 100
REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR “K-70” MANUAL TONGS

AOT# ITEM # DESCRIPTION # REQ. WT. *SPARES
06-704 1 K-70 TONG HANDLE 1 40.00
06-705 2 K-70 HANDLE JAW 1 14.00
06-706 3 K-70 CENTER JAW 1 13.00
06-707 4 K-70 LATCH JAW 1 13.00
06-708 5 TONG HANDLE PIN 1 .75
06-508 6 TONG HEAD PIN 3 .50
06-516 7 3/16” X 1 1/2” SPRING LOCK 8 .04
06-510 8 TONG DIE BUSHING 6 .12
06-511 9 TONG DIE SCREW 6 .06
06-112 TONG ROLLOVER HANGER ASSY. 1 16.00
06-113 10 TONG HANGER 1 13.00
06-155 11 1/2” X 2 1/2” HEX HEAD CAP SCREW 1 OR 2 .15
06-156 12 1/2” HEX NUT 1 OR 2 .08
Warnings and Safety Instructions
FMC can not anticipate all of the situations a user may encounter while installing and using FMC products. Therefore, the
user of FMC products MUST know and follow all applicable industry specifications on the safe installation and use of these
products. Refer to FMC product catalogs, product brochures and installation, operating and maintenance manuals for additional
product safety information or contact FMC at 800/772-8582.
WARNINGS
FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH!
1. Do not mix or assemble components, parts or end connections with different pressure ratings.
Mismatched parts may fail under pressure.
2. Do not use or substitute non FMC components or parts in FMC products and assemblies.
3. Do not strike, tighten or loosen pressurized components or connections.
4. Do not exceed the rated working pressure of the product.
5. Complete and proper make-up of components and connections is required to attain rated working pressure.
6. Do not use severely worn, eroded or corroded products. Contact FMC for more information on how to
identify the limits of erosion and corrosion.
7. Follow safe practices when using products in overhead applications. Products not properly secured
could fall.
8. Select only appropriate product and materials for the intended service:
• Do not expose standard service products to sour gas fluids. (Refer to NACE MR-0175.)
Do not interchange sour gas components with standard service components.
• Use appropriate safety precautions when working with ferrous products in below freezing temperatures.
Freezing temperatures lower the impact strength of ferrous materials.
9. Follow manufacturers instructions and Material Safety Data Sheet directions when using solvents.
10. Make certain that personnel and facilities are protected from residual hazardous fluids before disassembly
of any product.
11. If any leakage is detected from FMC products, take them from service immediately to prevent potential
damage and personal injury.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
The applications of FMC products are in working environments where general personnel safety procedures and
policies MUST be followed. Always use appropriate protective equipment in high pressure, extreme temperature or
severe service applications.
Pressure Rating (psi) Nominal Pipe Size
Figure Assembly NOTES
Quick Reference Chart

Standard Service Sour Gas Service (see note 12) (in) 1 1⁄
14 1 1⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
Number Color Key
Standard Service Cold Working Test Cold Working Test (mm) 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
100 1,000 1,500 NA NA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

200 2,000 3,000 NA NA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1
206 2,000 3,000 NA NA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1
207 2,000 3,000 NA NA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1
211 2,000 3,000 NA NA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

400 2,500 3,750 2,500 3,750 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,5,6
400 4,000 6,000 4,000 6,000 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1
600 6,000 9,000 NA NA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1
602 6,000 9,000 6,000 9,000 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2
1,2,3,
1002 10,000 15,000 7,500 11,250 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 7,13
1,3,10,
1003 10,000 15,000 7,500 11,250 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 14
1502 15,000 22,500 10,000 15,000 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,3,8
2002 20,000 30,000 NA NA ✓ ✓ 9,11
2202 NA NA 15,000 22,500 ✓ ✓ ✓ 11
Notes: • NA - Not Available 8. Figure 1502 in 4-inch size available for 3 1/2-inch ID tubing, butt- Sour gas service
• All end connections are line pipe threads unless weld or nonpressure seal configuration only. FMC manufactures Weco sour gas wing unions in accordance with the
otherwise noted. 9. Figure 2002 in 3-inch size available for 3-inch ID tubing. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) Standard MR-01-75
10. Figure 1003 in 5-inch size available with butt-weld ends only. and the American Petroleum Institute’s (API) Standard RP-14E.
1. Butt-weld available. Consult factory for wall thickness. 11. Available with butt weld ends only.
2. Nonpressure seal configurations available. 12. All unions for sour gas service are painted olive green, stamped
3. Power make-up must be used for line pipe threaded connections to “SOUR GAS” or NACE MR-01-75 and have specially modified
achieve rated cold working pressure. material properties.
4. Line pipe threads are not offered for sour gas service in this figure 13. 5- and 6-inch sizes rated at 7,500 psi CWP and 11,250 psi test;
number. 5- and 6-inch unions for sour gas service rated at 5,000 psi CWP
5. Line pipe threads are not recommended for sour gas service above and 7,500 psi test.
4-inches nominal pipe diameter. 14. 4- and 5-inch sizes rated at 7,500 psi CWP and 11,250 psi test;
6. Figure 400 available in 5 1/2- to 7-inch OD with casing threads. 4- and 5-inch unions for sour gas service rated at 5,000 psi CWP
7. Figure 1002 also available in 2 1/2-inch EUE: 5- and 6-inch sizes and 7,500 psi test.
available with butt-weld ends only.
Weco Original Wing Unions
Figure 600 Features
• Bronze seat provides primary seal; will
6,000 psi (414 bar) cold working pressure
not rust in water services
Recommended service
Steam service, boiler connections,
manifold, and line connections for
production, drilling, and well servicing
Figure 602 Features

• Compact
• Replaceable, lip-type seal provides
primary seal, protects secondary
Recommended service metal-to-metal seal, and minimizes
Manifold and line connections and mud flow turbulence
service • Butt-weld available
• Available for sour gas service: 6,000 psi
(414 bar) cold working pressure
Figure 1002 Features

through 4-inch sizes; 7,500 psi (517 bar)
metal-to-metal, and minimizes flow
cold working pressure, 5- and 6-inch sizes
turbulence
• Butt-weld available
Recommended service • Available for sour gas service: 7,500 psi
Cementing, fracturing, acidizing, testing, (517 bar) cold working pressure
and choke-and-kill lines • 5- and 6-inch sizes have O-rings for
primary seals
See Specifications Table (pages 9 and 10) for sizes, dimensions, weights, and materials.
4
• Ball seat provides positive seal with up to
71/2˚ misalignment; 2-inch model up
Misaligning union to 4˚
10,000 psi (690 bar) cold working pressure, • Replacement O-ring on male sub provides
2- and 3-inch sizes; 7,500 psi (517 bar) cold primary seal, and protects metal-to-metal
working pressure, 4- and 5-inch sizes seal against abrasion and corrosion
• Available with threaded or butt-weld ends
Recommended service
For high-pressure connections where lines
cannot be aligned

metal-to-metal seal, and minimizes flow
Recommended service turbulence
Cementing, fracturing, acidizing, testing, • Butt-weld available
and choke-and-kill lines • Available for sour gas service: 10,000 psi
(690 bar) cold working pressure; butt-
weld or nonpressure-thread seal
configurations only

20,000 psi (1380 bar) cold working pressure • Replaceable, lip-type seal provides
metal-to-metal seal, and minimizes flow
Recommended service turbulence
Cementing, fracturing, acidizing, testing, • 2- and 3-inch line sizes
and choke-and-kill lines • Butt-weld configurations only
See Specifications Table (page 11) for sizes, dimensions, weights, and materials.
5
• Meets National Association of Corrosion
Engineers Standard MR-01-75 and
American Petroleum Institute RP-14E
Recommended service • Heat-treated components are 100%
Especially designed for sour gas service tested for hardness
• Fluoroelastomer seal rings
• Butt-weld only
• Stamped “sour gas” using low-stress dot
stamping and painted with a green
zinc-chromate primer to assure quick
identification
See Specifications Table (page 11) for sizes, dimensions, weights, and materials.
Sour gas service union is stamped “sour gas” using low-

stress dot stamping and painted with a
CAUTION: It is possible to interchange
sour gas parts with standard service
FMC manufactures Weco sour gas green zinc-chromate primer that is unique products. Users must adopt safe practices
wing unions in accordance with the to sour gas equipment. FMC uses for identification, installation, use,
National Association of Corrosion fluoroelastomer seals or O-rings in all sour maintenance, and storage of sour gas
Engineers (NACE) Standard MR-01-75 gas unions, but does not warrant the equipment. (See “Warnings and Safety
and American Petroleum Institute (API) performance of any elastomer for sour gas Instructions” on inside back cover.)
Standard RP-14E. These outstanding, service. (See Quick Reference Chart for
field proven unions are specially heat model numbers, pressures, and sizes.)
treated for controlled hardness. For fast,
sure identification, each Weco sour gas
Nonpressure-thread An epoxy thread-locking compound is

used to secure the connection. All threads
Tubing or pipe Male sub
Seal ring
seal connection are isolated from the line fluid by the seal
ring, and the smooth bore assures mini- Wing nut
The Weco, nonpressure-thread seal mum turbulence, decreases washouts, and
option is especially designed for abrasive, reduces chemical, acid, sand, or cement
high-pressure services where welded build-up around the pipe ends. Connec-
connections are undesirable. This design tion threads are API round tubing threads
provides strong, permanent end connec- for extra strength. Nonpressure-thread
tions without butt welding. The union seal configurations are available in Figures
ends are shop assembled to pipe or tubing. 602, 1002, and 1502 wing unions.
Female sub
Nonpressure-thread seal connection
6
Weco Wing Union Specifications
Figure 602
Nominal pipe (in.) 1 1 1⁄ 4 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 4
size (mm) 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
A Clearance (in.) 2 3⁄ 8 3 1⁄ 4 3 1⁄4 3 5⁄8 3 7⁄8 4 1⁄2 5 3⁄16

radius (mm) 60 83 83 92 99 114 132
B Outside (in.) 1 3⁄ 4 2 9⁄16 2 9⁄16 2 31⁄32 3 1⁄2 4 5⁄32 5 7⁄32

diameter (mm) 44 65 65 75 89 106 133
C End-to-end (in.) 3 17⁄32 4 7⁄ 8 4 7⁄8 5 1⁄4 6 1⁄8 6 1⁄4 8 1⁄4

threaded (mm) 90 124 124 133 156 159 210
D End-to-end (in.) 3 17⁄32 4 7⁄ 8 4 11⁄16 5 1⁄16 5 5⁄8 5 7⁄16 5 11⁄16

butt-weld* (mm) 90 124 119 129 143 138 144
E Inside (in.) 1 1⁄ 8 1 13⁄32 1 11⁄16 2 1⁄16 2 9⁄16 3 3⁄16 4 3⁄16

diameter (mm) 28 36 43 52 65 81 106
ACME threads 6 4 4 3 3 3 3
per inch Standard Standard Standard Modified Modified Modified Modified
Weight (lb) 3 1⁄ 4 10 9 1⁄2 12 16 21 30

(kg) 1.5 4.5 4.2 5.4 7.3 10 14
Material (Sub) CS CS CS CS CS CS CS
(Nut) SF SF SF SF SF SF SF
CS — Carbon steel * Schedule 160
SF — Steel forging
Figure 1002
Nominal pipe (in.) 1 1 1⁄4 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 2 1⁄2 (EUE) 3 4 5 6
size (mm) 25 32 40 50 65 65 80 100 125 150
A Clearance (in.) 2 7⁄32 3 1⁄32 3 1⁄32 3 13⁄16 3 7⁄8 4 4 5⁄16 4 7⁄8 6 5⁄32 7
radius (mm) 56 77 77 97 99 102 110 124 156 178
B Outside (in.) 1 3⁄4 2 9⁄16 2 9⁄16 2 31⁄32 3 1⁄2 3 11⁄16 4 5⁄32 5 7⁄32 5 9⁄16 6 5⁄8
diameter (mm) 44 65 65 75 89 94 106 133 141 168
C End-to-end (in.) 3 17⁄32 4 7⁄8 4 7⁄8 5 1⁄4 6 1⁄8 5 15⁄16 6 1⁄4 8 1⁄4 — —
threaded (mm) 90 124 124 133 156 151 159 210 — —
D End-to-end (in.) 3 17⁄32 — 4 11⁄16 5 1⁄16 6 1⁄8 — 5 7⁄16 5 11⁄16 6 6 1⁄4

butt-weld* (mm) 90 — 119 128 156 — 138 144 152 159
D End-to-end (in.) 3 17⁄32 4 7⁄8 4 7⁄8 5 3⁄16 6 1⁄4 — 5 7⁄16 5 11⁄16 6 1⁄8 6 1⁄2
butt-weld** (mm) 90 124 124 132 159 — 138 144 156 165
E Inside (in.) 1 1⁄8 1 13⁄32 1 11⁄16 2 1⁄16 2 9⁄16 2 13⁄16 3 3⁄16 4 3⁄16 — —
diameter (mm) 28 36 43 52 65 71 81 106 — —
ACME threads 6 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 3 3
per inch Standard Standard Standard Modified Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard
Weight (lb) 3 1⁄2 9 1⁄2 8 3⁄4 12 3⁄4 17 1⁄2 17 1⁄2 22 32 55 3⁄4 80 1⁄4
(kg) 1.6 4.3 4.0 5.8 7.9 7.9 10 15 25 36
Material (Sub) AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS
(Nut) SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SC SC
AS — Alloy steel * Schedule 160
CS — Carbon steel ** XX heavy A
SF — Steel forging
C
D
E*
* Line pipe thread configuration.
Butt-weld inside diameter dependent on pipe schedule. B
10
Weco Wing Union Specifications
Figure 1003 Figure 2002
Nominal pipe (in.) 2 3 4 5 Nominal pipe (in.) 2 3
size (mm) 50 80 100 125 size (mm) 50 80
A Clearance (in.) 3 3⁄4 4 7⁄8 5 3⁄4 5 3⁄4 A Clearance (in.) 3 3⁄4 6 1⁄4
radius (mm) 95 124 146 146 radius (mm) 95 159
B Outside (in.) 2 9⁄16 5 1⁄2

B Outside (in.) 3 4 3⁄8 5 1⁄2 5 9⁄16 diameter (mm) 65 140
diameter (mm) 76 111 140 141
D End-to-end (in.) 7 13⁄32 10 1⁄2
C End-to-end (in.) 4 3⁄4 9 1⁄8 10 15⁄16 — butt-weld (mm) 188 267
threaded (mm) 121 232 278 —
ACME threads 4 4
D End-to-end (in.) 4 5⁄8 8 7⁄8 10 11⁄16 10 3⁄4 per inch
butt-weld* (mm) 117 225 271 273
Weight (lb) 22 96
D End-to-end (in.) 4 3⁄4 9 1⁄8 10 15⁄16 10 15⁄16 (kg) 10 44
butt-weld** (mm) 121 232 278 278
Material AS AS
E Inside (in.) 2 3 3⁄16 4 —
AS — Alloy steel
diameter (mm) 50 81 100 —
ACME threads 4 4 4 4
per inch Standard Standard Standard Standard
Weight (lb) 12 45 72 74
Figure 2202
(kg) 5.4 20 33 33 Nominal pipe (in.) 2 2 1⁄2 3
size (mm) 50 65 80
Material (Sub) AS AS AS AS
(Nut) SF SC SC SC A Clearance (in.) 3 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 6 1⁄4
radius (mm) 95 115 159
AS — Alloy steel * Schedule 160
CS — Carbon steel ** XX heavy B Outside (in.) 2 9⁄16 4 1⁄8 5 1⁄2
SF — Steel forging diameter (mm) 65 105 140
D End-to-end (in.) 7 13⁄32 9 9⁄16 10 1⁄2

butt-weld (mm) 188 243 267
ACME threads 5 5 5
per inch
Weight (lb) 26 42 55
(kg) 12 19 25
Material AS AS AS
AS — Alloy steel
Figure 1502
Nominal pipe (in.) 1 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 4
size (mm) 25 40 50 65 80 100
A Clearance (in.) 2 7⁄8 3 21⁄32 3 29⁄32 4 5⁄32 4 1 ⁄2 6

radius (mm) 73 93 99 106 114 300
B Outside (in.) 2 3⁄16 3 3 3⁄16 3 3⁄4 4 13⁄32 5 3 ⁄4

diameter (mm) 55 76 81 95 112 146 A
C End-to-end (in.) 4 ⁄32
11
5 ⁄32
13
7 7 ⁄4
1
7 ⁄8
5
8 ⁄2*
1
threaded (mm) 110 137 178 184 194 216
D End-to-end (in.) 4 11⁄32 5 13⁄32 6 1⁄4 — 5 1 ⁄8 8 1 ⁄2

butt-weld** (mm) 110 137 159 — 130 216
E Inside (in.) 1 1⁄8 1 11⁄16 2 1⁄16 2 9⁄16 3 3⁄16 — C

diameter (mm) 28 43 52 65 81 — D
ACME threads 3 1⁄2 3 1 ⁄2 3 3 3 1 ⁄2 3
per inch Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard
Weight (lb) 8 12 19 1⁄4 22 28 1⁄2 75

(kg) 3.6 5.4 8.7 10 13 34
Material (Sub) AS AS AS AS AS AS E*
(Nut) SF SF SF SF SF SF
AS — Alloy steel * Nonpressure-thread seal B
CS — Carbon steel ** XX heavy
* Line pipe thread configuration.

Butt-weld inside diameter dependent on pipe schedule.
11
PATTERSON RENTAL TOOLS
Alice - Elk City - Lafayette - Houma - Houston - Morgan City
DRILL PIPE
Size Type Thread Grade Weight Nom. OD Nom. ID Min. OD Drift Min. Torque Max. Torque 80% Yield * TJ Grooves B Holes
1 2-3/8" BN IF S-135 6.65 3-3/8" 1-3/4" 3-1/4" 1.625 3,000 3,900 199,040 1
2 2-7/8" SH PAC E 10.40 3-1/8" 1-1/2" 3" 1.375 3,100 3,200 171,472
3 2-7/8" SH PAC X-95 10.40 3-1/8" 1-1/2" 3" 1.375 3,100 3,200 217,200 1 2
4 2-7/8" SH PAC S-135 10.40 3-1/8" 1-1/2" 3" 1.375 3,100 3,200 218,400 TJ 1
5 2-7/8" SH 2-3/8" IF G 10.40 3-3/8" 1-3/4" 3-1/4" 1.625 3,000 3,900 240,064 2
6 2-7/8" SH PAC-HT X-95 10.40 3-1/8" 1-1/2" 3" 1.375 4,600 5,100 217,200 1 2
7 2-7/8" BN AOH S-135 10.40 3-7/8" 2-5/32" 3-5/8" 1.963 4,800 4,800 276,400 TJ 1
8 2-7/8" BN IF X-95 10.40 4-1/8" 2-1/8" 3-15/16" 2.000 5,300 6,400 217,200 1 2
9 2-7/8" BN IF S-135 10.40 4-1/8" 2" 3-15/16" 1.875 5,300 7,100 308,664 1
10 3-1/2" SH 2-7/8" IF E 13.30 4-1/8" 2-1/8" 4" 2.000 6,400 6,400 217,256
11 3-1/2" SH 2-7/8" IF S-135 13.30 4-1/8" 2 , 2-1/8" 4" 1.875 6,400 6,400 391,056 1
12 3-1/2" BN IF G 13.30 4-3/4" 2-11/16" 4-19/32" 2.457 7,300 9,700 304,152 2
13 3-1/2" BN IF S-135 13.30 4-7/8" 2-9/16" 4-19/32" 2.438 7,300 9,700 391,056 1
14 3-1/2" BN IF X-95 15.50 4-3/4" 2-9/16" (a) 4-19/32" 2.414 7,300 9,700 327,080 2 2
15 3-1/2" BN IF G 15.50 4-3/4" 2-9/16" 4-19/32" 2.414 7,300 10,700 361,512 2 2
16 3-1/2" BN IF S-135 15.50 4-3/4" 2-9/16" 4-19/32" 2.414 7,300 9,700 464,800 1 Above 2
17 3-1/2" BN HT-38 S-135 13.30 4-7/8" 2-9/16" 4-19/32" 2.438 12,200 17,700 391,056 1
18 3-1/2" BN TM2-38 S-135 13.30 4-7/8" 2-9/16" 4-19/32" 2.438 12,700 14,000 391,056 1
19 4" SH 3-1/2" XH E 14.00 4-3/4" 2-9/16" 4-7/16" 2.438 7,800 8,100 228,288
20 4" SH 3-1/2" XH X-95 14.00 4-3/4" 2-9/16" 4-7/16" 2.438 7,800 8,100 289,160 1 2
21 4" SH 3-1/2" XH S-135 14.00 4-3/4" 2-7/16" 4-7/16" 2.313 7,800 9,100 410,920 1
22 4" BN FH X-95 14.00 5-1/4" 2-13/16" 4-15/16" 2.688 10,250 12,400 289,168 1 2
23 4" (c) BN FH S-135 14.00 5-1/4" 2-11/16" 4-15/16" 2.563 10,250 12,400 410,920 1
24 4" BN XTM-38 S-135 14.00 4-1/5/16" 4-3/4" 2-11/16" 4-13/16" 4-9/16" 2.563 12,100 14,500 430,240
25 4" BN XTM-39 S-135 14.00 5-1/16" 4-7/8" 2-11/16" 4-23/32" 2.563 12,300 18,900 411,040 none
26 4" BN XT-39 S-135 14.00 4-7/8" 2-11/16" 4-19/32" 2.563 12,400 21,200 403,500 1
27 4-1/2" BN XH E 16.60 6-1/4" 3-1/4" 5-3/4" 3.125 16,250 17,600 264,448
28 4-1/2" BN XH G 16.60 6-1/4" 3" 5-3/4" 2.875 16,250 20,500 370,224 2
29 4-1/2" BN XH S-135 16.60 6-1/4" 3" 5-3/4" 2.875 16,250 20,500 476,000 1
30 4-1/2" BN XTM-43 S-135T 16.60 5-1/2" 5-1/4" 3" 5-13/32" 5-5/32" 2.875 19,600 23,500 553,920 none
31 4-1/2" BN XTM-43 S-135T 20.00 5-1/2" 5-1/4" 3" 5-13/32" 5-5/32" 2.875 19,600 23,500 611,600 1 2
32 5" BN 4-1/2" IF X-95 19.50 6-3/8" 3-1/2" 6" 3.375 16,250 23,400 400,872 1 2
33 5" BN 4-1/2" IF G 19.50 6-1/2" 3-1/4",3-1/2" 6" 3.125 16,250 23,400 443,064 2
34 5" BN 4-1/2" IF S-135 19.50 6-5/8" 3-1/2" 6-5/16" 3.375 23,400 23,400 569,656 1
35 5-1/2" BN FH S-135 24.70 7-1/2" 3" 7-1/32" 2.875 38,901 52,302 715,999 1
36 5-1/2" BN XTM-57 S-135 24.70 7-3/32" 7" 4.25" 7" 6-19/32" 4.125 43,000 51,600 966,960 none
37 5-1/2" BN XT-57 S-135 24.70 7" 4.25" 6-7/116" 4.125 33,800 56,600 966,960 1
*The minimum remaining wall of premium class pipe is 80% . For normal API practice, use 80% of "Yield" for premium class pipe. Rev - 05/24/2005
Note: (a) Also 2-11/16" ID. (c) Some "S" has 5-1/2" OD, 2-9/16" ID. (d) Drift restricted due to weight of pipe. (e) 5-1/16" Smooth Edge
***Internally coated pipe uses a drift that is .02" smaller than listed.
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
Drill Pipe Performance Characteristics © Pipe Size and Weight: 3-1/2" 13.30 EU
Pipe Grade: S-135
Range: 2
Tool Joint: 4.875 X 2.563 HT38
Pipe
New Premium New Premium

OD (in) 3.500 3.353 Torsional strength (ft-lbs) 33,400 25,900
Wall thickness (in) 0.368 0.294 Tensile strength (lbs) 488,800 381,900
ID (in) 2.764 2.764
Calculated plain end weight (lbs/ft) 12.297 9.606 80% Torsional strength (ft-lbs) 26,700 20,700
Note: Premium properties are calculated based on uniform OD and wall thickness.
Cross sectional area pipe body (in²) 3.621 2.829 Pressure capacity (psi) 24,840 23,708
Cross sectional area OD (in²) 9.621 8.829 Collapse capacity (psi) 25,404 21,626
Cross sectional area ID (in²) 6.000 6.000
Section modulus (in³) 2.572 1.991
Polar section modulus (in³) 5.144 3.982
Tool Joint Drill pipe assembly with Grant Prideco

HT38 OD (in) 4.875 HT38 HI TORQUE® Connection
ID (in) 2.563
Pin tong length (in) 10.0 Adjusted weight (lbs/ft) 15.13

Box tong length (in) 15.0 Approximate length (ft) 31.65
Torsional Strength (ft-lbs) 29,400 Fluid displacement (gal/ft) 0.231

Max Recommended Make-up Torque (ft-lbs) 17,700 Fluid capacity (gal/ft) 0.309
Min Recommended Make-up Torque (ft-lbs) 12,200
Drift size (in) 2.438
Balance OD (in) 4.834
Tensile strength (lbs) 649,200
Tool joint/Drill pipe torsional ratio (New pipe) 0.88
Tool joint/Drill pipe torsional ratio (Prem pipe) 1.14
Min OD for premium class (in) 4.563
Minimum make-up is based on shoulder separation caused by bending.

Brian Christen 3/19/2001
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
Drill Pipe Performance Characteristics © Pipe Size and Weight: 4" 14.00 IU
Pipe Grade: S-135
Range: 2
Tool Joint: 4.750 X 2.688 XTM38
Pipe

ID (in) 3.340 3.340
Tool Joint (120000psi material Yield Strength) Drill pipe assembly with Grant Prideco
XTM38 OD (in) 4.750 XTM38 eXtreme™ Torque Connection
ID (in) 2.688


Min OD for premium class (in) Not Appl.

FOR REFERENCE ONLY
Drill Pipe Performance Characteristics © Pipe Size and Weight: 4" 14.00 IU
Pipe Grade: S-135
Range: 2
Tool Joint: 4.875 X 2.688 XT39
Pipe

ID (in) 3.340 3.340
Tool Joint (120000 material Yield Strength) Drill pipe assembly with Grant Prideco
XT39 OD (in) 4.875 XT39 eXtreme™ Torque Connection
ID (in) 2.688



Page 1 of 1
Drill Pipe Performance Characteristics Pipe Size and Weight: 4" 14 IU
Pipe Grade: S-135
Range: 2
Tool Joint: 4.875 x 2.688 XTM39
Pipe New Premium New Premium
ID (in) 3.340 3.340
Calculated plain end weight (lbs/ft) 80% Torsional strength (ft-
12.921 10.151 33,500 26,200
lbs)
Cross sectional area pipe body (in 2) 3.805 2.989 Pressure Capacity (psi) 19,491 18,428
Cross sectional area OD (in 2) 12.566 11.751 Collapse capacity (psi) 20,141 13,836
Cross sectional area ID (in 2) 8.762 8.762
Section modulus (in3) 3.229 2.523
Polar section modulus (in 3) 6.458 5.046
Tool Joint (120,000 psi material Yield Strength) Drill pipe assembly with Grant Prideco
XTM-39 XTM39 eXtreme Torque Connection
OD (in) 4.875
ID (in) 2.688
Pin tong length (in) 10.0

Adjusted weight (lbs/ft) 15.55
Box tong length (in) 15.0
Approximate length (ft) 32.00
Torsional Strength (ft-lbs) 31,500
Fluid displacement 0.238
Max Recommended Make-up Torque (ft-lbs) 18,900
(gal/ft) 0.444
Fluid capacity (gal/ft)
2.563
Drift size (in)
Tool joint/Drill pipe torsional ratio (New Pipe) 0.75
Tool joint/Drill pipe torsional ratio (Prem Pipe) 0.96
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
Drill Pipe Performance Characteristics © Pipe Size and Weight: 4-1/2" 16.60 H-Series®
Pipe Grade: S-135
Range: 2
Pipe

ID (in) 3.826 3.826
XTM40 OD (in) 5.250 XTM40 HI TORQUE® Connection
ID (in) 2.688



FOR REFERENCE ONLY
Drill Pipe Performance Characteristics © Pipe Size and Weight: 4-1/2" 20.00 H-Series®
Pipe Grade: S-135
Range: 2
Pipe

ID (in) 3.640 3.640
XTM40 OD (in) 5.250 XTM40 HI TORQUE® Connection
ID (in) 2.688



FOR REFERENCE ONLY
Drill Pipe Performance Characteristics © Pipe Size and Weight: 5" 19.50 H-Series®
Pipe Grade: S-135
Range: 2
Pipe

ID (in) 4.276 4.276
XTM50 OD (in) 6.500 XTM50 eXtreme™ Torque Connection
ID (in) 3.750


Tensile strength (lbs) 1,085,500

FOR REFERENCE ONLY
Drill Pipe Performance Characteristics © Pipe Size and Weight: 5-1/2" 24.70 XLT
Pipe Grade: S-135
Range: 2
Tool Joint: 7.000 X 4.250 XT57
Pipe

ID (in) 4.670 4.670
XT57 OD (in) 7.000 XT57 HI TORQUE® Connection
ID (in) 4.250



FOR REFERENCE ONLY
Drill Pipe Performance Characteristics © Pipe Size and Weight: 5-7/8" 23.40# XR™
Pipe Grade: S-135
Range: 2
Tool Joint: 7.000 X 4.250 XT-M57
Pipe

ID (in) 5.153 5.153
XT-M57 OD (in) 7.000 XT-M57 HI TORQUE® Connection
ID (in) 4.250



RUNNING PROCEDURES FOR GRANT PRIDECO
XT & XT-M CONNECTIONS
1. Check to ensure the counter balance on the top drive is working properly and
provides a minimum amount of weight applied to the connection during make-up
operations. If the top drive counter balance is not working or is adjusted incorrectly,
too much weight will be applied to the XT/XT-M connection during make-up and may
cause connection damage. To make adjustments to the top drive counter balance
system, contact the top drive manufacturer for proper counter balance adjustment
procedures.
2. Because the XT and XT-M have slower tapers when compared to HI TORQUE or
standard API connections, increased effort regarding pin to box alignment during
stabbing operations is required. Adjust the bore through the top drive bell stabbing
guide so it will not be more than ½” larger in diameter than the drill pipe box tool joint
OD. This will guide the pin connection into the box without damaging the box
shoulder. For the most common XT connection, the XT57 connection on 5-7/8″ drill
pipe, the standard 5” drill pipe top drive bell stabbing guide will usually work good
(Varco flipper part number is 99304).
3. Visually inspect pipe and tool joints for damage. If thread protectors are damaged,
remove and visually inspect connections.
4. If pipe is picked up with handling plugs, check the plugs for damage before making
them up in the drill pipe box connections and keep protectors on the handling plugs
when they are lowered down the V door, and until they are screwed into the box
connections.
5. Leave the pin protectors on the pipe as it is pulled up the V door and when the pipe
is lowered into the mouse hole. Only remove after it is pulled out of the mouse hole.
6. Break in the top drive saver sub by making it up and breaking it out to recommend
MUT three times in the rotary table before it is made up in the top drive. Use a short
saver sub (5-1/2” shoulder to shoulder). This will position the pipe handler torque
wrench 2” below the box shoulder, so it will not crush the counter bore of the box
connection.
7. Stab in the top drive near the rig floor so you can see if the pin is centered in the
box.
XT and XT-M Running Procedures (Rev. 1.0).doc

3-28-01
Page 1 of 3
8. Check the top drive torque and iron roughneck torque with the rig tongs and a
recently calibrated load cell to make sure the correct torque is being applied to the
XT/XT-M connection. Check breakout torque to make sure it is not more than make
up torque. It should be 85-95% of makeup torque.
9. Grant Prideco requires the use of a stabbing guide when stabbing any XT or XT-M
connection. Use of a stabbing guide 1) ensures proper pin to box alignment and
reduces stabbing damage to the box seal face, 2) increases safety by reducing
opportunities for finger pinch points when handling the connection and 3) may
actually increase trip times by reducing time spent by the rig crew when aligning pin
to box connections during tripping operations. Stabbing guides are available in
many types (plastic and stainless steel) and sizes as shown in the pictures below.
The use of a de-stabbing guide is NOT required nor recommended by Grant Prideco
when de-stabbing the XT/XT-M connection.
10. Ensure the use of contaminant-free thread compound and proper doping
procedures. Standard thread compounds generally used with rotary-shouldered
connections such as zinc-based, copper-based, Teflon-based and other metal and
metal free thread compounds are compatible with the XT/XT-M connection. Based
on in-house testing and field experience, Grant Prideco has seen consistent friction
properties for copper-based thread compounds.
11. Proper alignment, along with slow initial make up of the starting threads, is
necessary with the XT/XT-M connection. Caution is required in making up the first 5
or 6 threads before spinning it up. If the connection is made up with mis-alignment
and fast spin up, minor thread damage may occur within the starting threads.
Should this happen, it can be removed with a soft grinding wheel or a file. This will
not be detrimental to the connection.
Note 1): If a slow speed spinner is not available, one to two inches of initial make
up should be made with a chain tong prior to spin up.
Note 2): The information contained above is especially critical to adhere to during
the initial running of an XT/XT-M string. Most XT/XT-M connections are
made and broke during manufacturing. This make & break operation is

3-28-01
Page 2 of 3
done horizontally while the tool joints are loose and not attached to the
drill pipe tube. As a result, it differs from rig make-up because axial
compressive loading is not placed on the connection during make-up.
Therefore, the manufacturing make & break operation successfully work
hardens the thread load flanks, but the thread stab flanks are not as work
hardened as the load flanks. At the rig site, the stand and portion of the
top drive weight are placed on the connection during make-up providing
an axial compressive load on the stab flanks. With continued rig make-up,
the thread stab flanks of the XT/XT-M connection will gradually work
harden and propensity for thread damage will decrease.
12. When pipe is laid down, ensure thread protectors are installed.
For additional information on XT/XT-M make-up characteristics, please see the Grant
Prideco Engineering Bulletin attached in the icon below.
"XT and XT-M

Make-up Characterist

3-28-01
Page 3 of 3
TK ® 34XT
The first drill pipe coating formulated for wear

resistance
TK-34XT is the first abrasion resistant drill pipe coating

specifically formulated to provide improved wear resistance in
drilling environments. A durability improvement of 3 times has
been realized over standard drill pipe coatings. In accomplishing
this goal, TK-34XT does not sacrifice temperature resistance,
chemical resistance, flexibility, or resistance to impact from slips
and wireline tools. (All of which are essential components that are
required due to the stresses that the coated drill string will
encounter during drilling operations). Like the standard TK-34
coating, TK-34XT provides corrosion resistance in general oilfield
environments over a wide pH range and generates documented
flow improvement characteristics. This effect can be most
realized at the drill bit with improved penetration rates.
TK ® 34XT
Stimulation Fluids
When stimulation fluids are charged through coated tubing,
there is generally little effect if the fluids are flushed com-
pletely through the tubular. However, some organic acids,
caustic and solvents may have a detrimental effect on
certain organic coating systems and should be evaluated
prior to use. If stimulation fluids are left in the tubing, they
can reach formation temperature and cause accelerated
attack on the coating. A Tuboscope representative should
be consulted when stimulation is contemplated.
Specifications
Type
Modified Epoxy-Phenolic (Liquid)
Color
Blue
Temperature
Withstands all temperatures commonly encountered during drilling

operations, providing circulation is maintained.
Pressure
To the yield strength of pipe.

Sample of Testing Capabilities
Applied Thickness
Thermal Analysis
Differential Scanning Calorimeter
5-9 mils (125-225 m m)
Thermogravimetric Analyzer
Spectroscopy
Primary Applications
Fourier Transform Infrared Spectrophotometer
UV-VIS Spectrophotometer
Drill pipe coating for extremely abrasive environments.
Chromatography
Gel Permeation Chromatograph (SEC) Primary Services
High Performance Liquid Chromatograph
Gas Chromatograph Natural and synthetic drilling fluids.
Additional Physical/Chemical Testing
Microscope Analysis
Autoclave
Immersion Testing
Flow Loop Analysis
Product Development
Lab Compounding Capabilities
P.O. Box 808
Houston, TX 77001 USA
1.800.433.0059 Fax: 281.456.6197
VP.001.02.01
SPE 77687
Case History: Internally Coated Completion Workstring Successes

Robert D. Pourciau, SPE, ChevronTexaco Exploration and Production Company
Copyright 2002, Society of Petroleum Engineers Inc.

completion string. This workstring was a collection of used
This paper was prepared for presentation at the SPE Annual Technical Conference and pipe with an RP7G API-IADC Used Drill Pipe Classification
Exhibition held in San Antonio, Texas, 29 September–2 October 2002.
System rating of Class 2 due to undersized tool joints.1 Some
This paper was selected for presentation by an SPE Program Committee following review of
information contained in an abstract submitted by the author(s). Contents of the paper, as
of this pipe was as old as 20 years yet the tubes met Premium
presented, have not been reviewed by the Society of Petroleum Engineers and are subject to Class standards with ≥80% wall thickness (≥0.290”)
correction by the author(s). The material, as presented, does not necessarily reflect any
position of the Society of Petroleum Engineers, its officers, or members. Papers presented at remaining. Premium Class tubes have a tensile rating at
SPE meetings are subject to publication review by Editorial Committees of the Society of
Petroleum Engineers. Electronic reproduction, distribution, or storage of any part of this paper
minimal yield strength of 560,764 lbs and an internal yield
for commercial purposes without the written consent of the Society of Petroleum Engineers is pressure rating at minimum yield strength of 15,638 psi. The
prohibited. Permission to reproduce in print is restricted to an abstract of not more than 300
words; illustrations may not be copied. The abstract must contain conspicuous reduction in torsional strength due to the reduced tool joint
acknowledgment of where and by whom the paper was presented. Write Librarian, SPE, P.O.
Box 833836, Richardson, TX 75083-3836, U.S.A., fax 01-972-952-9435.
diameter was not a concern due to minimal rotation for
drilling cement anticipated. These specifications met the
anticipated completion workstring requirements and the rig
Abstract contractor was pleased to find commercial use for this drill
Completion workstrings must endure an extremely hostile pipe rather than scrap it for roughly $50 per joint or replace
environment of erosive and corrosive fluids. Today’s the tool joints for roughly $700 per set.
improved internal plastic coatings can protect the significant
investment in drill pipe from erosion/corrosion, as well as An abrasion resistant internal drill pipe coating was
minimize completion trouble time caused by pipe debris considered to combat further internal wall loss due to proppant
(scale). An internally coated, Class 2 drill string was used for laden Frac Packs. A wall loss of only 0.036” could downrate
2½ years to successfully Frac Pack seventeen, high the Premium Class tubes to Class 3 (<70% wall) which has no
productivity, Gulf of Mexico Deepwater completions in the RP7G published rating for tensile forces or internal yield
Genesis Field. More than 2,000,000 pounds of abrasive pressure. The drill pipe would then be scrap pipe.
proppant was pumped without a pipe failure. Additionally, the internal coating should minimize internal
pipe rust and eliminate the need for acid pickle treatments. For
Introduction deepwater operations, acid pickle treatments cost roughly
The completion workstring requirements were reviewed $10,000 for purchase, transportation, rig time, and disposal.
during the development well planning for the project in 1998. Most importantly, using an internal coating would eliminate
During completion processes, this pipe would be subjected to the safety, environmental, and liability risks associated with
only minimal tensile stress and torsion; however, the pipe handling and disposing of acid.
would need to bear the rigors of numerous Frac Pack
completions. The plan originally included 22 Frac Pack A liquid-applied, modified epoxy-phenolic internal coating
completions from 16 wells with anticipated surface treating specifically formulated for drilling environments was
pressure of up to 10,000 psi (depending on the selected considered for the completion program. Standard industry
completion string diameter). The planned wells ranged in tests for coating abrasion resistance (Taber Abraser test,
depth from 12,000’ to 23,000’ and in hole angle from 16° to ASTM #D 4060) measure a test sample’s weight loss in mg
66°. During each completion, the 6 5/8” drill string would be over 1000 cycles of abrasion using a CS-17 wheel with a 1000
changed to a smaller diameter completion workstring to gm load.2 In 1998, the coating considered for use had results,
displace the well to CaCl2/CaBr2 completion fluid, tubing provided by the supplier, of 47 mg of coating lost / 1000
conveyed perforate (TCP) underbalance, pressure surge the cycles. A bare steel plate was tested to determine the weight
perforations, wash sand fill, and Frac Pack. The workstring loss without a coating; surprisingly, the results were similar
would then be sent to a pipe yard to be stored outdoors until (45 mg of metal lost / 1000 cycles). Taber Abraser test
the next completion operation occurred in roughly one month. information, although useful to compare coatings, does not
answer the question of whether a coating will survive
After reviewing the alternatives, the rig contractor’s 5”, repetitive Frac Pack treatments.
19.50#/ft, S-135, 4 ½” IF drill pipe was selected for the
2 R. POURCIAU SPE 77687
Preliminary Proppant Erosion Test After pumping 750,000 lbs. of proppant (Photo 2), the
To qualify the proposed internal coating, an erosion test was coating generally is lighter colored. This indicates some wear
conducted using three, six foot, 4 ½”, 12.75#, L-80, 8rd pup of the 0.4 mil thick oxidized outer layer of the coating. The
joints and two couplings. Two of the pup joints were internally coating also exhibited 9 small holidays within 9” from both
coated to the thickness specification of 5-9 mils (125-250 µm) pin ends and from the pin noses. The pin nose is exposed to
while one pup joint was bare. The pup joints were placed in a the flow through the 8rd connection and coating thickness in
flow loop and 12 ppg, 20/40-mesh ceramic proppant the areas of no holidays again ranged from 5 to 7 mils.
suspended in frac gel was pumped through the samples at 30
barrels per minute. This equates to an internal velocity of 33
ft/sec. One of the internally coated pup joints was subjected to
200,000 pounds of proppant and the other joint to 750,000
pounds. The bare pup joint was tested to 1,000,000 pounds Holidays
of proppant.
The pup joints were cut in two-foot section lengths and Flow
then split longitudinally. All three pup joints exhibited ridges Direction
approximately nine inches from the pin nose on both ends. It
was assumed this was inherent to the pipe’s manufacturing
Photo 2. 750,000 lbs proppant test at 30 BPM
process. All pup joints also exhibited areas of rough metal.
Additionally, the internal diameter (ID) of the test loop
After pumping 1,000,000 lbs. of proppant (Photo 3), the
increased at the 8rd coupling connection (commonly known as
bare pup joint exhibits similar areas of wear near the
the “J” area).
connections. These results are consistent with the bare steel
Taber Abraser tests. Like the coated joints, the ridges and
After pumping 200,000 lbs. of proppant, the internal
areas of rough pipe exhibited the most wear.
coating exhibited no holidays when tested with a wet sponge
at 67 ½ volts DC at 70,000 to 80,000 ohms. This is in
Photo 3. 1,000,000 lbs proppant test at 30 BPM
accordance with NACE TM0384-94 holiday standards for film
coatings (thickness less than 10 mils).3 A “holiday” is a
condition of the coating which causes the coating to fail to Ridge
meet specified electrical resistance values.4 Holidays can be
caused by defects such as thin coating areas, foreign material
on the substrate or imbedded in the coating, coating pinholes,
or metallic slivers in the pipe wall. Photo 1 shows the outer Flow
surface of the coating (0.4 mils thick), which is darker due to Direction Eroded Bare Pipe
surface oxidation from the final baking processes, was eroded
along a very thin ridge nine inches from the pin end. This
exposed the lighter coating material below the oxidized In summary, the coating performed well enough in this test
surface. Coating thickness for this sample ranged from 5 to 7 to be used for the planned completion program. Although
mils, well within the coating specifications. there were small and infrequent holidays over ~3% of the
surface area after pumping 750,000 lbs of proppant, the
coating served its purpose of minimizing metal exposure and
wear (~97% of the area was protected with coating).
Numerous laboratory and field case histories document that
Ridge of 0.4 pipe with coating holidays or wireline cuts has a lower
mil oxidized Flow corrosion rate than if uncoated.4,5,6,7,8,9
surface eroded Direction
The coating loss for the 750,000-lb. proppant test was
roughly 0.4 mils of the topcoat in some areas and 7 mils in the
areas of the holidays. This equates to a maximum coating loss
of 65 lbs. (<0.01% by weight of the proppant pumped) for a
15,000’ workstring of 5” drill pipe. This coating loss should
Coating is intact not cause a measurable reduction of gravel flow capacity
based on industry proppant conductivity tests with
contaminating foreign particles.10
Photo 1. 200,000 lbs proppant test at 30 BPM

SPE 77687 CASE HISTORY: INTERNALLY COATED COMPLETION WORKSTRING SUCCESSES 3
The pup joint’s ridges, rough spots, and connection areas one occasion, small flakes of coating remnants were recovered
exhibited the most coating wear. These results infer that the from the gravel pack crossover tool. Throughout the
irregular internal surface of the second-hand workstring would completion program, the major debris components observed
be susceptible to erosion greater than experienced in the test from these checks was steel perforating debris and/or cement.
loop or what would be expected of a newly coated workstring.
Also, since the area of most wear was near the connection Field Results – Proppants
profile change, the planned workstring’s IF connection with High rate Frac Packs are known to erode surface and
2.75” tool joints and 4.276” tubes should be likely to downhole equipment. Proppant mass, concentration, and pump
develop wear. rate must be reviewed and compared with equipment’s ratings
when designing completions. Equipment should be pressure
Field Results – Well Productivity tested to the maximum anticipated surface treating pressure.
Well productivity can be impaired by contaminants which
reduce the formation’s permeability, reduce proppant The second-hand 5” drill pipe workstring was used during
permeability, reduce gravel pack screen conductivity, or plug the Frac Packs of all seventeen completions. Stimulation
the perforation tunnels creating extra near-well pressure drop vessels pumped 1.8 MM lbs. of proppant at 10 to 25 BPM and
(skin effect). The main contaminants typically present are mill a total of 0.5-MM lbs. of excess proppant was reversed from
scale, iron sulfides, pipe dope, sand, and other fine particles the wells during the completion program. All completions
which are picked up during storage and transportation.11 The used ceramic proppant, except one, which used bauxite.
Genesis wells overcame these damaging contaminants and Obviously the proppant schedules pumped during the
have good productivity. The average skin factor is 2.9 and the completion program were not a constant 12-ppg concentration
average production rate is 14,000 BOEGPD. like the abrasion loop tests. Additionally, the workstring had
to endure annular screen outs with peak pressures over 10,000
Iron scale and sulfides on the pipe wall are usually treated psi and the excess proppant had to be reversed from the wells.
with an acid pickle and pipe dope is usually treated with a Both of these events are sometimes forceful and agonizing.
solvent just prior to frac packing. Frequently, the pipe dope Due to significant internal restrictions, the tool joint flow
prevents the acid from fully contacting and removing the velocity is 2.4 times higher than the tube velocity. The tube
scale. With a coated workstring, all that is needed during the velocity ranged from 9.4 to 23.8 fps; whereas, the tool joint
pickle treatment is solvent to remove pipe dope since the velocity ranged from 22.7 to 57.6 fps and exceeded the flow
internal coating greatly reduces the iron scale presence. No loop test velocity of 33 fps.
acid pickle treatments were needed throughout the 17
completions saving $170,000. These savings more than offset Field Results – Mechanical Abrasion and Impact
initial coating costs and any re-coating costs. In addition to the abrasion from proppants, the workstring
withstood the mechanical effects of 8 wireline trips to
Dissolved iron could be a critical factor in formation correlate completion tools, 8 TCP bar drop operations, and
damage since precipitation of iron complexes can occur in typical (rough) drill pipe handling.
some brines if dilution with formation waters causes an
elevation of pH.12 Iron scale solubilized from downhole Both braided electric line and single core slickline
tubulars introduces dissolved and suspended solids to the operations occurred during the completion program. As a
completion fluid which can create an endless cycle of result, roughly 10% of the tool joints have wire line cuts
circulation and filtration to reach fluid specifications. Often through the coating. Photos 4 and 5 show a representative
this remedy is temporary or not effective. The CaCl2/CaBr2 wireline scared coated tool joint and also previously wireline
completion fluids used did not have any unusual dissolved or scared pipe which has been re-coated. A total of 8 wireline
suspended iron problems. This is partially attributed to the trips occurred and equate to a maximum possible wireline
internal workstring coating, coated pits, and coated troughs. exposure of 136,400 ft. Industry and NACE RP0291-91
recommended wireline procedures to minimize coating
Field Results – Pipe Debris damage were not used at Genesis.6,7,13,14,15 Some of these
Managing pipe debris is critical to completion processes. As recommendations include maximum wireline speed of 100
an example, pipe debris can indirectly be a safety hazard if feet per minute, no free falling tools, no sharp edge tools,
live TCP guns have to be pulled due to a stuck firing bar. Also single strand line, and well lubricated slickline. Previous
fishing stuck tools (wireline, packers, gravel pack washpipe, industry studies indicate that coatings succumbed to wireline
etc) can get quite costly. abrasion after 18’-15,000’ of wire was passed across the
samples.7,16,17 Abrasion rates of each coating were related to
At Genesis, 8 wireline trips, 8 TCP bar drop operations, the type and condition of the wire, the wire velocity, and the
and 24 ball drop packer setting jobs were conducted through applied wire force against the coating. Although each joint of
the subject workstring without any trouble time caused by pipe the workstring was subjected to varying wireline lengths and
debris (scale). The gravel pack tools were thoroughly checked forces, it is estimated that the footage of wire exposed to the
for debris following each gravel pack operation and, on only coating far exceeded any of these industry tests.
The TCP bar drop process occurred 8 times and involved columns of dies per segment) and the elevators are bottleneck
dropping a 1¼” x 10’ steel detonating bar weighing 35 lbs. types. It has been reported that an external dent as small as
inside the workstring from the surface. Roughly 650 ft of the 0.075” deep frequently causes internal coatings to crack7.
workstring was dry (air cushion) and the remainder of the Since impact damage during pipe handling can result in
workstring was liquid filled during this operation. This bar chipping of the coating at or near the ends of the tool joints or
must certainly make quite an impact with each restricted tool disbondment of the coating, careful handling procedures are
joint since every well was directionally drilled. During typically recommended.6,13,15,19 This drill pipe was handled in
previous industry tests, numerous coatings were checked for typical rig fashion without any consideration for the internal
impact resistance using ASTM D 2794-82 and most had an coating (ie: not handled like production tubing or industry
impact resistance of 30-300 in-lbs. before cracking or guidelines for coated pipe).
chipping.16,18
Field Results - Corrosion
The workstring was also subjected to corrosive fluids (pipe
dope solvent, acid, frac gel, and brine) of both low and high
pH for extensive periods. All coatings have a measurable
resistance to corrosive fluids, which depends upon the fluid
type/concentration and temperature. Coating degradation is
irreversible and can be added to during subsequent chemical
and mechanical exposure.6,13,15,16,17
Wireline Some coating systems can be damaged by exposure to

Scar organic pipe dope solvents.6,15 The Genesis workstring was
routinely treated before each Frac Pack with an average of 500
gal of d-limonene solvent to remove pipe dope. The pipe dope
and solvent were chosen based on favorable “in-house” pipe
Photo 4. Coating is wireline scared dope removal tests. The downhole gravel pack tools and
solvent returns were occasionally examined during the
completion program to ensure proper pipe dope selection and
pickle effectiveness. This solvent was pumped and reversed
from the workstring at a sufficient volume and rate to give 5-
10 minutes of contact time. This totals 2.3 hrs of contact time
for the entire completion program.
Roughly 3000 gal of 20% Acetic/Formic stimulation acid,

with corrosion inhibitor, was pumped after the pipe pickle and
Coated immediately before each fracture calibration test. This acid
was used to clean the perforations of any HEC remaining from
W ireline previous fluid loss pills or perforating debris sweeps. The
Scars coating was exposed to this acid for approximately 1 hour
during each treatment (17 hrs for the entire program).
On average, 30,000-gal of high pH (9.0-9.5) borate cross-

Photo 5. Boroscope image of well bonded coating over linked frac fluid was pumped during the preliminary data
wireline scars calibration test and the Frac Pack of each completion. Fracture
fluids are typically high pH in order to properly cross-link
Between wells, the subject workstring was picked up and guar polymers and reach the desired fluid viscosity for
laid down in doubles, which creates more bending stress and proppant transport. Exposure time to this high pH gel was
coating bondment challenges than handling the pipe in single approximately 2.25 hours during each completion (39 hrs for
joints. Conventional rotary slips, or four-segmented, spring- the entire program).
loaded slips were set below each box. A spinner was used to
make up the pipe until the sealing surfaces of the IF The most onerous exposure the workstring endured was
connection contacted, and drill pipe piston type four point from corrosive 5.7-6.7 pH CaCl2/CaBr2 (CaCl2 for one
contact power tongs were used to torque the drill pipe to completion) during completion operations and while in
specifications. Full wrap-around tongs, which are typically storage. Visual inspections at the pipe yard revealed a layer of
recommended for coated pipe, were not used. The salt on the bottom of each joint (Photo 6). This salt evaporate
conventional rotary slips have 3 segments (2 columns of dies is due to not internally rinsing the pipe and evaporation of the
per segment) while the spring-loaded slips have 4 segments (2 water from the completion fluid during outdoor storage. The
coating was exposed to this brine downhole for a cumulative pumped with the rig pumps in turbulence at 12 to 23 BPM (16
exposure time of roughly one year. The workstring was BPM average). The displacement rate was influenced by each
usually externally (not internally) rinsed before being sent to a well’s hydrostatic pressure differential when pumping
pipe yard for storage outdoors (total time ~1.5 years). seawater spacers and by pipe friction. Obtaining maximum
flowrates during mud displacements was especially crucial for
some of the deeper wells, which exceeded 20,000 feet with
greater than 67 degrees of hole angle. One such completion
was displaced with only 41% of the hole volume (after
bottoms up) to reach brine clarity specifications of 20 NTU’s.
Prior to the short trip, displacement pills were circulated at the
maximum rate (15 BPM). In addition to obtaining the cleanest
possible well bore from maximum circulating rate, the reduced
D ry pipe friction from a coated workstring could possibly mean the
S alt difference between using the rig pumps to displace the well
and incurring costs to use the cement unit due to higher
surface pump pressures with uncoated pipe.
Figure 1. Systems analysis of water injection through 16,000’
Photo 6. Pipe in storage with CaCl2/CaBr2 salt evaporate

Coated 5”
The coatings used at Genesis have supplier recommended
cumulative exposure limits of 40 hrs for 15% HCl, 40 hrs for 16% Rate Difference
15% Acetic, 40 hrs for 20% NaOH (caustic), and 16 hrs for Bare Pipe
12% HCl / 3% HF (mud acid). Industry recommendations are
to flush coated pipe following corrosive treatments.6,13,15 The 16 BPM
drill pipe was reverse circulated with a minimum of two drill
pipe volumes (~500 bbls.) of completion fluid following each Press.
pipe dope solvent, acid, and Frac Pack treatment. 25% Limit
Pump of
Field Results - Hydraulics Press. Rig
Most engineers do not recognize the hydraulic benefits that Difference Pumps
can be gained by using internally coated workstrings. The
surface finish of coated workstrings reduces friction due to
lower surface roughness, which is beneficial throughout of coated and bare 5” drill pipe
completion operations. Unfortunately, the second-hand 5”
workstring was pitted before being coated and there is no During perforating work, lower pipe friction is desired to
hydraulic data that documents the workstring’s roughness reduce circulating bottom hole pressure, and thus reduce fluid
factor. One can only suppose that coating an extremely rough, losses when reversing out formation fluids or sand fill. The
pitted workstring should yield hydraulic benefits. It is difficult added friction pressure from uncoated pipe creates more
to calculate the coating’s hydraulic effects due to the backpressure on the formation and thus more completion fluid
significant tool joint restrictions and the pitted nature of losses. This can be expensive and detrimental to the pay
the pipe. interval’s productivity. The typical fluid volume lost during
the Genesis perforating process was ~200 bbls per
Systems Analysis indicates ~16% water injection rate completion zone.
increase can be achieved (Figure 1) at maximum rig pump
pressure using 16,000’ (Genesis average) of internally coated Frac Pack operations obviously benefit from reduced pipe
5” drill pipe with an absolute roughness of 0.000157” rather friction. Key Frac Pack design issues are the size of the
than using uncoated pipe with an absolute roughness of workstring and subsequent friction pressure caused from high
0.0018”. Similarly, less surface pressure is needed to pump rate pumping of cross-linked gel and proppant. The workstring
through the coated workstring at any rate.20 must be designed to ensure adequate flowrates are obtained to
achieve desired frac height growth. Surface pressure-relief
During mud displacements to completion fluid, maximum equipment is used to avoid the catastrophic failure of
circulating rate is desired to achieve turbulent flow effects, downhole completion equipment. Pipe friction is usually
which help remove mud film and water wet the pipe surfaces considered when setting surface pressure relief equipment and
of the workstring and casing. The mud displacements were directly affects the job pump rate.
Workstring Inspection History and Results

During the completion program, no washouts, drill pipe
failures (parted pipe), or leaks occurred. In summary, no Well
trouble time was experienced due to workstring problems Coated
during this challenging completion program. Seven pipe
inspections occurred during the program. The focus of each
Pits
inspection was the tool joint condition; however, three of these
inspections (initial, mid-program, and final) also checked for
wall thickness. The tool joints were visibly inspected
throughout the program for coating condition and the tubes
were also visibly checked with a video camera and boroscope
on one occasion.
The coated drill pipe was used for the first three
completions before a tool joint inspection occurred during July
1999. During these first three completions, roughly 260 k-lbs Photo 7. Good coating adhesion, minor corrosion & holidays
of proppant was pumped and 85 k-lbs. was reversed from the
workstring. The original coating was removed from 180 joints
due to the coating being graded by the coating company as
“C” in the tool joints. A coating grade of “C” means that there
are several areas that exhibit chemical and/or mechanical
damage that has not yet breached the coating surface to the
base metal as well as areas of damage to the base metal. In
minor to moderate drilling and completion environments, a
coating grade of “C” would not immediately warrant the
recoating of the particular joint. Video
The 180 joints were re-coated with a newly modified
Camera
liquid-applied, epoxy-phenolic coating which was formulated Light Coated
for enhanced abrasion resistance over it’s predecessor without Irregular
losing any of the chemical resistance or other mechanical Surface
properties (impact resistance and flexibility). This newly
modified coating, when tested on ASTM #4060 Taber Abraser
apparatus yielded an abrasion resistance value of 11 mg of
material lost per 1000 cycles. This analysis indicated that this Photo 8. Video camera image of well adhered coating to
new coating was four times as abrasion resistant as irregular pipe surface
it’s predecessor.
Photos 7-9 show the coating after the ninth completion

was generally intact and well bonded with small areas of
corrosion. As mentioned earlier, infrequent, wireline scores
were observed; however, the scores didn’t exhibit significant
corrosion damage and the coating in the surrounding area was
well bonded. During this inspection, 160 joints (26%) were
rejected due to tool joint dimensional problems. Only 75 joints
(12%) were rejected due to ≥0.036” of tube wall loss from the Video
original ≥80% wall (Premium Class) to <70% wall (Class 3). Camera
The rig contractor supplied 269 additional second-hand joints Prism
with the newly formulated, enhanced abrasion resistant Coated
coating as rejected joints were removed from service. The Smooth
remaining completions were conducted with this final
collection of Class 2 drill pipe having both coatings. Surface
Photo 9. Video camera image of well coated, smooth tube

A video camera and boroscope were used to inspect the full the remainder of the joint and is likely attributed to turbulence
length of 21 joints after the ninth completion (Photos 5, 8, from flow divergence downstream of the internally restricted
and 9). The results indicated that the tubes were in excellent tool joint. This is also the area where slips are set, which can
condition with isolated blisters and rated as “B” by the coating only make coating bondment more challenging. The tube has
company. A coating grade of “B” means that there is minor the largest internal diameter, most surface area, and was
wireline wear and erosion with a few coating chips, unbroken practically fully coated. The pin end has minor areas of
blisters, and exposed primer. The tool joints and run out area holidays and a lighter coating color in the reduced ID
showed more wear than the tubes with roughly 80% of the connection due to surface wear.
joints rated as “C” and 20% rated as “F”. A coating grade of
“F” means that there is severe flaking, blisters, and loose or The representative sample of the new, improved coating
missing coating. Since most of the metal surface area (tube appeared in much better condition than the original coating
area) was well protected by the coatings, the pipe (which met sample. The joints with this new coating were introduced into
dimensional specifications) remained in service. the completion string after the third completion due to re-
coating 180 joints and after the ninth completion to replace
End of Program Representative Samples pipe rejects. The pipe with this coating was exposed to a range
After the completion program ended, the drill pipe was of proppant mass between 941,000 lbs and 1,897,000 lbs. The
inspected for tool joint dimensions and wall thickness. Only improved abrasion resistance was evident from the excellent
one joint was rejected for low wall thickness. Additionally, the condition of this sample. This improved coating covered
operator selected a couple of joints for a closer look. Photo 10 99.9% of the internal surface area. Minor ridges of holidays
shows two representative samples that were cut in (3) three- appear two feet from the box ends in the upset runout area and
foot sections. The pipe was cut 3 ft. from each end and 3 ft. a 6”-8” circumference in the upset runout area is lighter
was cut from the center tube area (not pictured). colored due to coating surface wear. This surface wear,
although much less than the original coating’s representative
In summary, the joints with the original coating were used sample, is also likely due to turbulent flow. The tube is well
throughout the entire completion program (2,241,615 lbs coated and the pin end has minor areas of holidays with a
proppant pumped) and the coating covered 97% of the drill lighter coating color in the tool joint due to surface wear.
pipe internal surface area based on analysis of the
representative samples. This coincidentally is the same as It was the opinion of the rig contractor that the workstring
during the 750,000 lb. preliminary proppant test. Significant would not have survived the rigors of the Genesis completion
holidays are observed 2-3 feet from the box ends and a 6”-8” program without an internal coating.
circumference is entirely void of the coating in the upset
runout area. This wear far exceeds the wear noted throughout
Original Coating
Frac Pack Pump Direction Significant Wear
Improved Coating
Minor Wear
Photo 10: Representative Samples After Program was Completed
Conclusions References
Based on the field experience obtained during the completion 1. API RP 7G Fifteenth Edition, January 1, 1995, “Recommended
program for the Genesis development, the inspections Practice for Drill Stem Design and Operating Limits”, Tables 4
performed, and the data thoroughly analyzed, the following and 5, API, Washington, D.C.
conclusions are offered. 2. ASTM D 4060-81: “Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings
by the Taber Abraser” ASTM, Philadelphia, PA.
3. NACE Standard TM0384-94: Holiday Detection of Internal
1. The internal coatings did not cause skin damage to 17 Tubular Coatings of Less Than 250 um (10 mils) Dry Film
Frac Pack completions (average production rate is Thickness, NACE International, Houston, TX.
14,000 BOEGPD and average skin factor is 2.9) 4. Campbell, C.A. III: “Effects Of Holidays Or Mechanical
2. The coatings had a significant unexpected side effect Damage On Internally Plastic Coated Tubulars,” Corrosion/79
of debris (scale) mitigation, eliminating trouble time. Paper 257, NACE International, Houston, TX.
3. The original liquid-applied, modified epoxy-phenolic 5. Roberson, G.R.: “Comparison of Corrosion Rates: Wireline-Cut
internal coating held up well (97% surface area Plastic Coated Oil Well Tubing vs. Wireline-Cut Bare Tubing,”
coverage) and the improved coating held up better, Materials Performance, Vol. 13, No. 12, pp. 26-28, presented as
part of a panel discussion at a meeting of T-1G at Corrosion/74,
(99.9% coverage) to: 2.2 MM lbs. proppant, 8 TCP NACE International, Houston, TX
bar drops, 8 wireline runs, 6000 gal of organic 6. Davis, R.H.: “The Use Of Internal Plastic Coatings To Mitigate
solvent, 56,000 gal of acid, 501,000 gal of high pH CO2 Corrosion In Downhole Tubulars,” Corrosion/94 Paper 23,
frac fluid, and CaCl2/CaBr2 during 17 Frac Packs NACE International, Houston, TX.
over 2 ½ yrs. 7. Wolfe, L.H. et al.: “Laboratory Testing Of In-Service
4. The coatings protected the pipe and prevented any Performance Parameters Of Internal Pipe Coatings,”
integrity failures during completion work. There was Corrosion/92 Paper 333, NACE International, Houston, TX.
never a leak or washout and only 75 joints (12%) 8. Byars, H.G.: “Corrosion Control In Petroleum Production,” TPC
were rejected due to wall loss in the tubes. Publication 5, Second Edition, NACE International,
Houston, TX.
5. The coatings eliminated the need for acid pickle 9. Roberson, G.R.: “Materials Performance” 13, 12 (1974): p.26.
treatments due to minimizing internal pipe rust. This 10. Coulter, G.R.: “The Advantages of High Proppant Concentration
cut the cost to purchase, transport, and dispose of in Fracture Stimulation” paper SPE 3298, June, 1972
acid (~$10,000 per well) along with eliminating the 11. Nasr-El-Din, H.A. et al.: “Lessons Learned from Acid Pickle
safety, environmental, and liability risks associated Treatments of Deep/Sour Gas Wells,” paper SPE 73706
with handling and disposing of acid. presented at the 2002 SPE International Symposium and
Exhibition on Formation Damage Control held in Lafayette,
Acknowledgments LA., 20-21 February
The author would like to acknowledge the considerable input 12. Ali, S.A. and Shelby, D.C.: “Guidelines for Rig-Site Removal of
Iron Contamination from Completion Brines”, February 1999,
and assistance given by John Champagne, Rick Jackson, Petroleum Engineer International
Robert Lauer, Charlie Speed, and Bill Snider of Tuboscope 13. NACE Standard RP0291-91: Care, Handling, and Installation of
Inc., David Barbin, Bill Rau, and Larry Hathcock of Internally Plastic-Coated Oilfield Tubular Goods and
ChevronTexaco Exploration and Production Company, Accessories, Section 7: Operation, NACE International,
J.R.Slaten of D.C. International, Ron Morrison, Lonnie Mills, Houston, TX.
David Hinton, and Shelton Lejeune of Nabors Offshore 14. Thompson, I. et al.: “Evaluation Of Coating For The Protection
Corporation, David Barton of Global Completion Services, Of Downhole Production Tubing,” Corrosion/97 Paper 66,
and Bart Waltman of Halliburton. Special recognition goes to NACE International, Houston, TX.
Curt Newhouse of ChevronTexaco Exploration and 15. Nelson, J.M.: “New Advancements in the Use of Internal Plastic
Coating for Enhanced Oil Recovery,” Materials Performance,
Production Company, and Nabors Offshore Corporation for Vol. 30, No. 12, pp. 27-30, 1991, NACE International,
championing the use of coated drill pipe for the Genesis Houston, TX
workstring. Without their efforts to track and inspect the 16. Lewis, R.E. and Barbin, D.K.: “Selecting Internal Coatings For
workstring over the past 2½ years, this paper would not have Sweet Oil Well Tubing Service,” Corrosion/99 Paper 15, NACE
been possible. Tuboscope Inc. and Halliburton are appreciated International, Houston, TX.
for the preliminary coating erosion tests, documenting well 17. Lewis, R.E. and Barbin, D.K.: “Selecting Internal Coatings For
treatment parameters, monitoring pipe debris in gravel pack Gas Well Tubulars,” Corrosion/97 Paper 70, NACE
tools, and the final drill pipe sample analysis at the end of the International, Houston, TX.
project. Finally the author wishes to thank ChevronTexaco 18. ASTM D 2794-82: “Resistance of Organic Coatings to the
Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact)” ASTM, Philadelphia,
Exploration and Production Company management for PA.
permission to publish this paper. 19. Wells, K.R.: “The Reduction of Coated Tubing Failures in the
Dickinson Heath Sand Unit, North Dakota,” paper SPE 17525
presented at the 1988 SPE Rocky Mountain Regional Meeting
held in Casper, WY., 11-13 May
20. P.E. Moseley and Associates, Inc., “The Well Evaluation
Model - WEM For Windows”Houston, TX.
"YOUR REPUTATION
DESERVES THE BEST"
HOME PRODUCT CATALOG <Previous> <Next>
Tool Joint Data This page is best printed in landscape mode.

Drill Pipe Properties
Pipe Pin Pipe TJ API Minimum
Nominal Approx. Wall Tensile Tensile Torsional Torsional Torsional Make Minimum Internal
Pipe Pipe Pipe Actual Thick- TJ TJ Drift Yield Yield Yield Yield Ratio up Collapse Yield
OD Weight Material Upset Weight ness Conn Conn OD Bore Dia. Strength Strength Strength Strength Pin to Torque Pressure Pressure
(In.) (Lb./FL) Grade Style (Lb./Fl) (In.) Size Type (In.) (In.) (In.) (Lb.) (Lbs.) (Ft.-Lbs.) (Ft.-Lbs.) ** Pipe (Ft.-Lbs.) (P.S.I.) (P.S.I.)
6.65 E-75 EU 7.05 0.280 API NC 26 3 3/8 1 3/4 1.625 138,214 313,681 6,250 6875 b 1.10 4,125 15,599 15,474
2
3/8 6.65 X-95 EU 7.14 0.280 API NC 26 3 3/8 1 3/4 1.625 175,072 313,681 7,917 6875 b 0.87 4,125 19,759 19,600
6.65 G-105 EU 7.14 0.280 API NC 26 3 3/8 1 3/4 1.625 193,500 313,681 8,751 6875 b 0.79 4,125 21,839 21,663
6.65 S-135 EU 7.14 0.280 API NC 26 3 3/8 1 3/4 1.625 248,786 313,681 11,251 6875 b 0.61 4,125 28,079 27,853
10.40 E-75 EU 10.95 0.362 API NC 31 4 1/8 2 1/8 1.963 214,344 447,130 11,554 11871 p 1.03 7,122 16,509 16,526
10.40 X-95 EU 11.14 0.362 API NC 31 4 1/8 2 1.875 271,503 495,726 14,635 13196 p 0.90 7,918 20,911 20,933
2
7/8 10.40 G-105 EU 11.14 0.362 API NC 31 4 1/8 2 1.875 300,082 495,726 16,176 13196 p 0.82 7,918 23,112 23,137
10.40 S-135 EU 10.38 0.362 API PAC 3 1/8 1 1/2 1.375 385,820 273,024 20,798 5732 p 0.28 3,439 29,716 29,747
10.40 S-135 EU 11.63 0.362 API NC 31 4 3/8 1 5/8 1.500 385,820 623,844 20,798 16946 p 0.81 10,167 29,716 29,747
3 13.30 E-75 EU 14.02 0.368 API NC 38 4 3/4 2 11/16 2.457 271,569 587,308 18,551 18107 p 0.98 10,864 14,113 13,800
1/2
13.30 X-95 EU 14.32 0.368 API NC 38 4 3/4 2 9/16 2.438 343,988 649,158 23,498 19174 b 0.82 11,504 17,877 17,480
13.30 X-95 EU 14.71 0.368 API NC 38 5 2 9/16 2.438 343,988 649,158 23,498 20326 p 0.86 12,196 17,877 17,480
13.30 G-105 EU 14.81 0.368 API NC 38 5 2 7/16 2.313 380,197 708,063 25,972 22213 p 0.86 13,328 19,758 19,320
13.30 S-135 EU 15.02 0.368 API NC 38 5 2 1/8 2.000 488,825 842,440 33,393 26515 p 0.79 15,909 25,404 24,840
15.50 E-75 EU 16.29 0.449 API NC 38 4 3/4 2 9/16 2.414 322,775 649,158 21,086 19174 b 0.91 11,504 16,774 16,838
15.50 E-75 EU 16.68 0.449 API NC 38 5 2 9/16 2.414 322,775 649,158 21,086 20326 p 0.96 12,196 16,774 16,838
15.50 X-95 EU 16.65 0.449 API NC 38 4 7/8 2 9/16 2.438 408,848 649,158 26,709 20194 p 0.76 12,116 21,247 21,328
15.50 X-95 EU 16.95 0.449 API NC 38 5 2 7/16 2.313 408,848 708,063 26,709 22213 p 0.83 13,328 21,247 21,328
15.50 G-105 EU 17.16 0.449 API NC 38 5 2 1/8 2.000 451,885 842,440 *29,520 26515 p 0.90 15,909 23,484 23,573
15.50 S-135 EU 16.46 0.449 API NC 38 4 3/4 2 9/16 2.438 580,995 649,158 37,954 19174 b 0.51 11,504 30,194 30,308
14.00 E-75 IU 15.15 0.330 API NC 40 5 1/4 2 13/16 2.688 285,359 711,611 23,288 23,487 p 1.01 14,092 11,354 10,828
14.00 X-95 IU 15.38 0.330 API NC 40 5 1/4 2 11/16 5.563 361,454 776,406 29,498 25,673 p 0.87 15,404 14,382 13,716
4 14.00 G-105 IU 15.89 0.330 API NC 40 5 1/2 2 9/16 2.438 399,502 838,257 32,603 28,102 p 0.86 16,861 15,896 15,159
14.00 G-105 IU 15.98 0.330 API NC 40 5 1/2 2 7/16 2.313 399,502 897,161 32,603 30,114 p 0.92 18,068 15,896 15,159
14.00 S-135 IU 15.89 0.330 API NC 40 5 1/2 2 9/16 2.438 513,646 838,257 41,918 28,102 p 0.67 16,861 20,137 19,491
14.00 S-135 IU 16.26 0.330 API NC 40 5 1/2 2 1.875 513,646 1,080,135 41,918 36,363 p 0.87 21,818 20,137 19,491
16.60 E-75 IEU 18.54 0.337 API NC 46 6 1/4 3 1/4 3.125 330,558 901,164 30,807 33,993 p 1.10 20,396 10,392 9,829
16.60 X-95 IEU 19.79 0.337 API NC 46 6 1/4 3 2.875 418,707 1,048,427 39,022 39,659 p 1.02 23,795 12,763 12,540
16.60 G-105 IEU 18.79 0.337 API NC 46 6 1/4 3 2.875 462,781 1,048,427 43,130 39,659 p 0.92 23,795 13,825 13,761
16.60 S-135 IEU 19.01 0.337 API NC 46 6 1/4 2 3/4 2.625 595,004 1,183,908 55,453 44,871 p 0.81 26,923 16,769 17,693
4
1/2 20.00 E-75 IEU 22.33 0.430 API NC 46 6 1/4 3 2.875 412,358 1,048,427 36,901 39,659 p 1.07 23,795 12,964 12,542
20.00 X-95 IEU 22.83 0.430 API NC 46 6 1/4 2 3/4 2.625 522.320 1,183.908 46,741 44,871 p 0.96 26,923 16,421 15,886
20.00 G-105 IEU 22.62 0.430 API NC 46 6 1/4 3 2.875 577,301 1,048,427 51,661 39,659 p 0.77 23,795 18,149 17,558
20.00 G-105 IEU 23.03 0.430 API NC 46 6 1/4 2 1/2 2,375 577,301 1,307,608 51,661 49,630 p 0.99 29,778 18,149 17,558
20.00 G-135 IEU 23.20 0.430 API NC 46 6 1/4 2 1/4 2,125 742,244 1,419,527 66,422 53,936 p 0.81 32,362 23,335 22,575
19.50 E-75 IEU 21.54 0.362 API NC 50 6 5/8 3 3/4 3.625 395,595 939,096 41,167 38,060 p 0.93 22,836 9,962 9,503
19.50 X-95 IEU 22.06 0.362 API NC 50 6 1/2 3 1/4 3.125 501,087 1,268,963 52,144 51,447 p 0.99 30868 12,024 12,037
19.50 X-95 IEU 22.07 0.362 API NC 50 6 5/8 3 1/2 3.375 501,087 1,109,902 52,144 45,127 p 0.87 27,076 12,024 12,037
5 19.50 G-105 IEU 22.32 0.362 API NC 50 6 5/8 3 1/4 3.125 553,833 1,268,963 57,633 51,708 p 0.9 31,025 12,999 13,304
19.50 S-135 IEU 22.76 0.362 API NC 50 6 5/8 2 3/4 2.625 712,070 1,551,706 74,100 63,406 p 0.86 38,044 15,667 17,105
25.60 E-75 IEU 27.60 0.500 API NC 50 6 5/8 3 1/2 3.375 530,144 1,109,902 52,257 45,127 p 0.86 27,076 13,500 13,125
25.60 X-95 IEU 28.33 0.500 API NC 50 6 5/8 3 2.875 671,515 1,416,225 66,192 57,800 p 0.87 34,680 17,100 16,625
25.60 G-105 IEU 28.54 0.500 API NC 50 6 5/8 2 3/4 2.625 742,201 1,551,706 73,160 63,406 p 0.87 38,044 18,900 18,375
5
1/2 21.90 E-75 IEU 23.98 0.361 5 1/2 API FH 7 4 3.875 437,116 1,265,801 50,710 55,933 p 1.10 33,560 8,413 8,615
21.90 X-95 IEU 25.22 0.361 5 1/2 API FH 7 1/4 3 3/4 3.625 553,681 1,448,407 64,233 64,734 p 1.0 38,841 10,017 10,912
21.90 G-105 IEU 25.50 0.361 5 1/2 API FH 7 1/4 3 1/2 3.375 611,963 1,619,231 70,994 72,483 p 1.02 43,490 10,753 12,061
21.90 S-135 IEU 25.50 0.361 5 1/2 API FH 7 1/4 3 1/2 3.375 786,809 1,619,231 91,278 72,483 p 0.79 43,490 12,674 15,507
21.90 S-135 IEU 26.66 0.361 5 1/2 API FH 7 1/2 3 2.875 786,809 1,925,536 91,278 87,170 p 0.95 52,302 12,674 15,507
24.70 E-75 IEU 26.52 0.415 5 1/2 API FH 7 4 3.875 497,222 1,265,801 56,574 55,933 p 0.99 33,560 10,464 9,903
24.70 X-95 IEU 28.01 0.415 5 1/2 API FH 7 1/4 3 1/2 3.375 629,814 1,619,231 71,661 72,483 p 1.01 43,490 12,931 12,544
24.70 G-105 IEU 28.01 0.415 5 1/2 API FH 7 1/4 3 1/2 3.375 696,111 1,619,231 79,204 72,483 p 0.92 43,490 14,013 13,865
24.70 S-135 IEU 29.17 0.415 5 1/2 API FH 7 1/2 3 2.875 894,999 1,925,536 10,1834 87,170 p 0.86 52,302 17,019 17,826
25.20 E-75 IEU 27.58 0.330 6 5/8 API FH 8 5 4.875 489,464 1,448,416 70,580 73,661 p 1.04 44,196 4,788 6,538
25.20 X-95 IEU 27.58 0.330 6 5/8 API FH 8 5 4.875 619,988 1,448,416 89,402 73,661 p 0.82 44,196 5,321 8,281
25.20 G-105 IEU 28.69 0.330 6 5/8 API FH 8 1/4 4 3/4 4.625 685,250 1,678,145 98,813 86,237 p 0.87 51,742 5,499 9,153
25.20 S-135 IEU 30.21 0.330 6 5/8 API FH 8 1/2 4 1/4 4.125 881,035 2,102,260 127,045 109,226 p 0.86 65,535 6,041 11,768
6 27.70 E-75 IEU 29.51 0.362 6 5/8 API FH 8 5 4.875 534,198 1,448,416 76,295 73,661 p 0.97 44,196 5,895 7,172
5/8
27.70 X-95 IEU 30.62 0.362 6 5/8 API FH 8 1/4 4 3/4 4.625 676,651 1,678,145 96,640 86,237 p 0.89 51,742 6,754 9,084
27.70 G-105 IEU 30.62 0.362 6 5/8 API FH 8 1/4 4 3/4 4.625 747,877 1,678,145 106,813 86,237 p 0.81 51,742 7,103 10,040
27.70 S-135 IEU 29.51 0.362 6 5/8 API FH 8 5 4.875 961,556 1,448,416 137,331 73,661 p 0.54 44,196 7,809 12,909
27.70 S-135 IEU 32.14 0.362 6 5/8 API FH 8 1/2 4 1/4 4.125 961,556 2,102,260 137,331 109,226 p 0.80 65,535 7,809 12,909
* 2 ½" TJ bore recommended

** p = Pin limited yield strength
b = Box limited yield strength
BUOYANCY FACTOR
Mud Weight (lbs) Buoyancy Mud Weight (lbs) Buoyancy Mud Weight (lbs) Buoyancy
Per Gallon Factor Per Gallon Factor Per Gallon Factor
8.4 0.8716 12.4 0.8105 16.4 0.7494
8.6 0.8686 12.6 0.8075 16.6 0.7463
8.8 0.8655 12.8 0.8044 16.8 0.7433
9.0 0.8625 13.0 0.8013 17.0 0.7402
9.2 0.8594 13.2 0.7983 17.2 0.7372
9.4 0.8564 13.4 0.7952 17.4 0.7341
9.6 0.8533 13.6 0.7922 17.6 0.7311
9.8 0.8502 13.8 0.7891 17.8 0.7280
10.0 0.8472 14.0 0.7861 18.0 0.7249
10.2 0.8441 14.2 0.7830 18.2 0.7219
10.4 0.8411 14.4 0.7800 18.4 0.7188
10.6 0.8380 14.6 0.7769 18.6 0.7158
10.8 0.8350 14.8 0.7738 18.8 0.7127
11.0 0.8319 15.0 0.7708 19.0 0.7097
11.2 0.8289 15.2 0.7677 19.2 0.7066
11.4 0.8258 15.4 0.7647 19.4 0.7035
11.6 0.8227 15.6 0.7616 19.6 0.7005
11.8 0.8197 15.8 0.7586 19.8 0.6974
12.0 0.8166 16.0 0.7555 20.0 0.6994
12.2 0.8136 16.2 0.7524 Halliburton Boyancy Factors for Steel Pipe Table #132
In order to determine how much your string weight in a specific (weight) mud use
the above table along with the following equations:
Formula: (DW -x- BF) / 1.1 - Weight of String in Mud
Where: DW = Dry Weight of Pipe & BHA in mud

BF = Byoyancy Factor (use above table)
WEIGHT ft of PIPE / jts of BHA

Weight of Pipe: 13.30 per/ft 10,000 FOOTAGE
Weight of Hevi-Wate: 713 per/jt 21 JOINTS
Weight of Collars: 1,348 per/jt 30 JOINTS
188,413 DRY WEIGHT OF STRING (DW)

TIMES
0.8472 Buoyancy Factor of MUD WEIGHT from above TABLE (BF)

DIVIDED
1.1 Weight of String in MUD = (DW -x- BF) divided by 1.1
EQUAL TO
145,112 String Weight in Mud TUBE-18

SUGGESTED SIZES OF DRILL PIPE, DRILL COLLARS & WASH PIPE
FOR VARIOUS HOLE SIZES IN CASING AND/OR OPEN HOLE
API CASING DRILL PIPE DRILL COLLARS WASH PIPE OVERSHOT
IN CASING IN OPEN HOLE FOR FISHING
Cased Hole Open Hole
SIZE WEIGHT BIT DRILL PIPE TOOL JOINT DRILL PIPE TOOL JOINT Minimum Maximum O.D. Weight I.D. OD Maimum
SIZE SIZE O.D. SIZE O.D. OD OD CONNECTIONS Catch
4-1/2" 9.5#, 11.60# 3-7/8" 2-7/8" PAC 3-1/8" 2-7/8" PAC 3-1/8" 2-7/8" 3-1/16" 3-3/4" TSWP 9.35# 3.250" 3-3/4" 3-1/16"
4-1/2" 13.50# 3-3/4" 2-7/8" PAC 3-1/8" 2-3/8" WFJ 2-1/2" 2-7/8" 3-1/16" 3-3/4" TSWP 9.35# 3.250" 3-3/4" 3-1/16"
4-1/2" 15.10# 3-5/8" 2-3/8" WFJ 2-1/2" 2-3/8" WFJ 2-3/8" 2-1/4" 2-1/2" 3-1/2" TSWP 8.81# 2.992" 3-3/8" 2-1/2"
5" 11.50#, 15# 4-1/4" 2-7/8" PAC 3-1/8" 2-7/8" PAC 3-1/8" 3" 3-1/8" 4" TSWP 11.34# 3.428" 4-1/8" 3-1/8"
5" 18# 4-1/8" 2-7/8" PAC 3-1/8" 2-7/8" PAC 3-1/8" 3" 3-1/8" 3-3/4" TSWP 9.35# 3.250" 3-7/8" 3-1/8"
5" 29.3#, 24.2# 4", 3-7/8" 2-7/8" PAC 3-1/8" 2-7/8" PAC 3-1/8" 2-7/8" 3-1/16" 3-3/4" TSWP 9.35# 3.250" 3-3/4" 3-1/16"
5-1/2" 13#, 17# 4-3/4" 2-7/8" AOH 3-7/8" 2-7/8" AOH 3-7/8" 3-1/4" 3-1/2" 4-1/2" TSWP 14.98# 2.826" 4-11/16" 3-21/32"
5-1/2" 13#, 17# 4-3/4" 2-7/8" SH 3-5/8" 2-7/8" SH 3-5/8" 3-1/4" 3-1/2" 4-1/2" TSWP 14.98# 2.826" 4-11/16" 3-21/32"
5-1/2" 20# 4-5/8" 2-7/8" PAC 3-1/8" 2-7/8" PAC 3-1/8" 3-1/4" 3-1/2" 4-3/8" TSWP 13.58# 3.749" 4-9/16" 3-21/32"
5-1/2" 20# 4-5/8" 2-7/8" AOH 3-7/8" 2-7/8" AOH 3-7/8" 3-1/4" 3-1/2" 4-3/8" TSWP 13.58# 3.749" 4-9/16" 3-21/32"
5-1/2" 23#, 26# 4-1/2" 2-7/8" IF 3-3/8" 2-7/8" IF 3-3/8" 3" 3-1/4" 4-3/8" TSWP 13.58# 3.749" 4-3/8" 3-3/8"
5-1/2" 23#, 26# 4-1/2" 2-7/8" PAC 3-1/8" 2-7/8" PAC 3-1/8" 3" 3-1/4" 4-3/8" TSWP 13.58# 3.749" 4-3/8" 3-3/8"
6-5/8" 32# 5-3/8" 2-7/8" AOH 3--7/8" 2-7/8" AOH 3--7/8" 3-1/2" 4-1/8" 5" TSWP 17.93# 4.276" 5-1/8" 4-1/4"
6-5/8" 32# 5-3/8" 2-7/8" IF 4-1/8" 2-7/8" IF 4-1/8" 3-1/2" 4-1/8" 5" TSWP 17.93# 4.276" 5-1/8" 4-1/4"
6-5/8" 32# 5-3/8" 3-1/2" SH 4-1/8" 3-1/2" SH 4-1/8" 3-1/2" 4-1/8" 5" TSWP 17.93# 4.276" 5-1/8" 4-1/4"
7" 17#, 23#, 26# 6-1/4", 6-1/8" 3-1/2" IF, 4" SH 4-3/4" 3-1/2" IF, 4" SH 4-3/4" 4-9/16" 4-3/4" 5-3/4" TSWP 21.53# 5" 5-3/4" 4-3/4"
7" 17#, 23#, 26# 6-1/4", 6-1/8" 3-1/2" IF, 4" SH 4-3/4", 4-7/8" 3-1/2" IF, 4" SH 4-7/8" 4-9/16" 5" 6" TSWP 22.81# 5.240" 5-7/8" 5"
7" 29#, 32# 6" 3-1/2" IF, 4" SH 4-3/4" 3-1/2" IF, 4" SH 4-3/4" 4-9/16" 4-3/4" 5-3/4" TSWP 21.53# 5" 5-3/4" 4-3/4"
7" 35# 5-7/8" 3-1/2" IF, 4" SH 4-3/4" 3-1/2" IF, 4" SH 4-3/4" 4-1/4" 4-1/2" 5-1/2" TSWP 16.87# 4.892" 5-3/4" 4-3/4"
7" 38# 5-3/4" 3-1/2" SH 4-1/8" 3-1/2" SH 4-1/8" 4-1/8" 4-1/4" 5-3/8" TSWP 18.93# 4.670" 5-9/16" 4-1/4"
7-5/8" 20#, 33.7# 6-3/4", 6-5/8" 3-1/2" IF, 4" SH 4-3/4" / 4-7/8" 3-1/2" IF, 4" SH 4-7/8" 4-9/16" 5-1/4" 6-3/8" TSWP 24.03# 5.625" 6-3/8" 5-1/4"
7-5/8" 20#, 33.7# 6-3/4", 6-5/8" 4" FH 5-1/4" 4" FH 5-1/4" 4-9/16" 5-1/4" 6-3/8" TSWP 24.03# 5.625" 6-3/8" 5-1/4"
7-5/8" 39# 6-1/2", 6-3/8" 3-1/2" IF, 4" SH 4-3/4" / 4-7/8" 3-1/2" IF, 4" SH 4-7/8" 4-9/16" 5" 6" TSWP 22.81# 5.240" 5-7/8" 5"
8-5/8" 24#, 40# 7-7/8", 7-5/8" 4-1/2" XH 6-1/4" 4-1/2" XH 6-1/4" 6" 6-1/4" 7-3/8" TSWP 28.04# 6.625" 7-3/8" 6-1/4"
8-5/8" 44#, 49# 7-1/2", 7-3/8" 4" FH 5-1/4" 4" FH 5-1/4" 5-1/2" 6" 7" TSWP 25.66# 6.276" 7-1/8" 6"
9-5/8" 29.3#, 36# 8-3/4" 4-1/2" XH, 5" IF 6-1/4", 6-5/8" 4-1/2" XH, 5" IF 6-5/8" 6" 7" 8-1/8" TSWP 35.92# 7.250" 8-1/8" 7"
9-5/8" 40#, 43.5# 8-5/8" 4-1/2" XH, 5" IF 6-1/4", 6-5/8" 4-1/2" XH, 5" IF 6-5/8" 6" 7" 8-1/8" TSWP 35.92# 7.250" 8-1/8" 7"
9-5/8" 47# 8-1/2" 4-1/2" XH, 5" IF 6-1/4", 6-5/8" 4-1/2" XH, 5" IF 6-5/8" 6" 7" 8-1/8" TSWP 35.92# 7.250" 8-1/8" 7"
9-5/8" 53.5# 8-3/8" 4-1/2" XH, 5" IF 6-1/4", 6-5/8" 4-1/2" XH, 5" IF 6-5/8" 6" 7" 8-1/8" TSWP 35.92# 7.250" 8-1/8" 7"
USE DRILL PIPE THAT IS 1" LESS THAN INSIDE DIAMETER THAN CASING
DRILL COLLARS
Size Thread Nom. ID ID Gge Min. OD Box ml** Pin ml** Min. Trq. Max Trq. Weight (Pl) Weight (Sp) Plain Spiral
1 2-7/8" 2-3/8" SH 1-1/4" 2-3/4" 7-3/8" 7-7/8" 2,600 2,600 540 X
2 3-1/8" 2-3/8" Reg 1-1/8" & 1-1/4" 1-11/32" 3" 7-1/2" 8" 2,200 3,000 681 & 660 X X
3 3-1/8" 2-7/8" PAC 1-1/2" 3" 7" 7-3/8" 3,800 4,200 600 694 X
4 3-1/8" 2-7/8" HTPAC 1-1/4" & 1-1/2" 3" 7-1/2" 8" 3,200 4,700 600 X
5 3-1/2" 2-3/8" IF 1-1/2" & 1-3/4" 1-27/32" 3-3/8" 7-1/2" 8" 3,000 3,700 801 & 735 769 & 706 X X
6 4-1/8" 2-7/8" IF 1-3/4" 3-15/16" 8" 8-1/2" 4,800 7,400 1,080 1,071 X X
7 4-1/8" 2-7/8" IF 2" 2-5/32" 3-15/16" 8" 8-1/2" 4,800 6,900 1,041 1,000 X X
8 4-1/2" 3-1/2" XH 2" 4-5/16" 7-7/8" 8-3/8" 5,400 8,500 1,302 1,250 X X
9 4-3/4" 3-1/2" XH 2" 4-9/16" 7-7/8" 8-3/8" 8,600 11,800 1,488 1,428 X X
10 4-3/4" *** 3-1/2" IF 2-1/4" 4-9/16" 8-1/2" 9" 8,600 10,000 1,404 1,348 X X
11 4-3/4" *** 3-1/2" HT-38 2-1/4" 4-9/16" 8-1/2" 9" 9,800 16,700 1,348 X
12 4-3/4" 3-1/2" TM2-38 2-1/4" 4-9/16" 8-1/2" 9" 9,800 16,700 1,348 X
13 4-7/8" XT-39 2-1/4" 4-19/32" 10" 8" 11,400 22,400 1,571 X
14 4-7/8" XTM-39 2-1/4" 4-23/32" 10" 8" 9,100 18,100 1,571 X
15 5-1/4" 4" FH 2-1/4" 4-15/16" 8-1/2" 9" 10,900 15,300 1,890 X
16 5-3/4" 4-1/2" FH 2-13/16" 5-9/16" 8-1/2" 9" 13,000 18,100 2,043 1,961 X
17 6" 4-1/2" XH 2-13/16" 5-3/4" 9" 9-1/2" 17,700 22,400 2,277 2,186 X
18 6-1/4" 4-1/2" XH 2-13/16" 6" 9" 9-1/2" 22,400 22,400 2,514 2,413 X
19 6-1/2" 4-1/2" IF 2-13/16" 6-1/4" 9" 9-1/2" 23,000 29,700 2,784 2,673 X X
20 7" 4-1/2" IF 2-13/16" 6-3/4" 9-1/8" 10-5/8" 32,490 32,490 3,324 3,191 X
21 7-1/4" 5-1/2" Reg 2-13/16" 7" 9-1/4" 10-3/4" 36,200 36,200 3,594 3,450 X
22 8" 6-5/8" Reg 2-13/16" 7-3/4" 9-1/2" 11" 53,300 53,300 4,524 4,343 X
23 8" 6-5/8" NC-56 2-13/16" 7-3/4" 9-1/2" 11" 48,200 48,200 4,524 4,343 X
24 8" 6-5/8" H-90 2-13/16" 7-3/4" 9-1/2" 10-7/8" 55,700 56,300 4,343 X
25 9" 7-5/8" Reg 3" 8-3/4" 9-3/4" 11-1/4" 72,200 84,400 5,760 5,530 X
26 9-1/2" 7-5/8" RegLT 3" 9-1/4" 9-3/4" 11-1/4" 72,000 85,000 6,510 6,250 X
27 10" 7-5/8" RegLT 3" 9-3/4" 9-3/4" 11-1/4" 91,000 91,000 7,290 6,998 X
* These collars have a step bore. **ml-Minimum Length *** Some 4-3/4" Collars have 4-7/8" OD's Rev - 05/24/2005
"YOUR REPUTATION
DESERVES THE BEST"
Drill Collars
OMSCO drill collars continue to serve today's drilling needs as
they did when we first introduced the world's most accurately
machined collar over fifty years ago. OMSCO drill collars come
in a full range of sizes with a variety of precision-machined
features.
Spiral Drill Collars
OMSCO spiral drill collars are the perfect solution to deep hole, directional, or deviated drilling. Designed
to minimize sticking by reducing contact area, OMSCO collars allow ample room for tongs and re-
threading, if necessary.
Features
• Manufactured from the highest quality AISI series 4145H Modified alloy steel, fully
heat-treated to a Brinell hardness range of 285-341, and mimimum average Charpy
impact value of 40 ft.-lbs. or other customer specification.
• Physical properties guaranteed to one inch below surface at ambient temperature
• Drilled bars are drifted to API specifications and machining is gauged to all
applicable API standards
• Box and pin threads are cold-rolled and pre-stressed to withstand down hole bending
longer, with less fatigue
• Connections are phos-coated to reduce galling during initial joint makeup
• Hardbanding is available upon request for abrasive drilling applications
When ordering drill collars, please specify:
1. O.D., I.D. and length

2. Connection size & type; standard, relief-groove, bore back
3. Slip and/or elevator recess
4. Slick or Spiral
5. Hardbanding
6. OMSCO standard or cast steel thread protectors
7. Any special features
Typical Sizes, Bores and Connections For Drill Collars OMSCO Spiral Drill Collars
Total Approx. Collar Diameter Depth of Cut Pitch
Bevel
Drill Collar Outside Bore Length Weight
Diameter Up to 3 7/8 5/32 36
Connection Diameter + 1/16-0 (Ft.) of 31' Drill
± 1/64
Size & Style A B ± 6 Ins. Collars 4 - 4 3/8 3/16 36
D
C (Lbs.)
4 1/2 - 5 1/8 7/32 38
NC-26 (2 3/8 I.F.) 3 1/2 1 1/2or1 3/4 30' 3 17/64 803
5 1/4 - 5 3/4 1/4 42
NC-31 (2 7/8 I.F.) 4 1/8 2 30' 3 61/64 1045
5 7/8 - 6 3/8 9/32 42
NC-35 4 3/4 2 1/4 31' 4 33/64 1452
6 1/2 - 7 5/16 46
NC-38 (3 1/2 I.F.) 4 3/4 or 5 2 1/4 31' 4 49/64** 1654
7 1/8 - 7 3/8 7/32 64
NC-44 6 2 1/4 31' 5 11/16 2567
7 1/2 - 7 5/8 1/4 64
NC-46 (4 I.F.) 6 1/4 2 13/16 31' 5 29/32 2585
7 3/4 - 7 7/8 9/32 64
NC-46 (4 I.F.) 6 1/2 2 1/4 31' 6 3/32 3086
8 - 8 7/8 5/16 68
NC-46 (4 I.F.) 6 1/2 2 13/16 31' 6 3/32 2849
9 - 9 7/8 11/32 72
NC-50 (4 1/2 I.F.) 6 3/4 2 13/16 31' 6 19/64 3124
10 - 10 7/8 11/32 76
NC-50 (4 1/2 I.F.) 7 2 13/16 31' 6 31/64 3409
11 - 12 11/32 80
NC-50 (4 1/2 I.F.) 7 1/4 2 13/16 31' 6 43/64 3705 All dimensions in inches unless noted
6 5/8 API Reg 7 3/4 2 13/16 31' 7 21/64 4327 otherwise.
Spiralling decreases weight by approximately
6 5/8 API Reg 8 2 13/16 31' 7 33/64 4654 6%
6 5/8 API Reg 8 1/4 2 13/16 31' 7 45/64 4991
7 5/8 API Reg 9 1/2 3 31' 8 13/16 6742
7 5/8 API Reg 10 3 31' 9 1/4 7642*
8 5/8 API Reg 11 3 30' or 31' 10 1/2 8994*
All dimensions in inches unless noted otherwise.
* Low Torque Face
** 4 3/4" OD=4 37/64" bevel; 5" OD=4 49/64" bevel.
"YOUR REPUTATION
DESERVES THE BEST"
Drill Collar Elevator and Slip Specifications

Elevator and Slip Recesses for Drill Collars
Drill Collar Elevator Elevator Elevator Slip Recess Slip Recess
O.D. Recess Depth Recess Diameter Recess Radius Depth Diameter
A B C R D E
4 1/8 7/32 3 11/16 1/8 3/16 3 3/4
4 1/4 7/32 3 13/16 1/8 3/16 3 7/8
4 1/2 7/32 4 1/16 1/8 3/16 4 1/8
4 3/4 1/4 4 1/4 1/8 3/16 4 3/8
5 1/4 4 1/2 1/8 3/16 4 5/8
5 1/4 1/4 4 3/4 1/8 3/16 4 7/8
5 1/2 1/4 5 1/8 3/16 5 1/8
5 3/4 5/16 5 1/8 1/8 1/4 5 1/4
6 5/16 5 3/8 1/8 1/4 5 1/2
6 1/4 5/16 5 5/8 1/8 1/4 5 3/4
6 3/8 5/16 5 3/4 1/8 1/4 5 7/8
6 1/2 5/16 5 7/8 1/8 1/4 6
6 3/4 3/8 6 3/16 1/4 6 1/4
7 3/8 6 1/4 3/16 1/4 6 1/2
7 1/4 3/8 6 1/2 3/16 1/4 6 3/4
7 1/2 3/8 6 3/4 3/16 1/4 7
7 3/4 3/8 7 3/16 1/4 7 1/4
8 3/8 7 1/4 3/16 1/4 7 1/2
8 1/4 3/8 7 1/2 3/16 1/4 7 3/4
8 1/2 3/8 7 3/4 3/16 1/4 8
8 3/4 7/16 7 7/8 1/4 1/4 8 1/4
9 7/16 8 1/8 1/4 1/4 8 1/2
9 1/2 7/16 8 5/8 1/4 1/4 9
9 3/4 7/16 8 7/8 1/4 1/4 9 1/4
10 7/16 9 1/8 1/4 1/4 9 1/2
10 1/2 7/16 9 5/8 1/4 1/4 10
11 7/16 10 1/8 1/4 1/4 10 1/2
Hardbanding (flush or raised)
HEVI-WEIGHT DRILL PIPE

Size Thread Tube/(tj) ID's Nom. OD (tj) Min. OD (tj) Min. OD (d'nut) Min. Torq* Max Torq* Wt/Ft Wt/Jt Tens Yld Tors Yld
1 3-1/2" 3-1/2" IF 2-1/4" 4-3/4" 4-7/8" 4-19/32" 3-3/4" 10,500 11,600 23.2 713 310,500 17,500
2 3-1/2" 3-1/2" HT-38 2-1/4"; 2-5/16" 4-3/4", 4-7/8" 4-19/32" 3-3/4" 11,900 13,400 23.2 713 310,500 17,500
3 3-1/2" 3-1/2" TM2-38 2-1/4" 4-3/4" 4-19/32" 3-3/4" 12,850 14,150 23 700 310,500 18,461
4 4" 4" FH 2-9/16" 5-1/4" 4-15/16" 4-1/4" 11,400 13,250 29.7 890 407,550 26,792
5 4" XTM-39 2-9/16" 4-7/8" 4-23/32" 4-1/4" 17,800 17,800 29.7 890 407,550 27,600
6 4-1/2" 4-1/2" XH 2-3/4" 6-1/4" 6" 4-3/4" 19,400 20,000 41 1,230 548,000 38,800
7 5" 4-1/2" IF 3" 6-5/8" 6-5/16" 5-1/4" 25,800 26,800 49.3 1,480 691,185 51,375
SPIRAL WATE DRILL PIPE

Size Thread ID OD (tj) Min. OD (tj) OD (Tube) Min. Torque* Max. Torque* Wt/Ft Wt/Jt Tens Yield Tors Yld
1 2-7/8" 2-7/8" AOH 2-1/8" 3-7/8" 3-5/8" 3-5/16" 4,800 4,800 15.80 490 333,000 9,100
2 3-1/2" 3-1/2' IF 2-1/4" 4-3/4", 4-7/8" 4-19/32" 4" 10,500 11,600 26.70 828 310,500 18,375
3 4" 4" XT-39 2-5/8" 4-7/8" 4-19/32" 4" 11,400 19,900 28.40 880 407,550 22,100
4 4-1/2" 4-1/2" XH 2-3/4" 6-1/4" 6" 5" 19,400 20,000 42.60 1,320 548,060 40,720
5 5" 4-1/2" IF 3" 6-5/8" 6-5/16" 5-1/2" 25,800 26,800 53.50 1,650 691,150 52,174
6 5-7/8" 5-1/2" XT-57 4" 7" 6-3/4" 5-7/8" 29,600 54,400 65.30 2,024 799,800 82,700
7 6-5/8" 6-5/8" FH 4-1/2" 8" 7-45/64" 6-5/8" 38,700 43,900 86.10 2,669 1,021,600 87,900
DIRECTIONAL WATE DRILL PIPE
1 5-1/2" 5-1/2" FH 4" 7-1/4" 6-3/4" 6" 29,402 29,402 56.20 1,868 1,054,835 47,043
*Torque measured in Foot Pounds Rev - 05/24/2005
Not all sizes of Spiral-Wate are available!
Heavy-Weight Drill Pipe
Always specify OMSCO Heavy-Weight Drill Pipe as your intermediate drill string member for the
transition zone or for tapered drill strings.
Standard Heavy-Weight
Nominal Size* A 2 7/8 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 5/8
Tube Specifications
Inside Diameter (In.) B 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 9/16 2 13/16 3 4 4
Wall Thickness (In.) 0.375 0.625 0.719 0.844 1.000 0.750 1.313
Cross Sectional Area (In.²) 2.945 5.645 7.409 9.692 12.566 11.192 21.905
Center Upset Diameter (In.) D 3 3/8 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 7 1/8
Yield Strength (Lb./In.²) 55,000 55,000 55,000 55,000 55,000 55,000 55,000
Tensile Yield (Lb.) 161,975 310,478 407,502 533,043 691,150 615,560 1,204,775
Torsional Yield (Ft.-Lb.) 8,657 18,461 27,636 40,098 56,496 62,223 130,924
Tool Joint Specifications
Connection 2 7/8 SL-H90 NC38 NC40 NC46 NC50 5 1/2 FH 6 5/8 IF
Size & Type 3 1/2 IF 4 FH 4 IF 4 1/2 IF
Outside Diameter (In.) C 3 3/4 4 3/4 5 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/2 7 1/4 8

Inside Diameter (In.) 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 9/16 2 13/16 3 4 4
Tensile Yield (Lb.) 346,381 724,990 768,402 1,055,214 1,298,461 1,054,835 1,913,872
Makeup Stress (Lb./In.²) 56,200 62,500 62,500 62,500 62,500 62,500 62,500
Makeup Torque (Ft.-Lb.) 5,084 9,986 14,458 22,714 29,680 29,402 45,759
Engineering Data
Weight/Foot 12.5 23.7 29.9 40.8 50.0 46.7 83.4
Weight/30' Joint 376 720 912 1244 1516 1424 2501
Displacement (Gals/Jt.) 5.87 11.01 13.92 19.02 23.18 29.32 38.25
Displacement (Bbls/Jt.) 0.140 0.262 0.332 0.453 0.552 0.698 0.91
Capacity (Gals/Jt.) 5.62 6.2 8.04 9.264 11.025 19.6 30.59
Capacity (Bbls/Jt.) 0.134 0.147 0.191 0.22 0.262 0.466 0.728
* Sizes and dimensions shown are standard. Other sizes and options may be quoted on request.
Directional-Wate®
Specify OMSCO Directional-Wate ® , built for today? s tough drilling environments in vertical,
directional and horizontal wells.
Standard Directional-Wate ®
Nominal Size* A 2 7/8 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 5/8
Tube Specifications
Inside Diameter (In.) B 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 9/16 2 13/16 3 4 5
Wall Thickness (In.) 0.375 0.625 0.719 0.844 1.000 0.750 0.813
Cross Sectional Area (In.²) 2.945 5.645 7.409 9.692 12.566 11.192 14.837
Center Upset Diameter (In.) D 3 3/8 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 7 1/8
Tensile Yield (Lb.) 161,975 310,478 407,502 533,043 691,150 615,560 816,018
Tool Joint Specifications
Connection 2 7/8 SL-H90 NC38 NC40 NC46 NC50 5 1/2 FH 6 5/8 IF
Size & Type 3 1/2 IF 4 FH 4 IF 4 1/2 IF
Outside Diameter (In.) C 3 3/4 4 3/4 5 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/2 7 1/4 8

Inside Diameter (In.) 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 9/16 2 13/16 3 4 5
Tensile Yield (Lb.) 346,381 724,990 768,402 1,055,214 1,298,461 1,054,835 1,207,013
Makeup Stress (Lb./In.²) 56,200 62,500 62,500 62,500 62,500 62,500 62,500
Makeup Torque (Ft.-Lb.) 5,084 9,986 14,458 22,714 29,680 29,402 38,365
Engineering Data
Weight/Foot 16.8 32.3 37.5 50 59.1 56.2 66.9
Weight/30' Joint 504 970 1125 1500 1774 1687 2041
Displacement (Gals/Jt.) 7.87 14.84 17.22 22.96 27.17 25.82 31.22
Displacement (Bbls/Jt.) 0.19 0.353 0.409 0.546 0.646 0.614 0.74
Capacity (Gals/Jt.) 5.62 6.2 9.04 9.264 11.025 19.6 31.11
Capacity (Bbls/Jt.) 0.134 0.147 0.191 0.22 0.262 0.466 0.74
* Sizes and dimensions shown are standard. Other sizes and options may be quoted on request.
"YOUR REPUTATION
DESERVES THE BEST"
Kellys
Square Kelly Specifications

Top Upset Bottom Upset Drive Section Approx.
Available API Box Across Across Wt. of
Nominal Lengths* OD Right Hand OD Bore 40 Ft.
Thread Corners Flats
Size (Ft.) A C Connections D B (Lb.)
LH E F
6 5/8 Reg. 7 3/4 1080
3 40,46 NC31 (2 7/8 IF) 4 1/8 1 3/4 3.875 3
4 1/2 Reg. 5 3/4 980
3 1/2 40,46 6 5/8 Reg. 7 3/4 NC38 (3 1/2 IF) 4 3/4 2 1/4 4.437 3 1/2 1320
NC46 (4 IF) 2
4 1/4 40,46,54 6 5/8 Reg. 7 3/4 6 1/4-6 3/8 5.500 4 1/4 1820
NC50 (4 1/2 IF) 13/16
NC50 (4 1/2 IF)
5 1/4 40,46,54 6 5/8 Reg. 7 3/4 6 1/4-7 3 6.750 5 1/4 2780
5 1/2 FH
6 40,46,54 6 5/8 Reg. 7 3/4 6 5/8 Reg. 7 3/4 3 7.875 6 3700
*OMSCO will manufacture special kellys to customer specifications.

Hexagonal Kelly Specifications
Top Upset Bottom Upset Drive Section Approx.
Available API Box Across Across Wt. of
Nominal Lengths* OD Right Hand OD Bore 40 Ft.
Thread Corners Flats
Size (Ft.) A C Connections D B (Lb.)
LH E F
6 5/8 Reg. 7 3/4 NC26 (2 3/8 970
3 40 3 3/8 1 7/16 3.375 3
4 1/2 Reg. 5 3/4 IF) 870
6 5/8 Reg. 7 3/4 NC31 (2 7/8 1300
3 1/2 40,46 4 1/8 1 3/4 3.937 3 1/2
4 1/2 Reg. 5 3/4 IF) 1200
NC38 (3 1/2
4 1/4 40,46 6 5/8 Reg. 7 3/4 4 3/4 2 1/4 4.781 4 1/4 1740
IF)
NC46 (4 IF) 6-6 1/4
2 13/16
5 1/4 40,46,54 6 5/8 Reg. 7 3/4 NC50 (4 1/2 6 1/4-6 5.900 5 1/4 2550
3
IF) 3/8
6 40,46,54 6 5/8 Reg. 7 3/4 5 1/2 FH 7 3 6.812 6 3040
*OMSCO will manufacture special kellys to customer specifications.

TUBING
Size Thread Grade Weight Nom. OD Nom. ID Drift Torque 80% Yield* ID Marking Stencil Test Pres. Length Burst Collapse
1 3/4" CS P-110 1.5 1.327" .687" .648" 300 38,400 2 grooves P 23,000 31' 28,230 27,530
2 1" CS C-75 2.25 1.6" .864" .848" 400 38,400 3 grooves PC 16,300 31' 17,870 17,640
3 1" CS L-80 2.25 1.6" .864" .848" 400 40,800 1 (3/32") PL 17,400 31' 19,060 18,810
4 1" CS N-80 2.25 1.6" .864" .848" 400 40,800 none PN 17,400 31' 19,060 18,810
5 1" CS T-95 2.25 1.6" .864" .848" 400 48,800 1 (1/4") PT 20,700 31' 22,630 22,340
6 1" CS P-110 2.25 1.6" .864" .848" 400 56,000 2 grooves P 23,000 31' 26,200 25,870
7 1" CS S-135 2.25 1.6" .864" .848" 400 68,800 2 grooves & S PS 23,000 31' 32,160 31,750
8 1-1/4" CS N-80 2.4 1.858" 1.312" 1.286" 400 42,400 none PN2 10,800 29' 11,810 12,360
9 1-1/4" CS C-75 3.02 1.927" 1.218" 1.184" 600 52,800 3 grooves PC 13,800 31' 15,100 15,270
10 1-1/4" CS L-80 3.02 1.927" 1.218" 1.184" 600 56,800 1 (3/32") PL 14,700 30' 16,110 16,290
11 1-1/4" CS N-80 3.02 1.927" 1.218" 1.184" 600 56,800 none PN 14,700 31' 16,110 16,290
12 1-1/4" CS T-95 3.02 1.927" 1.218" 1.184" 600 67,200 1 (1/4") PT 17,500 31' 19,130 19,350
13 1-1/4" CS P-110 3.02 1.927" 1.218" 1.184" 600 77,600 2 grooves P 20,300 31' 22,150 22,400
14 1-1/4" CS S-135 3.02 1.927" 1.218" 1.184" 600 95,200 2 grooves & S PS 23,000 31' 27,180 27,490
15 1-1/2" CS L-80 3.02 2.162" 1.44" 1.406" 800 85,000 1 groove PL 13,500 31' 14,740 15,070
16 1-1/2" CS N-80 3.64 2.162" 1.44" 1.406" 800 68,000 none PN 13,500 31' 14,740 15,070
17 1-1/2" CS P-110 3.64 2.162" 1.44" 1.406" 800 93,600 2 grooves P 18,500 31' 20,260 20,720
18 2-1/16" CS P-110 3.25 2.33" 1.7" 1.657" 900 82,400 2 grooves P 10,000 30' 14,560 14,600
19 2-1/16"** PRT-FJ N-80 4.5 2.063" 1.613" 1.519" N/A N/A none 6,000 28'
20 2-3/8" CS P-110 4.7 2.7" 1.995" 1.901" 1500 114,400 10,000 15,400 16,130
21 2-3/8" 8rd EUE N-80 4.7 3.063" 1.995" 1.901" 1800 83,200 none PN N/A 30' 12,800 11,770
22 2-3/8" 8rd EUE P-110 4.7 3.063" 1.995" 1.901" 2270 114,400 1 groove P N/A 30' 15,400 16,130
23 2-3/8" PH-6 L-80 5.95 2.906" 1.805" 1.773" 2200 108,000 1 groove PL 10,000 31' 14,970 15,280
24 2-3/8" PH-6 RY-85 5.95 2.906" 1.805" 1.773" 2200 115,200 none PY 10,000 31' 15,910 16,240
25 2-3/8" PH-6 T-95 5.95 2.906" 1.805" 1.773" 2200 128,800 1 groove (1/4") PT 10,000 31' 17,780 18,150
26 2-3/8" PH-6 P-110 5.95 2.906" 1.805" 1.773" 2700 148,800 2 grooves P 10,000 31' 20,950 21,010
27 2-7/8" 8rd EUE N-80 6.5 3.668" 2.441" 2.347" 2300 116,000 none PN N/A 31' 10,570 11,170
28 2-7/8" PH-6 N-80 8.7 3.5" 2.2" 2.165" 3000 159,200 none PN 10,000 30' 15,000 15,300
29 2-7/8" PH-6 L-80 7.9 3.438" 2.265" 2.229" 3000 144,000 1 groove PL 10,000 30' 13,440 13,890
30 2-7/8" PH-6 T-95 7.9 3.438" 2.265" 2.229" 3200 171,200 1 (1/4") PT 10,000 30' 15,960 16,490
31 2-7/8" PH-6 P-110 7.9 3.438" 2.265" 2.229" 3500 198,400 2 grooves P 10,000 30' 18,480 19,090
32 3-1/2" 8rd EUE P-110 9.3 4.180" 2.992" 2.867" 4050 227,920 none P N/A 31' 13,970 13,530
33 3-1/2" PH-6 N-80 12.95 4.313" 2.687" 2.625" 5500 236,000 none PN 10,000 31' 15,000 15,310
34 3-1/2" PH-6 P-110 12.95 4.313" 2.687" 2.625" 7000 324,000 2 grooves P 10,000 31' 20,630 21,050
35 4-1/2" PH-6 P-110 15.5 5.125" 3.765" 3.701" 7500 388,000 2 grooves P 10,000 31' 14,420 14,340
*The minimum remaining wall of premium class pipe is 80% . For normal API practice, use 80% of "Yield" for premium class pipe.
**Special Project Pipe. Rev - 05/24/2005
DRILL BIT SPECIFICATIONS
Size Approximate Reg A.P.I. PIN Size Approximate Reg A.P.I. PIN Size Approximate Reg A.P.I. PIN
(Inches) Weight Shank Size (Inches) Weight Shank Size (Inches) Weight Shank Size
(Inches) (Inches) (Inches)
3-3/4" 10 2-3/8" 6-1/2" 29 3-1/2" 9-7/8" 112 5-1/2" or 6-5/8"

3-7/8" 10 2-3/8" 6-5/8" 29 3-1/2" 10-5/8" 140 5-1/2" or 6-5/8"
4-1/8" 11 2-3/8" 6-3/4" 37 3-1/2" 11" 145 6-5/8"
4-1/4" 11 2-3/8" 7" 42 3-1/2" 11-3/4" 170 6-5/8"
4-3/8" 11 2-3/8" 7-3/8" 42 3-1/2" 12" 175 6-5/8"
4-1/2" 11 2-3/8" 7-1/2" 56 4-1/2" 12-1/4" 179 6-5/8"
4-5/8" 16 2-7/8" 7-5/8" 57 4-1/2" 13-3/4" 245 6-5/8"
4-3/4" 16 2-7/8" 7-3/4" 58 4-1/2" 14-3/4" 300 6-5/8"
4-7/8" 16 2-7/8" 7-7/8" 59 4-1/2" 15" 300 6-5/8"
5-1/8" 25 3-1/2" 8-1/8" 64 4-1/2" 16" 334 6-5/8"
5-3/8" 25 3-1/2" 8-3/8" 67 4-1/2" 17" 497 6-5/8"
5-5/8" 25 3-1/2" 8-1/2" 68 4-1/2" 17-1/2" 500 6-5/8"
5-3/4" 25 3-1/2" 8-5/8" 73 4-1/2" 18-1/2" 569 6-5/8"
5-7/8" 25 3-1/2" 8-3/4" 74 4-1/2" 20" 614 6-5/8"
6" 28 3-1/2" 9" 75 4-1/2" 22" 758 , 1039 6-5/8" or 8-5/8"
6-1/8" 28 3-1/2" 9-1/2" 102 4-1/2" 23" 1065 6-5/8" or 8-5/8"
6-1/4" 28 3-1/2" 9-5/8" 112 4-1/2" 24" 1165 6-5/8" or 8-5/8"
6-3/8" 29 3-1/2" 9-3/4" 112 5-1/2" or 6-5/8" 26" 1190 , 1225 6-5/8" or 8-5/8"
FLOATS FOR BIT SUBS

Valve Connection Valve Recess Ideal Sub Valve Minimum
Diameter Diameter I.D. Length Bore Depth
(D) (R) (B) (L) (A)
1R 2-3/8" Reg 1-21/32" 1-11/16" 1-1/4" 5-7/8" 9-1/8"

1F2R 2-7/8" Reg 1-29/32" 1-15/16" 1-3/8" 6-1/4" 10"
2F3R 3-1/2" Reg 2-13/32" 2-7/16" 2" 6-1/2" 10-1/2"
3F 3-1/2" IF 2-13/16" 2-27/32" 2-1/4" w/ 1/16" break 10" 14-1/4"
4R 4-1/2" Reg 3-15/32" 3-1/2" 2-1/4" w/ 45 to 2-3/4" 8-5/16" 12-13/16"
4F 4-1/2" XH 3-21/32" 3-11/16" 2-13/16" w/ 45 to 3" 12" 16-5/8"
5R 5-1/2" Reg 3-7/8" 3-29/32" 2-13/16" w/ 45 to 3" 9-3/4" 14-3/4"
5F6R 6-5/8" Reg 4-25/32" 4-13/16" 2-13/16" w/ 45 to 4" 11-3/4" 17"
5F6R 7-5/8" Reg 4-25/32" 4-13/16" 2-13/16" w/ 45 to 4" 11-3/4" 17-1/4"
6F 8-5/8" Reg 5-11/16" 5-23/32" 14-5/8" 20-1/4"
Milled tooth rock bits - Small diameters
Manufactured with superior quality steel, advanced technologies, designed for use with compressed air or fluid circulation systems.
Regular and Jet circulation available.
Cutting structures allow optimum penetration rates and long runs even in the most difficult and abrasive formations.
Weight on the bit is distributed through a five part anti-friction bearing matched and ground with precision to tolerances of ± 0,0002".
Critical areas on the external portion of the bit are protected with tunsten carbide alloy hardfacing.
Available for:
§ Soft
§ Medium - Soft
§ Medium - Hard
§ Hard formations
Bit type availability
SIZE REGULAR API WEIGHT APPROX TOOTH TYPE INSERT TYPE

in. mm. PIN SIZE KG T3 T2 T1H SE54 SE56 SE58
2 -2 73-75 N-ROD (4 thd) 1.8
3-3 76-89 N-ROD (4 thd) 2
3 -3 95-98 2 API REG. 4
4-4 101-105 2 API REG. 5
4 -4 108-114 2 API REG. 5
4 - 5" 120-127 2 API REG. 5.5
5 -5 130-140 2 API REG. 7
5 149 3 API REG. 11.5
6-6 152-155 3 API REG. 12.6
6 -6 159-165 3 API REG. 18
6 171 3 API REG. 18
7 200 4 API REG. 34
8 216 4 API REG. 38
Denotes regular circulation

Denotes jet circulation
Top
Tungsten carbide rock bits - Small diameters
When drilling hard and abrasive formations with tooth type rock bits, an excessive wear of the teeth may occur. It is necessary in such
cases to use tungsten carbide insert rock bits. A specified in the next table of drilling parameters, more weight must be given when
drilling with T.C.I. rock bits in order to obtain a major compression effect on hard rock being drilled.
Drilling parameters
ROCK BIT TYPE FORMATION TO DRILL WEIGHT PER INCH OF DIAM. (KG) RPM - ROTARY SPEED
MIN MAX MIN MAX
SOFT - MEDIUM SOFT 450 1300 60 110
TOOTH TYPE ROCK BIT MEDIUM HARD 450 1800 50 100
HARD - VERY HARD 900 2200 40 80
MEDIUM SOFT 450 1800 45 80

T.C. INSERT ROCK BIT MEDIUM HARD - ABRASIVE 1200 2800 40 80
HARD AND ABRASIVE 1800 3100 30 60
Rotary rock bits - Large diameters new and retipped, rerun
For oil and water well drilling.

New and reconditioned of major U.S.A. brands: HUGHES, SMITH, REED, SECURITY.
§ milled steel tooth type

§ tungsten carbide insert type
Available with sealed or regular bearing, with regular or jet circulation.
WEIGHT
DIAMETER inch. DIAMETER mm. CONNECTION
LBS KG
5 " 149.2 3 " API REG. PIN 29 13
6" 152.4 3 " API REG. PIN 32 14
6 " 155.6 3 " API REG. PIN 33 14.5
6 " 158.8 3 " API REG. PIN 40 18
6 " 165.1 3 " API REG. PIN 46 21
6 " 171.5 3 " API REG. PIN 49 22
7 " 200.0 4 " API REG. PIN 76 34
8 " 216.0 4 " API REG. PIN 90 41
8 " 222.3 4 " API REG. PIN 92 42
9 "-9 " 241.3 - 250.8 6 " API REG. PIN 141 65
10 " 270.0 6 " API REG. PIN 170 77
11" 279.4 6 " API REG. PIN 175 80
12 " 311.2 6 " API REG. PIN 220 100
13 " - 13 " 342.9 - 349.3 6 " API REG. PIN 237 108
14 " 374.7 6 "o7 " API REG. PIN 305 138
16" 406.4 6 "o7 " API REG. PIN 415 187
17 " 444.5 7 " API REG. PIN 580 262
22" 558.8 7 " API REG. PIN 766 347
23" 584.2 7 " API REG. PIN 820 372
26" 660.4 7 " API REG. PIN 1335 605
28" 711.2 8 " API REG. PIN 1600 720
Classification - IADC code
Tooth type bits
Soft formations
Bits that feature long, widely spaced teeth, to drill soft formation such as shales, soft sandstone,
clay and all unconsolidated formations.
IADC CODES 111 - 126 - 134
Medium formations
With medium length teeth, closer spaces, to drill unconsolidated limestones, medium sandstones,
clay, marls
IADC CODES 211 - 224 - 234
Medium Hard - Hard formations

With short, closely spaced teeth with tungsten carbide hardfacing, for hard and abrasive formations
such as sandstones, dolomite, hard limestone and granite.
IADC CODES 311 - 314 - 321
Insert rock bits
Soft - Medium Soft formations

Features large chisel-shaped tungsten carbide inserts to provide the highest penetration rates in
the softest formations such as shales, clays, limestone and sands.
IADC CODES 437 - 517 - 527

Medium Hard - Hard formations
Effective in a variety of formations with higher compressive strength such as hard limestone,
sandstone, dolomite and other formations with high abrasive quality, hard streaks and broken
formations.
IADC CODES 617 - 627 - 637
Hard and abrasive formations

With hemispherical tungsten carbide inserts. To optimize penetration rate in hard and abrasive
formations such as granites, basalts, quartzite and chert. Drilling weight of 3 ± 4 tons per inch of
diameter should be applied.
IADC CODES 732 - 737 - 837
Top
Bit Sizes and Clearance - Casing Data
API CASING
CASING SPECIFICATIONS DIAMETRICAL CLEARANCE
Casing Weight with Outside Diameter Inside Diameter
Size O.D. Couplings of Couplings of Couplings BIT SIZE Inches Metric
Inches mm Lbs/Ft kg/m Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm Thousandths Nearest 64th mm Nearest mm
4 1/2 114.3 9.50 14.14 5.00 127.00 4.090 103.89 3 7/8 98.42 .215 7/32 5.46 5
4 1/2 114.3 10.50 15.63 5.00 127.00 4.052 102.92 3 7/8 98.42 .177 11/64 4.50 4
4 1/2 114.3 11.60 17.26 5.00 127.00 4.000 101.60 3 7/8 98.42 .125 1/8 3.18 3
4 1/2 114.3 13.50 20.09 5.00 127.00 3.920 99.57 3 3/4 95.25 .170 11/64 4.32 4
5 127.0 13.00 19.35 5.563 141.30 4.494 114.15 4 1/4 107.95 .244 1/4 6.20 6
5 127.0 15.00 22.32 5.563 141.30 4.408 111.96 4 1/4 107.95 .158 5/32 4.01 4
5 127.0 18.00 26.79 5.563 141.30 4.276 108.61 4 1/8 104.77 .151 5/32 3.84 4
5 1/2 139.7 14.00 20.83 6.050 153.67 5.012 127.30 4 3/4 120.65 .262 17/64 6.65 7
5 1/2 139.7 15.50 23.07 6.050 153.67 4.950 125.73 4 3/4 120.65 .200 13/64 5.08 5
5 1/2 139.7 17.00 25.30 6.050 153.67 4.892 124.26 4 3/4 120.65 .142 9/64 3.61 4
5 1/2 139.7 20.00 29.76 6.050 153.67 4.778 121.36 4 5/8 117.47 .153 5/32 3.89 4
5 1/2 139.7 23.00 34.23 6.050 153.67 4.670 118.62 4 1/2 114.30 .170 11/64 4.32 4
6 5/8 168.3 20.00 29.76 7.390 187.71 6.049 153.64 5 7/8 149.22 .174 11/64 4.42 4
6 5/8 168.3 24.00 35.72 7.390 187.71 5.921 150.39 4 3/4 120.65 1.171 1 11/64 29.74 30
6 5/8 168.3 28.00 41.67 7.390 187.71 5.791 147.09 4 3/4 120.65 1.041 1 3/64 26.44 26
6 5/8 168.3 32.00 47.62 7.390 187.71 5.675 144.14 4 3/4 120.65 .925 59/64 23.49 23
7 177.8 17.00 25.30 7.656 194.46 6.538 166.07 6 1/4 158.75 .288 9/32 7.32 7
7 177.8 20.00 29.76 7.656 194.46 6.456 163.98 6 1/4 158.75 .206 13/64 5.23 5
7 177.8 23.00 34.23 7.656 194.46 6.366 161.70 6 1/4 158.75 .116 7/64 2.95 3
7 177.8 26.00 38.69 7.656 194.46 6.276 159.41 6 1/8 155.57 .151 5/32 3.84 4
7 177.8 29.00 43.16 7.656 194.46 6.184 157.07 6 152.40 .184 3/16 4.67 5
7 177.8 32.00 47.62 7.656 194.46 6.094 154.79 6 152.40 .094 3/32 2.39 2
7 177.8 35.00 52.09 7.656 194.46 6.004 152.50 5 7/8 149.22 .129 1/8 3.28 3
7 177.8 38.00 56.55 7.656 194.46 5.920 150.37 5 7/8 149.22 .045 3/64 1.14 1
7 5/8 193.7 24.00 35.72 8.500 215.90 7.025 178.44 6 3/4 171.45 .275 9/32 6.98 7
7 5/8 193.7 26.40 39.29 8.500 215.90 6.969 177.01 6 3/4 171.45 .219 7/32 5.56 6
7 5/8 193.7 29.70 44.20 8.500 215.90 6.875 174.62 6 3/4 171.45 .125 1/8 3.18 3
7 5/8 193.7 33.70 50.15 8.500 215.90 6.765 171.83 6 5/8 168.27 .140 9/64 3.56 4
7 5/8 193.7 39.00 59.04 8.500 215.90 6.625 168.28 6 1/4 158.75 .375 3/8 9.52 10
8 5/8 219.1 24.00 35.72 9.625 244.48 8.097 205.66 7 7/8 200.02 .222 7/32 5.64 6
8 5/8 219.1 28.00 41.62 9.625 244.48 8.017 203.63 7 7/8 200.02 .142 9/64 3.61 4
8 5/8 219.1 32.00 47.62 9.625 244.48 7.921 201.19 7 7/8 200.02 .046 3/64 1.17 1
8 5/8 219.1 36.00 53.57 9.625 244.48 7.825 198.76 6 3/4 171.45 1.075 1 5/64 27.30 27
8 5/8 219.1 40.00 59.53 9.625 244.48 7.725 196.22 6 3/4 171.45 .975 31/32 24.76 25
8 5/8 219.1 44.00 65.48 9.625 244.48 7.625 193.68 6 3/4 171.45 .875 7/8 22.22 22
8 5/8 219.1 49.00 72.92 9.625 244.48 7.511 190.78 6 3/4 171.45 .761 49/64 19.33 19
9 5/8 244.5 32.30 48.07 10.625 269.88 9.001 228.63 8 3/4 222.25 .251 1/4 6.38 6
9 5/8 244.5 36.00 53.57 10.625 269.88 8.921 226.59 8 3/4 222.25 .117 11/64 4.34 4
9 5/8 244.5 40.00 59.53 10.625 269.88 8.835 224.41 8 5/8 219.10 .210 13/64 5.33 5
9 5/8 244.5 43.50 64.74 10.625 269.88 8.755 222.38 8 5/8 219.10 .130 1/8 3.30 3
9 5/8 244.5 47.00 69.94 10.625 269.88 8.861 220.50 8 1/2 215.90 .181 3/16 4.60 5
9 5/8 244.5 53.50 79.62 10.625 269.88 8.535 216.79 8 3/8 212.72 .160 5/32 4.06 4
10 3/4 273.0 32.75 48.74 11.750 298.45 10.192 258.88 9 7/8 250.82 .317 5/16 8.05 8
10 3/4 273.0 40.50 60.27 11.750 298.45 10.050 255.27 9 7/8 250.82 .175 11/16 4.44 4
10 3/4 273.0 45.50 67.71 11.750 298.45 9.950 252.73 9 7/8 250.82 .075 5/64 1.90 2
10 3/4 273.0 51.00 75.90 11.750 298.45 9.850 250.19 9 5/8 244.50 .225 7/32 5.72 6
10 3/4 273.0 55.50 82.59 11.750 298.45 9.760 247.90 9 5/8 244.50 .135 9/64 3.43 3
11 3/4 298.4 42.00 62.50 12.750 323.85 11.084 281.53 11 279.40 .084 5/64 2.13 2
11 3/4 298.4 47.00 69.94 12.750 323.85 11.000 279.40 10 5/8 269.88 .375 3/8 9.52 10
11 3/4 298.4 54.00 80.36 12.750 323.85 10.880 276.35 10 5/8 269.88 .255 1/4 6.48 6
11 3/4 298.4 60.00 89.29 12.750 323.85 10.772 273.61 10 5/8 269.88 .147 9/64 3.73 4
13 3/8 339.7 48.00 71.43 14.375 365.12 12.715 322.96 12 1/4 311.15 .465 15/32 11.81 12
13 3/8 339.7 54.50 81.11 14.375 365.12 12.615 320.42 12 1/4 311.15 .365 23/64 9.27 9
13 3/8 339.7 61.00 90.78 14.375 365.12 12.515 317.88 12 1/4 311.15 .265 17/64 6.73 7
13 3/8 339.7 68.00 101.20 14.375 365.12 12.415 315.34 12 1/4 311.15 .165 11/64 4.19 4
13 3/8 339.7 72.00 107.15 14.375 365.12 12.347 313.61 12 304.80 .347 11/32 8.81 9
16 406.4 65.00 96.73 17.000 431.00 15.250 387.35 15 381.00 .250 1/4 6.35 6
16 406.4 75.00 111.61 17.000 431.00 15.125 384.18 14 3/4 374.65 .375 3/8 9.52 10
16 406.4 84.00 125.01 17.000 431.00 15.010 381.25 14 3/4 374.65 .260 17/64 6.60 7
20 508.0 94.00 139.89 21.000 533.40 19.124 485.75 17 1/2 444.50 1.624 1 5/8 41.25 41
20 508.0 106.50 158.49 21.000 533.40 19.000 482.60 17 1/2 444.50 1.500 1 1/2 38.10 38
Make-up Torque Recommended
For Rock Bit Pins
API PIN SIZE Recommended Torque
Inches Ft. - Lbs. m-kg
2 3/8 3,000 - 3,500 410 - 480

2 7/8 6,000 - 7,000 830 - 970
3 1/2 7,000 - 9,000 970 - 1240
4 1/2 12,000 - 16,000 1660 - 2210
6 5/8 28,000 - 32,000 3870 - 4420
7 5/8 34,000 - 40,000 4700 - 5530
8 5/8 40,000 - 60,000 5530 - 8300
Blade bits
Available in both "Step" and "Chevron" configurations. Manufactured with high quality alloy steel, the
blades are reinforced with tungsten carbide inserts.
These bits perform best in softer, unconsolidated formations (limestone sandstone - marl).
Widely used in mining, construction, exploration and water well drilling applications.
Diameter (inch) Diameter (mm.) Pin type

1 -2 47.6 - 51 A-ROD
2 -2 57-63.5 A-ROD
2 -3 73-76 N-ROD (4 thd./Inch)
3 -3 82.5 - 89 N-ROD
3 -3 95-98 2 A.R.
4-4 101-108 2 A.R.
4 -4 114-120 2 A.R.
5-5 127-130 2 A.R.
5 -5 140-149 2 A.R.
6-6 152-159 2 A.R.
6 -6 165-171 2 o 3 A.R.
7-7 178-184 3 A.R.
7 -7 190-200 3 A.R.
8 -9 216-250 3 o 4 A.R.
11 - 12 280-311 4 o 6 A.R.
14 - 17 375-445 6 A.R.
Top
Casing Scrapers, Oil Well Tools by D.M. Best Company! Page 1 of 2
Casing scrapers, oil well tools, well casing equipment by DM Best Company.
SPECIFICATIONS
API Reg. Length Tool Wt. Crated
Nom. Size Casting Range Bore In
Conn. In. Lbs. Wt. Lbs.
BA-200 2 3/8" 1.315" EU 24 1/2 12 17
1 13/16
BA-250 2 7/8" thru 3 1/2" 27 1/2 21 28
Wilson
BB-400 4" thru 4 1/2" 2 3/8 32 1/4 1 60 70
BC-500 4 1/2" thru 5 1/2" 2 3/8 32 1/4 1 70 80
BC-550 5 1/2" thru 6 5/8" 2 7/8 34 1 1/4 97 107
BC-700 6 5/8" thru 8 5/8" 3 1/2 37 1 1/2 152 170
BA-900 8 5/8" thru 13 3/8" 4 1/2 47 2 1/4 354 396
BA1000 10 3/4" thru 20" 6 5/8 51 3 1/2 480 525
CALCULATED STRENGTHS
Nominal Size Tension Torsion
BA-250 196,000 Lbs 5,104 Ft-Lbs
BB-400 345,000 Lbs 11,178 Ft-Lbs
BA/BC-500 455,000 Lbs 19,860 Ft-Lbs
BA/BC-550 730,000 Lbs 40,087 Ft-Lbs
BA/BC-700 1,159,000 Lbs 76,675 Ft-Lbs
BA-900 1,602,000 Lbs 143,000 Ft-Lbs
MANDREL DIMENSIONS
Nominal Size A B C
BA-200 1.8125" 1.8125" 5 1/2"
BA-250 1.1825 2.200 6
BB-400 3 1/8 3 1/8 6
BA/BC-500 3 1/4 3.625 5
BA/BC-550 3 3/4 4.410 6 1/2
BA/BC-700 4 1/4 5.375 8
BA-900 5 3/4 7.250 9
BA-1000 7 3/4 9.500 11
Back to Product Information | Parts List | Guarantee

Order Form | Quote Form | Home
http://www.dmbest.com/general.htm 7/18/2004
AOT CASING SCRAPERS
AOT # CASING CONN. CASING BLADE DIAMETER SCRAPER
O.D. SIZE WEIGHT COLLAPSED EXTENDED WEIGHT
10-085 2 7/8” 1 13/16” WFJ 6.5 2.347 2.597 26#
10-085-1 3 1/2” 1 13/16” WFJ 9.3 2.797 3.047 24#
10-087 4” 2 3/8” REG. 11.34 3.303 3.678 50#
10-087-1 4 1/2” 2 3/8” REG. 9.5 -13.5 3.795 4.090 51#
10-110-1 4 1/2” & 5” 23# 2 3/8” REG. 9.5 - 13.5 3.795 4.280 70#
10-110-2 5” 2 3/8” REG. 11.5 - 18 4.151 4.636 72#
10-113 5 1/2” 2 7/8” REG. 13 - 23 4.545 5.233 97#
10-113-4 5 3/4” 2 7/8” REG. 14 - 23 4.960 5.648 98#
10-117-3 6 5/8” 3 1/2” REG. 17 - 32 5.550 6.293 150#
10-117 7” 3 1/2” REG. 17 - 38 5.795 6.538 152#
10-117-1 7 5/8” 3 1/2” REG. 20 - 39 6.500 7.243 158#
10-117-4 8 5/8” 3 1/2” REG. 24 - 49 7.386 8.129 162#
10-123-2 9 5/8” 4 1/2” REG. 29.3 - 53.3 8.379 9.254 354#
10-123-3 10 3/4” 4 1/2” REG. 32.75 - 55.5 9.604 10.479 360#
10-123-5 11 3/4” 4 1/2” REG. 38 - 60 10.616 11.491 375#
10-123-6 13 3/8” 4 1/2” REG. 48 - 72 12-191 13.066 405#
10-127-2 10 3/4” 6 5/8” REG. 32.75-55.5 9.604 10.479 480#
10-127-3 11 3/4” 6 5/8” REG. 38 - 60 10.616 11.491 495#
10-127 13 3/8” 6 5/8” REG. 48 - 72 12.191 13.066 545#
10-128 16” 7 5/8” REG. 65 - 109 14.500 15.697 1100#
10-128-1 20” 7 5/8” REG. 94 - 169 18.188 19.415 1200#
SCRAPER BLADES
AOT # FOR SCRAPER SIZE CSG. WT. WT. PER SET
10-135 10-085 2 7/8” 6.5# 6.00
10-137 10-085-1 3 1/2” 9.3# 6.70
10-137-1 10-087 4” 11.34# 6.95
10-137-2 10-087-1 4 1/2” 9.5# - 13.5# 7.45
10-140 10-110-1 4 1/2” & 5” 23# 9.5# - 13.5# 11.00
10-141 10-110-2 5” 11.5# - 18# 14.00
10-143 10-113 5 1/2” 13# - 23# 15.00
10-145 10-113-4 5 3/4” 14# - 23# 16.00
10-146 10-117-3 6 5/8” 17# - 32# 23.00
10-147 10-117 7” 17# - 38# 24.00
10-148 10-117-1 7 5/8” 20# - 39# 34.00
10-149 10-117-4 8 5/8” 24# - 49# 46.00
10-153 10-123-2 9 5/8” 29.3# - 53.3# 78.00
10-154 10-123-3 10 3/4” 32.75# - 55.5# 90.00
10-155 10-123-5 11 3/4” 38# - 60# 93.00
10-156 10-123-6 13 3/8” 48# - 72# 110.00
10-157-2 10-127-2 10 3/4” 32.75# - 55.5# 110.00
10-157-3 10-127-3 11 3/4” 38# - 60# 130.00
10-157 10-127 13 3/8” 48# - 72# 160.00
10-157-4 N/A 16” 65# - 109# 195.00
10-158 10-128 16” 65# - 109# 180.00
10-159 10-128-1 20” 94# - 169# 210.00
CENTER RINGS ASSEMBLIES

AOT # SCRAPER BODY WT.
10-163 10-085 2 7/8” & 3 1/2” 1.75
10-164 10-087 4” & 4 1/2” 2.00
10-165 10-110 4 1/2” & 5” 3.00
10-166 10-113 5 1/2” & 5 3/4” 4.00
10-167 10-117 6 5/8” - 8 5/8” 7.00
10-168 10-123 9 5/8” -11 3/4” 21.00
10-169 10-127 10 3/4” - 13 3/8” 30.00
10-170 10-128 16” & 20” 55.00
SPRINGS
AOT # SCRAPER BODY QTY. WT.
10-180 10-085 2 7/8” - 3 1/2” 6 .125
10-181 10-087 4” & 4 1/2” 18 .125
10-175 10-110 - 10-127 30 .125
10-176 10-127 - 10-128 10 3/4”- 20” 40 .165
SCREWS
AOT # SCRAPER BODY QTY. WT.
10-183 10-085 2 7/8” - 3 1/2” 4 .120
10-184 10-087 4” - 4 1/2” 4 .120
10-185 10-110 4 1/2” 4 .130
10-186 10-113 - 10-117 4 .145
10-187 10-123 - 10-127 4 .165
10-188 10-128 16” - 20” 4 .200
Bilco Tools - Casing Scrapers Page 1 of 4
Bilco's Casing Scrapers
Standard "Tough Boy" Casing Scraper

"Tough Boy" Brush Tool
"Tough Boy" Combination Brush Scraper
TM
"Tough Boy" Casing Scraper Patented
The Bilco "Tough Boy" Casing Scraper is

designed to provide 100% scraping coverage
when cleaning the inner walls of well casings
and liners. The "Tough Boy" can remove film,
cement cakes, mud cakes, shot burrs, or any type
of scaly material.
Bilco provides the industry with a NEW concept

of wall cleaning. The "Tough Boy" features
heavy duty construction and easy on-site
assembly and maintenance. The new 45 degree
blade angle provides 100% scraping coverage
and excellent results when run behind a bit or
mill. Bilco's design facilitates rotation, as well as
reciprocation, and has maintained exceptional
results doing both.
Bilco’s Casing Scraper has been in service since

1981. Our customers continue to be impressed
by the "Tough Boy"’s reliability, versatility,
minimum upkeep, and the excellent results
provided time after time.
Now available for 20" Risers.
Bilco has designed a tubing scraper for sizes 2-
3/8" up to 3-1/2" for special applications.
http://www.bilcotools.com/CasingScraper.html 7/18/2004
Specifications
Nominal A.P.I. Reg Body Fish Neck Bore Length Diameter With Diameter With
Body Conn. Diameter Diameter Blades Fully Blades Fully
Size Extended Retracted
2 3/8" 1" c.s. 1 1/2" 1 5/8" 1/4" 23" 2 1/32" 1 3/4"
2 7/8" 1 1/4" c.s. 1.920" 1.920" 3/8" 28 1/4" 2 15/32" 2 5/16"
3 1/2" 1 1/4" c.s. 2 3/8" 2 3/8" 1/2" 36" 3 1/16" 2 23/32"
4 1/2" 2 3/8" 3 1/2" 3 1/8" 7/8" 32" 4 1/8" 3 5/8"
5" 2 3/8" 3 3/4" 3 1/8" 1" 32" 4 5/8" 4"
5 1/2" 2 7/8" 4 1/4" 3 3/4" 1" 32" 5 3/16" 4 7/16"
6 5/8" 3 1/2" 5 1/8" 4 1/4" 1 1/4" 36" 6 5/16" 5 1/2"
7" 3 1/2" 5 1/8" 4 1/4" 1 1/4" 36" 6 11/16" 5 7/8"
7 5/8" 3 1/2" 5 1/8" 4 1/4" 1 1/4" 36" 7 5/16" 6 1/2"
8 5/8" 4 1/2" 6 3/4" 5 1/2" 2" 36" 8 5/16" 7 5/16"
9 5/8" 4 1/2" 6 3/4" 5 1/2" 2" 38" 9 3/8" 8 3/8"
10 3/4" 4 1/2" 8 1/2" 5 1/2" 2" 40" 10 5/8" 9 9/16"
11 3/4" 4 1/2" 8 1/2" 5 1/2" 2" 40" 11 1/4" 10 5/16"
13 3/8" 6 5/8" 10" 7 3/4" 2 1/2" 44" 12 7/8" 11 15/16"
16" 6 5/8" 10" 7 3/4" 2 1/2" 44" 15 5/8" 13 3/8"
20" 6 5/8" 14" 7 3/4" 3" 57 1/2" 19 1/2" 17 1/2"
NOTE: All Dimensions are in Inches - Special Sizes by Request
TM
Bilco's New "TOUGH BOY" Brush Tool
NOW the Bilco "Tough Boy"

scraper can be fitted with brushes
to complete the cleaning process.
The Bilco "Tough Boy" scraper

and the Bilco brush can be run
simultaneously. It is still possible
to both reciprocate and rotate with
this arrangement. Plenty of room
for bypassing cuttings is still
available with both the scraper and

the brush.
Same "Tough Boy" toughness, but

with brushes and/or blades.
Same Bilco reliability and service.
Also see our

Riser Brush Tool for Well Bore Clean Out
Also now available is

Bilco's New
"Tough Boy"Combination Brush
Scraper
which has both blades and brushes.
Stud Bolts, Nuts, Ring Gaskets, and Wrenches
Required for Bolting Two API Flanges Together
RX BX
R If space is restricted,
only 30o movement is
needed when wrench
is turned over.
Stud Bolt and Nuts API Ring Gaskets

Wrench
Size& &Working
Size Working Stud
Stud Diameter
Diameter Number Stud Part Hex Nut Cameron Wrench API RingAPI Ring Gaskets
Gaskets Pressure
Pressure Energized
Energized Gaskets
Gaskets Pressure
Pressure Energized
Energized Gaskets
Gaskets
Pressure
Pressure & Length
& Length ofofStuds
Studs Number Part Number Part Number for6B
for Type Type 6B Flanges
Flanges for Typefor
6BType 6B Flanges
Flanges for Typefor
6BXType 6BX Flanges
Flanges
R Number Cameron Part No. RX Number Cameron Part No. BX Number Cameron Part No.
1-11/16" 10,000 3/4" X 5" 8 005911-07-10 2709000-08-01 713114-02 150 702003-15-02
1-11/16" 15,000 3/4" X 5-3/4" 8 005911-10-10 2709000-08-01 713114-02 150 702003-15-02
1-13/16" 10,000 3/4" X 5" 8 005911-07-10 2709000-08-01 713114-02 151 702003-15-12
1-13/16" 15,000 7/8" X 5-1/2" 8 702533-08-10-52 2709000-09-01 713114-03 151 702003-15-12
1-13/16" 20,000 1" X 7-1/2" 8 005913-22-10 2709000-10-01 713114-04 151 702003-15-12
2-1/16" 2000 5/8" X 4-1/2" 8 008215-03-10 2709000-07-01 713114-01 23 702001-23-02 23 702002-02-32
2-1/16" 5000 7/8" X 6" 8 005912-20-10 2709000-09-01 713114-03 24 702001-24-02 24 702002-02-42
2-1/16" 10,000 3/4" X 5-1/4" 8 005911-06-10 2709000-08-01 713114-02 152 702003-15-22
2-1/16"15,000 7/8" X 6" 8 005912-20-10 2709000-09-01 713114-03 152 702003-15-22
2-1/16" 20,000 1-1/8" X 8" 8 005914-25-10 2709000-11-01 713114-05 152 702003-15-22
2-9/16" 2000 3/4" X 5" 8 005911-07-10 2709000-08-01 713114-02 26 702001-26-02 26 702002-02-62
2-9/16" 5000 1" X 6-1/2" 8 005913-73-10 2709000-10-01 713114-04 27 702001-27-02 27 702002-02-72
2-9/16" 10,000 7/8" X 6" 8 005912-20-10 2709000-09-01 713114-03 153 702003-15-32
2-9/16" 15,000 1" X 6-3/4" 8 005913-14-10 2709000-10-01 713114-04 153 702003-15-32
2-9/16" 20,000 1-1/4" X 9-1/4" 8 702533-11-10-91 2709000-12-01 713114-06 153 702003-15-32
3-1/8" 2000 3/4" X 5-1/4" 8 005911-06-10 2709000-08-01 713114-02 31 702001-31-02 31 702002-03-12
3-1/8" 3000 7/8" X 6" 8 005912-20-10 2709000-09-01 713114-03 31 702001-31-02 31 702002-03-12
3-1/8" 5000 1-1/8" X 7-1/4" 8 005914-09-10 2709000-11-01 713114-05 35 702001-35-02 35 702002-03-52
3-1/16" 10,000 1" X 6-3/4" 8 005913-14-10 2709000-10-01 713114-04 154 702003-15-42
3-1/16" 15,000 1-1/8" X 7-1/2" 8 005914-05-10 2709000-11-01 713114-05 154 702003-15-42
3-1/16" 20,000 1-3/8" X 10" 8 702533-12-11-00 2709000-13-01 713114-07 154 702003-15-42
4-1/16" 2000 7/8" X 6" 8 005912-20-10 2709000-09-01 713114-03 37 702001-37-02 37 702002-03-72
4-1/16" 3000 1-1/8" X 7" 8 702533-10-10-70 2709000-11-01 713114-05 37 702001-37-02 37 702002-03-72
4-1/16" 5000 1-1/4" X 8" 8 702533-11-10-80 2709000-12-01 713114-06 39 702001-39-02 39 702002-03-92
4-1/16" 10,000 1-1/8" X 8" 8 005914-11-10 2709000-11-01 713114-05 155 702003-15-52
4-1/16" 15,000 1-3/8" X 9-1/4" 8 702533-12-10-91 2709000-13-01 713114-07 155 702003-15-52
4-1/16" 20,000 1-3/4" X 12-1/4" 8 702533-15-11-21 2709000-16-01 713114-10 155 702003-15-52
TC1531 ©Cooper Cameron Corporation, Cameron Division 08/01

Size
Size& &Working
Working Stud Diameter
Stud Diameter Number Stud Part Hex Nut Cameron Wrench API RingAPI
Gaskets
Ring Gaskets Pressure Energized
Pressure Gaskets
Energized Gaskets Pressure Energized
Pressure Gaskets
Energized Gaskets
Pressure
Pressure & Length
& Length ofofStuds
Studs Number Part Number Part Number for Type
for6B Flanges
Type 6B Flanges for Typefor
6BType
Flanges
6B Flanges for Typefor
6BX Flanges
Type 6BX Flanges
R Number Cameron Part No. RX Number Cameron Part No. BX Number Cameron Part No.
5-1/8" 2000 1" X 6-3/4" 8 005913-07-10 2709000-10-01 713114-04 41 702001-41-02 41 702002-04-12
5-1/8" 3000 1-1/4" X 7-3/4" 8 702533-11-00-73 2709000-12-01 713114-06 41 702001-41-02 41 702002-04-12
5-1/8" 5000 1-1/2" X 10" 8 005918-87-10 2709000-14-01 713114-08 44 702001-44-02 44 702002-04-42
5-1/8" 10,000 1-1/8" X 8-3/4" 12 005914-76-10 2709000-11-01 713114-05 169 702003-16-92
7-1/16" 2000 1" X 7" 12 005913-19-10 2709000-10-01 713114-04 45 702001-45-02 45 702002-04-52
7-1/16" 3000 1-1/8" X 8" 12 005914-11-10 2709000-11-01 713114-05 45 702001-45-02 45 702002-04-52
7-1/16" 5000 1-3/8" X 10-3/4" 12 702533-12-11-03 2709000-13-01 713114-07 46 702001-46-02 46 702002-04-62
7-1/16" 10,000 1-1/2" X 11-1/2" 12 005918-29-10 2709000-14-01 713114-08 156 702003-15-62
7-1/16" 15,000 1-1/2" X 12-3/4" 16 005918-63-10 2709000-14-01 713114-08 156 702003-15-62
7-1/16" 20,000 2" X 17-1/2" 16 702533-17-11-72 2709000-18-01 713114-12 156 702003-15-62
9" 2000 1-1/8" X 8" 12 005914-11-10 2709000-11-01 713114-05 49 702001-49-02 49 702002-04-92
9" 3000 1-3/8" X 9" 12 702533-12-10-90 2709000-13-01 713114-07 49 702001-49-02 49 702002-04-92
9" 5000 1-5/8" X 12" 12 006306-16-10 2709000-15-01 713114-09 50 702001-50-02 50 702002-05-02
9" 10,000 1-1/2" X 13" 16 005918-59-10 2709000-14-01 713114-08 157 702003-15-72
9" 15,000 1-7/8" X 15-3/4" 16 702533-16-11-53 2709000-17-01 713114-11 157 702003-15-72
9" 20,000 2-1/2" X 22-1/2" 16 702533-21-12-22 2709000-20-01 713114-14 157 702003-15-72
11" 2000 1-1/4" X 8-3/4" 16 005915-32-10 2709000-12-01 713114-06 53 702001-53-02 53 702002-05-32
11" 3000 1-3/8" X 9-1/2" 16 702533-12-10-92 2709000-13-01 713114-07 53 702001-53-02 53 702002-05-32
11" 5000 1-7/8" X 13-3/4" 12 702533-16-11-33 2709000-17-01 713114-11 54 702001-54-02 54 702002-05-42
11" 10,000 1-3/4" X 15" 16 702533-15-11-50 2709000-16-01 713114-10 158 702003-15-82
11" 15,000 2" X 19-1/4" 20 702533-17-11-91 2709000-18-01 713114-12 158 702003-15-82
11" 20,000 2-3/4" X 23-3/4" 16 702533-23-12-33 2709000-21-01 N/A 158 702003-15-82
13-5/8" 2000 1-1/4" X 9" 20 005915-33-10 2709000-12-01 713114-06 57 702001-57-02 57 702002-05-72
13-5/8" 3000 1-3/8" X 10-1/4" 20 702533-12-11-01 2709000-13-01 713114-07 57 702001-57-02 57
13-5/8" 5000 1-5/8" X 12-1/2" 16 006306-35-10 2709000-15-01 713114-09 160 702003-16-02
13-5/8" 10,000 1-7/8" X 17-1/4" 20 006832-10-10 2709000-17-01 713114-11 159 702003-15-92
13-5/8" 15,000 2-1/4" X 21-1/4" 20 702533-19-12-11 2709000-19-01 713114-13 159 702003-15-92
13-5/8" 20,000 3" X 30" 20 702533-25-13-00 2709000-22-01 N/A 159 702003-15-92
16-3/4" 2000 1-1/2" X 10-1/4" 20 702533-13-11-01 2709000-14-01 713114-08 65 702001-65-02 65 702002-06-52
16-3/4" 3000 1-5/8" X 11-3/4" 20 702533-14-11-13 2709000-15-01 713114-09 66 702001-66-02 66 702002-06-62
16-3/4" 5000 1-7/8" X 14-1/2" 16 006832-58-10 2709000-17-01 713114-11 162 702003-16-22
16-3/4" 10,000 1-7/8" X 17-1/2" 24 006832-42-10 2709000-17-01 713114-11 162 702003-16-22
18-3/4" 5000 2" X 17-1/2" 20 702533-17-11-72 2709000-18-01 713114-12 163 702003-16-32
18-3/4" 10,000 2-1/4" X 22-1/2" 24 702533-19-12-22 2709000-19-01 713114-13 164 702003-16-42
18-3/4" 15,000 3" X 26-3/4" 20 702533-25-12-63 2709000-22-01 N/A 164 702003-16-42
21-1/4" 2000 1-5/8" X 11-3/4" 24 702533-14-11-13 2709000-15-01 713114-09 73 702001-73-02 73 702002-07-32
20-3/4" 3000 2" X 14-1/2" 20 702533-17-11-42 2709000-18-01 713114-12 74 702001-74-02 74 702002-07-42
21-1/4" 5000 2" X 18-3/4" 24 702533-17-11-83 2709000-18-01 713114-12 165 702003-16-52
21-1/4" 10,000 2-1/2" X 24-1/2" 24 702533-21-12-42 2709000-20-01 713114-14 166 702003-16-62
26-3/4" 2000 1-3/4" X 13-3/4" 20 702533-15-11-33 2709000-16-01 713114-10 167 702003-16-72
26-3/4" 3000 2" X 17" 24 702533-17-11-70 2709000-18-01 713114-12 168 702003-16-82
713114-11 95
TC1531 ©Cooper Cameron Corporation, Cameron Division 08/01
Patterson Addition
29-1/2" ANSI 300 500# 1-3/4" X 13" 28
PSI
T3 Energy Services does not guarantee the accuracy of the information contained herein.
Decimal Equivalents of Fractions
INCHES DECIMAL OF AN INCH INCHES DECIMAL OF AN INCH

1/64 .015625 33/64 .515625
1/32 .03125 17/32 .53125
3/64 .046875 35/64 .546875
1/16 .0625 9/16 .5625
5/64 .078125 37/64 .578125
3/32 .09375 19/32 .59375
7/64 .109375 39/64 .609375
1/8 .125 5/8 .625
9/64 .140625 41/64 .640625
5/32 .15625 21/32 .65625
11/64 .171875 43/64 .671875
3/16 .1875 11/16 .6875
13/64 .203125 45/64 .703125
7/32 .21875 23/32 .71875
15/64 .234375 47/64 .734575
1/4 .25 3/4 .75
17/64 .265625 49/64 .765625
9/32 .28125 25/32 .78125
19/64 .296875 51/64 .796875
5/16 .3125 13/16 .8125
21/64 .328125 53/64 .828125
1/3 .333 27/32 .84375
11/32 .34375 55/64 .859375
23/64 .359375 7/8 .875
3/8 .375 57/64 .890625
25/64 .390625 29/32 .90625
13/32 .40625 59/64 .921875
27/64 .421875 15/16 .9375
7/16 .4375 61/64 .953125
29/64 .453125 31/32 .96875
15/32 .46875 63/64 .984375
31/64 .484375 1 1.
1/2 .5

Patterson Rental

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Patterson Rental

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PATTERSON

ADMINSTRATIVE OFFICE EXECUTIVE OFFICE

SALES LOCATIONS STORE LOCATIONS

NEW ORLEANS, LA HOUMA, LA

USED DRILL PIPE AND/OR TUBING INSPECTION

TOTAL Price Per Length $20.06 $26.35 $27.40

Item 2-7/8" - 7" 7-1/4" - Larger

Ram-Type and Annular BOPs

TL Blowout Preventer UM Blowout Preventer

Other features of the U BOP include:

TC1001 12 © 2002 Cooper Cameron, Cameron Division

• Side outlets to 4-1/16” (7-1/16” on 26-3/4” BOPs) can be provided beneath

A-1 Length - bonnets closed, locking screws locked

Top View Single or Double U BOP

Side View Single U BOP SD 034601

Pressure Vertical Approx.

Available with stud X flange connection

Top View - Single or Double U BOP

Side View - Double U BOP SD 034600

Press. Vert. Approx.

Available with stud X flange connection

Other features of the UM BOP include:

UM BOP Tandem Booster Operating Data and Fluid Requirements*

Bore Size Gals to Open Gals to Close Locking Screw

*All volumes based on shear ram configuration

A-1 Length - bonnets closed, locking screws locked

Single Open-Face Flange or Studded UM BOP Dimensions*

A-1 Length - bonnets closed, locking screws locked

Double Open-Face Flange or Studded UM BOP Dimensions*

*Available with Stud x Flange Connections

Shaffer Ram BOPs

Shaffer Currently Offers Four LWS Models

Shaffer Model LWS Specifications

Shaffer Model LWS Specifications

Model LWS Specifications, 3,000 and 2,000 PSI

W (Width) 41 1/4 41 1/4 41 1/4 25 15/16 40 7/8 40 7/8 40 7/8

Hubbed 62 55 15/16 49 1/4 36 7/8 57 60 3/4 55 15/16

K Hubbed — — — 7 5/ 8 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4

Double Flanged 15 1/4 15 1/4 15 1/4 10 5/8 13 5/16 13 5/16 13 5/16

M Hubbed — — — 8 1/ 8 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8

Double Flanged 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 11 3/ 14 7/ 14 7/ 14 7/16

Hubbed — — — 8 9/16 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8

Shaffer Model LWS Specifications

Model LWS Specifications, 3,000 and 2,000 PSI (Continued)

Shaffer Model LWS Specifications

Shaffer Model LWS Specifications

Model LWS Specifications, 10,000 and 5,000 PSI

I (Inches) 21 3/4 — 15 1/2 15 1/2 15 11 3/4 —

K Hubbed — — 10 25/32 10 25/32 7 — —

Shaffer Model LWS Specifications

Model LWS Specifications, 10,000 and 5,000 PSI (Continued)

Shaffer LWS Ram BOP Operation

Model LWS Hydraulic System

Shaffer LWS Ram BOP Operation

Model LWS Manual-Lock

LWS Manual Lock, open

Single and Double Blowout Preventer Dimensions and Weights

Single and Double Blowout Preventer Dimensions and Weights

Hydril MSP 21 1/4

SIZES AND PRESSURE RATINGS OF ANNULAR BLOWOUT PREVENTERS

Bore Size Working Pressure Ratings (psi)

BORE SIZE (inches) 7-1/16 7-1/16 7-1/16 7-1/16 7-1/16 †9 †9 9 11 11 11 11

WEIGHT (Lbs.) OF GK 2000, 3000 and 5000 PSI

*Compact Model ▼ Available on Request